Messages From The Earth Mother III

The Earth Mother through Karen Danrich Mila

Love of the Earth Mother by Judith Anya Roderich

The Earth Mother Has continued to be my friend Confident and partner In my personal ascension And in the direction of SSOA I invite you to create A personal relationship unto Earth That is most special and powerful For there is nothing that one may not master due to her support in ones continued evolution home. Namaste Mila
MESSAGES FROM THE EARTH MOTHER III is published by ASCEND PRESS 3-2600 Kaumualii Hwy., Suite B18 #340, Lihue Hawaii 96766 www.ascendpress.org e-mail staff@ascendpress.org
Copyright 2004-2005 All Rights Reserved

Table Of Contents OPENING THE HEART AND ATTUNING TO HOLOGRAPHIC KNOWLEGE ..9
ABOUT A STATE OF FORGETFULNESS .................................................................................9 WHY DO HUMANS BICKER? ..................................................................................................11 THE NATURE OF CONFLICTING TIES...................................................................................11 DOGMA AND THE CURRENT HUMAN DANCE .....................................................................12 ABOUT HOLOGRAPHIC RETRACTION..................................................................................13 DREAMS AND CONTINENTS..................................................................................................13 THE NATURE OF POLARITY BASED THOUGHT-FORM ......................................................14 WESTERN POLARITY BASED THOUGHT-FORM .................................................................14 EASTERN AND INDIGENOUS POLARITY BASED THOUGHT-FORM ..................................15 FIGURE 8 GEOMETRY AND ROOT RACES ..........................................................................16 THE LANGUAGE OF THE ROOT RACES...............................................................................17 THE ORIGINS OF THE LANGUAGE OF LIGHT......................................................................18 POLARITY TRANSMUTED IN THE 10 BASE NOTES OF THE LANGUAGE OF LIGHT........19 WORKING WITH POLARITY THOUGHT-FORM WITHIN .......................................................20 THE NATURE OF CONSCIOUS, UNCONSCIOUS AND SUBCONSCIOUS HARM ...............20 WHAT TO DO ABOUT HARMFUL RELATIONS......................................................................21 OPENING THE HEART IN ASCENSION .................................................................................22 BUDDING HEART LOTUS .......................................................................................................22 HOLOGRAPHIC ENERGY MOVEMENT .................................................................................24 RECONSTRUCTION OF THE SUBTLE BODIES ....................................................................24 THE NATURE OF DENSITY ....................................................................................................25 HOLOGRAPHIC MOVEMENT AHEAD ....................................................................................26 BUILDING A STRONG KUNDAHLINI ......................................................................................27

HEALING THE INNER FAMILY ASCENDING INTO UNITY ............................29

MASTERING EQUALITY WITHIN ............................................................................................30 ABOUT EMERGING ASCENSION COMMUNITIES AHEAD...................................................30 WHAT IS UNITY? .....................................................................................................................31 THE NATURE OF EXTREME POLARITY................................................................................32 HEALING THE INNER FAMILY................................................................................................34 THE ATTRIBUTES OF THE INNER FAMILY ...........................................................................35 HEALING THE INNER CHILDREN ..........................................................................................36

CHANGING PERSONALITY ....................................................................................................36 THE ENMESHMENT OF CHILDREN.......................................................................................38 WORKING WITH THE FRACTURED INNER CHILDREN .......................................................38 HEALING THE INNER TEENAGER .........................................................................................39 HEALING THE INNER ADULT .................................................................................................40 INTIMATE RELATIONSHIPS AND THE INNER ADULT..........................................................41 HEALING THE INNER PARENT ..............................................................................................42 ABOUT LARGE FRAGMENTED PIECES OF SELF RETURNING..........................................44 SUMMARY................................................................................................................................45

TIPS FOR RETAINING ONE'S LEVEL OF MASTERY IN ASCENSION .........48

THE PROBLEMS WITH RETAINING ONES FREQUENCY ...................................................49 WHY DO ASCENDING INITIATES SCHISM?..........................................................................50 HEALING TEMPLES FOR ASCENSION..................................................................................51 WORKING WITH THE HEALING TEMPLES ...........................................................................53 DETECTING FALSE AND INCOMPLETE ASCENSION PATTERNS .....................................54 THE PHARAOHS OF ANCIENT EGYPT..................................................................................55 LIFE EXTENSION PRACTICES OF THE PHARAOHS............................................................57 THE REBELLION OF THE MAHAVISHNU ..............................................................................57 MUMMIFICATION OF THE MAHAVISHNU .............................................................................58 PHARAOH KARMA ..................................................................................................................59 CURRENT GURUS HUMANITY WORSHIPS ..........................................................................60 CRUCIFIXION KARMA.............................................................................................................60 FEAR OF STANDING IN ONES TRUTH .................................................................................61 WORLD EVENTS AND KARMA...............................................................................................62

DOLPHIN-WHALE-NATURE AND HUMAN TIES ............................................64

WHY IS THIS OCCURRING NOW? .........................................................................................65 NEW SOULS FOR NATURE, EARTH AND HUMANITY .........................................................65 THE RETURN OF THE HUMAN GUARDIANS ........................................................................67 THE NATURE OF DOLPHIN-WHALE-NATURE AND HUMAN TIES ......................................68 DOLPHIN-WHALE GRID WORK..............................................................................................69 DOLPHIN WHALE SUBTLE BODIES AND CHAKRAS............................................................70 POD OR GROUP KUNDAHLINI ENERGY OR DIGESTIVE SYSTEM ....................................71 ANIMAL GRID WORK ..............................................................................................................72 PLANT AND TREE GRID WORK .............................................................................................72

USEFUL INTENTIONS .............................................................................................................73 HISTORY OF HUMAN DOLPHIN AND WHALE ENMESHMENT ............................................74 ANU DOLPHIN AND WHALE PATTERNS...............................................................................75 PHARAOH KARMA ..................................................................................................................76 DOLPHIN-WHALE AND NATURE SCRIBES...........................................................................77 MUMMIFICATION RITUALS AND THE PYRAMIDS................................................................77 RECORDS FROM ATLANTIS ..................................................................................................79 SUMMARY................................................................................................................................80

WINTER SOLSTICE BLESSINGS FROM THE EARTH AND TAO ................82

THE WORLD MIRROR OF 2004..............................................................................................85

TRANSCENDING THE NEED FOR A SAVIOR................................................96

THE DANCE OF THE ANNANUKI ...........................................................................................97 MORE ABOUT THE PHAROAHS ............................................................................................98 THE CONCEPT OF THE SAVIOR .........................................................................................100 THE FORMATION OF THE MAHATMA .................................................................................100 ABOUT THE MAHATMA PLANES AND FALSE INTERVENTION ........................................101 THE CAUSE OF THE NEED FOR A SAVIOR........................................................................103 THE BELIEF IN INNOCENCE ................................................................................................104 LOVE IS THE MOST POWERFUL FORCE IN THE UNIVERSE ...........................................105 THE GAME OF THE GURU ...................................................................................................106 THE REINSTATEMENT OF ALL BIRTH ANCESTRAL KARMA............................................107 DENSITY HAS A PLACE........................................................................................................108 THE PERCEIVED SAVIOR ....................................................................................................109 THE DANCE OF EQUALITY AND COLLABORATION ..........................................................110 THE ROLE OF THE SAVIOR IN EVERYDAY LIFE ...............................................................112 THE SAVIOR THAT IS CRUCIFIED.......................................................................................113 INTENTIONS FOR TRANSCENDING THE PATTERN OF THE SAVIOR .............................114 SUMMARY..............................................................................................................................115

SIMPLE TECHNIQUES TO SUPPORT ASCENSION ....................................116

LACK OF APPETITE ..............................................................................................................116 RELEASING DIET MACHINERY............................................................................................117 COMPLETE MEALS, SNACKS AND HERBAL TEAS............................................................118 MAKING EASY HERBAL TINCTURES FROM HOME...........................................................118 PROBLEMS WITH SLEEPING...............................................................................................119

WAKING UP SUDDENLY AT NIGHT .....................................................................................120 MASSAGING THE MAIN MERIDIAN ACCESS POINTS .......................................................121 WHAT TO DO ON BAD ASCENSION DAYS .........................................................................124 SUN MEDITATION .................................................................................................................126 COLLAPSING THE SPACE BETWEEN.................................................................................127 INTENTIONS TO REDUCE THE SPACE BETWEEN............................................................128 RUNNING THE SEXUAL ENERGY 100% .............................................................................129 SUMMARY..............................................................................................................................131

THE NATURE OF LIGHT AND DARK EARTH DREAMS..............................132

UNITY AND POD BASED ROTATION ...................................................................................133 LIGHT AND DARK EARTH DREAM.......................................................................................134 THE HISTORY OF THE PUFFED UP DARK EARTH DREAM ..............................................135 THE ANU AND THE DARK EARTH DREAM .........................................................................136 ATLANTIS AND THE DARK EARTH DREAM........................................................................137 EARTHS MULTIDIMENSIONAL HISTORY OF WARFARE AND NUCLEAR ANNIHILATION ................................................................................................................................................139 THE DARK EARTH DREAM AND PRESENT TIME CIVILIZATION ......................................141 THE BIRTH OF ASCENDING CHILDREN .............................................................................142 THE END OF THE GLOBAL DARK EARTH DREAM ............................................................143 FALSE GODS OF THE LIGHT AND DARK............................................................................144 ANCHORING THE LIGHT EARTH DREAM ...........................................................................144 DREAMS AND MANIFESTATION..........................................................................................147 HOW THE LIGHT EARTH DREAM WILL FOSTER UNITY ...................................................150 THE NATURAL WORLD AND THE UNITY BASED DREAM.................................................152

WINTER SOLSTICE BLESSINGS 2005 WORLD MIRROR IN REVIEW .......154

Blessings and Meditation for Returning to the Light Earth Dream ..........................................154 ABOUT THE LIGHT AND DARK EARTH DREAMS...............................................................154 ABOUT ABSOLUTE FORGIVENESS ....................................................................................157 PASSING MULTIPLE STAR GATES AT A TIME ...................................................................157 HURRICANES AND TSUNAMIS ............................................................................................159 MOVING STICKY ENERGY THROUGH HURRICANES .......................................................161 DISASTROUS DREAMS ........................................................................................................162 THE DENSITY OF CITIES AND BLACK HOLE DREAMS .....................................................163 BIRD FLU AND OTHER DISEASES ......................................................................................164 ABOUT FARM ANIMALS AND PETS.....................................................................................166

KARMA WITH THE ANIMAL KINGDOMS..............................................................................167 ABOUT EARTHQUAKES .......................................................................................................168 NEW FORMS OF GOVERNANCE .........................................................................................169 CURRENT WESTERN POLITICS ..........................................................................................170 EXTREME POLARITY AND NATIONAL ORDER ..................................................................171 EARTH INTERVENTION OF THE HUMAN DREAM..............................................................172 TERRORISM AND CONFLICT...............................................................................................173 THE FEMINIST MOVEMENT IN THE EAST ..........................................................................174 PRISONS AND THE DREAM OF TORTURE.........................................................................175 INTENTIONS TO MAKE IN RELATION TO THE WORLD MIRROR .....................................176 MEDITATION FOR THE LIGHT EARTH DREAM ..................................................................180 SUMMARY..............................................................................................................................184

Birch Trees by Brigitte Rondeau

OPENING THE HEART AND ATTUNING TO HOLOGRAPHIC KNOWLEGE

The Earth Mother through Karen Danrich Mila May 19, 2004

Dear Beloved Ascending Human, We begin another section upon the web site that is in association with holographic energy flow and information. Mila has brought through transmissions written in holographic thoughtform beginning in early 2002 without recognizing that this was what she had done. The entire Tao Transmissions section of our web site is an example of this early form of holographic movement that Mila tapped into as she began to integrate the Language of ONE in gold and silver vibrations in her personal ascent; this was for the purposes of communicating with the Tao who is a future aspect of Milas ascended self that sits outside of time and space and form of the Great Central Sun. The Language of ONE or gold and silver tones of creation are not new; it is the original language Earth exited the Great Central Sun with and is in essence Earths holographic operating system. However through time and space between Suns, Earth had lost almost 90% of her memory of this language. In entry into the star gates of the Great Central Sun, which are really layers of an auric field outside the boundary of the Great Central Sun Dream, there lies the lost and missing language that Earth had forgotten. Many of such symbols have formed into crop circles in recent decades. (See Language of ONE upon our web site for more information on crop circles and the Language of ONE definitions.)

ABOUT A STATE OF FORGETFULNESS

Forgetfulness is a funny thing; one remembers another way of being and the ways things are in the present time are not as they were. This is disconcerting, as one does not understand how to bring forward the other way of being that one once knew that was so much more joyful and harmonious in nature; and in so doing one remains with what is, as there is no other option. Then if there is a sudden loss of information of what one knows in the current forgetfulness, one then loses the way of being one has now, and ones way of being declines into something even more forgetful. So it has been in my history for some time now in this lengthy era of darkness that I am now working my way out of as a global vessel, as are each ascending species upon earth.

Mila and her father are an example of those who recall another way of being that was far more harmonious that present day human relations, just as many who read our site also recall such times. Yet the pathway back to such a state of being is murky at best. Milas Father, who was a spiritual teacher in his own right, focused upon principals of unity, sovereignty and self-sustaining practices for maintenance of ones health; and remineralization of the soil in farming practices that would provide the nutrition necessary to retain the health of the people. At this time in the US, the swing of polarity was against nutrition. Those practicing many currently available alternative practices of therapy were imprisoned for practicing medicine without a license in the 1940s and 1950s and at the time that Milas father taught spiritual classes and published his own thoughts in a newsletter that many folk subscribed to. Herbs and vitamins were not readily available to the public if one was suffering from malnutrition due to the over farming of the same regions. There were many who suffered from such problems in the 40s and 50s, and Milas father gave voice in his teaching unto the need to take care of the body by giving unto it whole foods, as the body is the temple of spirit and must be honored as such. He was a part of a revolution that lead to the nutrition and health food industry along with organic farming now available around the globe in present time. Milas Father also attempted to set up a self-sustaining community in the mid 1950s in Oregon. The result was horrendous due to human nature that seeks not to work together in harmony but instead bicker with one another. Her father walked away from his own community after a year resolved that human nature could not change, and the vision that he had held for harmonious relations could not be made manifest. This led him instead to marry and birth two offspring, one of which was Mila. Mila now in adult form has carried on with his truth and purpose. Mila was shown early on that she was carrying a torch of awakening that her father also carried, and that she would take his understanding on to the next level. So this has come to be so now, and through evolution and biological ascension, the possibility of creating a more harmonious community than her father experienced becomes a viable dream. This will become the focus of this organization in the year and years ahead; what does it take to create harmonious community or relations with others in group-dynamics? This earth also is examining, as it requires humans to come into increasing harmony with one another to allow for the ascent and evolution of your species into the new era ahead. One can see in this that generational ascension began over 100 years ago in the awakening of certain humans with key genealogy back to the Grand Masters such as Mila and her father; one can see in this how those who were the generation preceding those who would ascend created a polarity shift in nutrition and farming practices in preparation for the ascending generations ahead that would require more nutrient s to bring about biological shifts. Each generation brings forth the next level of shifts towards global evolution and the awakening of mankind. Most reading this site have parallel life experiences of being apart of the momentum towards evolution of the human species, and it is what attracts you unto Milas channeled information.

10

WHY DO HUMANS BICKER?

This brings us to our next point, which is why do humans bicker with one another so? Why is it difficult for humans to get along day-to-day, week-to-week, month-to-month or year-toyear? Why are marriages so difficult to remain in? Why was divorce less common particularly in the West 50 years ago? Why do work environments feel like dysfunctional families that repeat the same patterning one grew up with within ones own family? And why does one tend to create the same type of partner or significant other again and again that emulates one of ones parents? Humans have fallen into extreme polarity that Earth has called dogma. In dogma, there is right and wrong, black and white, and little in between. Most at 2 strands believe that whom they are within is better than all others and the right way to be; therefore one is always seeking to change the other to be more like oneself. Unfortunately in extreme polarity, whatever one is, all others are the opposite in nature; they therefore will never become like oneself no matter how much one tries to change them; or how many counselors one sees; or how many drugs that one may take. One will only attract opposites in extreme polarity known as dogma. This is perhaps the reason that human relations on the surface of the earth have declined into bitter disputes of one nature of another. Even if one marries someone that one is compatible with, the disputes are polarized into other relations. Perhaps instead of having conflict with ones partner, one then has conflict with their family, or the boss, or the business partner, or the children, or ones own parents, or ones friends. In extreme polarity, conflict is guaranteed, for to the degree one has harmony in one region of domain, then one also experiences conflict to the same proportion of time in another region of domain over the course of ones life. Much like a teeter-totter, ones life goes through periods of harmony and periods of difficulty with those that one has conflicting ties within extreme polarity.

THE NATURE OF CONFLICTING TIES

What are conflicting ties? Some may think that they are the push and pull of the planets in the solar system; in reality this is not so. The push and pull of the solar system (for those at 2 strands) only highlights certain ties with others each cycle. Ties can be considered cords of attachment. Those ties or attachments that are conflictive are highlighted as the associated part of unconscious that they are contained in is activated and pulled into the subconscious. The conflict lasts as only as the associated part of the unconscious is activated and drawn into the subconscious; as the cycle moves beyond the activation period, the conflict ceases as the associated ties and attachment press further into the unconscious. So this has been so now in human relations for the past 10,000 years (40,000 human years). Astrology was something that Milas father studied for 50 years. He found over time that the astrological pulls were hard to change; that whatever discord was present in the push and pull of the cycles was bound to afflict the life in one manner or another, sometimes positive

11

and sometimes negative, depending upon the associated thought-form of dogma. There is positive dogma and negative dogma; however it is still dogma nonetheless and therefore not very joyful; or limited in the joy that can be expressed. Perhaps the most joy in the current human dance is expressed through humor; through human dogma ceases to exist, if only for an instant. Perhaps this is why humans enjoy and need comedies; it allows for the release of the prison of dogma that they have fallen into upon the surface of the earth. The inner earth peoples have not fallen into dogma; however they still have the sticky ties of radioactive thought-form that may appear less polarized, but in reality is still extreme polarity from earths point of view. As one ascends out of Dogma in the journey to 1800 strands, one begins to release the sticky cords of attachment through the clearing of genetic karma between oneself and all others. As the attachment and ties fall away, one is no longer pulled into the conflictive dance in the cycles of the solar system. In so doing, one may begin to move towards more peaceful relations with all others.

DOGMA AND THE CURRENT HUMAN DANCE

Human relationships along with life experience will change as one leaves behind dogmatic based thought-form through ascension. Dogma locks one into a single polarity without possibility of experiencing the other side of the pole except in later life or ones future ancestry. Therefore those in the dogma of slavery end up feeling imprisoned in one way or another ones entire life without the possibility of shifting out of the dance. So it is with many at 2 strands who feel imprisoned by their job, marriage, family relations, or economic circumstance, or class system. In the dogmatic thought form at 2 strands of DNA, there is little change and one lives whatever extreme pole is expressed for the entire life, with only minor changes along the way. Occasionally there is one or two in any region that can manifest the life with an extreme change, such as the pauper that becomes the prince or the peasant that marries the king, but such extreme changes are rare and only occur in very small portions of the population receiving an opportunity to reverse polarize into the opposing extreme in any given life. It is for this reason that the caste system has become so ridged in the East, and even in certain places in the West such as England or Ireland that define folk based upon the passing of educational tests or the manner in which they speak the English Language. Extreme poles and dogma are held in the DNA of the form, which catches a particular dream or life script for any human. DNA at 2 strands is held in a straight jacket of distinctly defined and ridged roles; it is therefore impossible for one who is to attract the dream of being the prince or princess to have anothers DNA, as DNA is so variant at 2 strands that no two humans of differing ancestry will attract the same type of dream provided that they are living on the same continent. Often those sharing birth lineages also look similar in the physical. It is why one can sit at the airport and watch the people flowing by, and find others who look like ones friends, family

12

and work associates. Those that look like such individuals may well have the same lineages; and if not the same will have a certain proportion of the same lineages from birth. They will also be similar in nature and temperament.

ABOUT HOLOGRAPHIC RETRACTION

In recent centuries, the number of holographic replicas of humans of the same ancestry has gone way up, leading to the population explosion of the 1950s and 1960s. This was a repeat of another time and karmic circumstance when the Anu slaves and red nations peoples over bred en mass. There is roughly 200 million of each lineage package at 2 strands of DNA. This is far more humans of the same lineages required to bring forth ascension. At this time, earth is triggering a holographic retraction whereby those of parallel ancestry that cannot ascend shall retract from physicality so that the holographic energy can be put into those who can ascend. This too shall contribute to the times of cleansing ahead. Lineages are holographic; many lineages appear in many birth ancestries simultaneously. This has primarily occurred due to the interbreeding of humans from the East and West in this century past. It is why if one ancestry fails to ascend beyond a certain point, the same lineages may succeed in a different ancestry in another. This is how all will ultimately ascend with earth into the Great Central Sun, whether it be in this life or through ones future ancestry.

DREAMS AND CONTINENTS

Dreams and life scripts are regional and continental in nature. Sometimes humans from the East and of a lower caste or economic status can move to the West and fair better in the manifestation of a middle class life; furthermore their offspring is then offered and opportunity for better education than what would have been available if one had remained in ones own country of origin. There has been a mass movement from the East into the West in the recent half-century of human history. This has allowed many formerly poorer Tibetan and Mongolian (Inuit) root race humans to find their way into the middle class in another system. Why is this so? The western dream functions upon a different set of thought-form than the East. In so being, the rigidity of the caste system falls away as one moves to the West, and another dream becomes available for greater prosperity unto each. Earth also perceives the relocation of so many around the globe as a sign of awakening and karmic settlement beginning to occur. As the East moves West, karma is settled with the extremes in poverty and wealth that have been created in the dominant Anu based thoughtform that drives the West to success. Now those of the East learn to prosper in a Western system, and this begins to balance the scales, making room for the possibility of abundance for all. Furthermore, as those of the West move to the East, they come more greatly in touch with their ancient ancestry and this can foster a time of awakening and evolution within. Many of the West also make pilgrimages unto the East in search of their spiritual roots. This too Earth perceives as a sign of awakening that has already begun.

13

THE NATURE OF POLARITY BASED THOUGHT-FORM

Now we would like to go into the differences between Eastern and Western polarity based thought-form. As dogma is left behind in the ascent to 1800 strands, one ascends into polarity-based thought-form that originated either with the Anu or the seven root races of the red seeded nations. It is therefore polarity-based thought-form that each mastering 3000 at this time in history will be working upon and modifying increasingly into a unity-based alternative known as the Language of Light.

Anu based thought-form is mer-ka-ba in shape as sacred geometry, which is also known as the tetrahedron. Indigenous languages on the other hand are figure 8 based. One will ascend either into a mer-ka-ba patterning or figure 8 patterning in the ascent from 2 strands to 1800 strands of DNA depending upon ones inheritance; some may even ascend into some of each patterning as did Mila. If one ascends into mer-ka-ba patterning, one ascends into Anu based thought-form. If one ascends into the figure 8 sacred geometry instead as one is indigenous in recent ancestry or of the East, then one ascends into Eastern polarity based thought-form. If one ascends into both patterns, then one ascends into the polarity based thought-form of both the East and West. We have two lists compiled that assist each in understanding the differences between the two types of thought-form prevalent in human form.

WESTERN POLARITY BASED THOUGHT-FORM

(Originated from the Pleiadian Family of Anu) Sacred Geometry: Mer-Ka-Ba 1. Free and Enslaved 2. Manipulate and Manipulated 3. Control and Controlled 4. Secret and Known 5. Private and Public 6. Exclusive and Non-exclusive 7. Dominates and Subordinates 8. Use and Used 9. Belief and Non-Belief 10. Knows All and Knows Nothing 11. Fantasy and Real 12. Faith and Disbelief 13. Hope and Hopelessness 14. Perfection and Imperfection 15. External God or Savior and Human 16. Pride and Humility 17. Obedience and Disobedience 18. Blind Trust and Betrayal

14

EASTERN AND INDIGENOUS POLARITY BASED THOUGHT-FORM

(Originated in the Seeding of the Red Nations by Sirian Scientists) Sacred Geometry: Figure 8 1. Ridged and Liberal 2. Defined and Undefined 3. Charged and Neutral 4. Power and Non-Power 5. Action and Non-Action 6. Spoken and Unspoken 7. Internal and External 8. Friend and Enemy 9. Hidden and Perceived 10. Violence and Non-Violence 11. Victory and Defeat 12. Safe and Threatened 13. Peace and War 14. Focus and Unfocused 15. Attracted and Rejected 16. Flow and Resistance 17. Nonphysical and Physical 18. External God-Goddess and Internal God-Goddess One can see based upon this thought-form why the East may not easily understand those in the West, and visa versa, unless one relocates into the other culture, and after a time, one comes to better understand the differences. The rift between the East and West is really thought-form based; each is working upon a different set of operating systems or language, and much like IBM and Macintosh computers, one must utilize a special program for one to understand the other. The special program Earth offers for East and West to meet and understand one another within comes through the integration of the Language of Light. One can also see that if one has patterns of both the East and the West, then one has ancestry to both regions. In so being, the war that currently is mirrored in the world dance between the East and West is an internal pattern within oneself and amongst ones own ancestors. As one learns to modify the two sides at war with one another within into the Language of Light, then one comes to peace within, and ones ancestors of different cultures, religions and life experiences will make peace with one another. Mila and Oa have had both Indigenous and Anu based ancestry in their lineages. They found therefore that they had not only to transmute Anu based limitation and polarity-based thought-form, but also indigenous limitation as well in their ascent to full consciousness. Many ascending at this time may find resonance with both polarity-based lists above as a result of bringing forth ones more ancient tapestry of ancestry in preparation for ascension. Many seeded for ascension in human form began to alter the ancestry in preparation, bringing forward ones ancient roots and archetypal patterning in preparation for this journey.

15

As such, one may be working on all polarities at once, especially if one has lineages of many of the seven seeded root races.

FIGURE 8 GEOMETRY AND ROOT RACES

Pdf of image Some lineage packages can go no further than 1800 strands in the adult ascent in present time. This is simply because ones ancestry has no ties into the red nation thought-form. Without lineages that are red nation, one has no understanding of figure-8 geometry. If one is running only mer-ka-ba patterning and has no pathway into the figure 8, then one has no capacity for further ascension in this lifetime. Figure-8 geometry is a prerequisite to mastering the Language of Light. Therefore if one is unable to alter the mer-ka-ba into the figure 8, one can go no further in the ascent. However some of ones lineages may be inherited in other humans who have red nation ancestry and can take the ascent to the next step. This is how one will ascend through ones present day and future relations who can master perhaps to a larger degree than one can in a single life. Genealogy is specific in how it traveled down the lineages. This Earth has been mapping for some time so that the lineages carrying the information on ascension shall be the lineages chosen if available by all incoming children in the decade ahead. As children choose lineages that lead to ascension, they will be born with more genetics and awareness each future generation ahead. This is also how generational ascension shall be brought forth. Figure 8 thought-form is still polarity based just as the mer-ka-ba. Those who can master figure 8 patterning must do so first, transmuting any mer-ka-ba signatures into the figure 8. Then one begins to take the figure 8 and modify this rotation into the Language of Light. This is how mastering 3000 in accomplished. As one modifies all figure 8s in the field into the 10 base notes of the Language of Light, one is considered mastered to this level or has become a conscious dreamer. Those of indigenous origins and a direct descent from the red seeded nations in ones recent ancestry may have an easier time mastering the figure 8 as there is no pathway of history to the movement of the mer-ka-ba. However moving from the figure 8 into the Language of Light has been found to be problematic in some indigenous ancestries. In this case, Earth is

16

now holding those humans who can only master the figure 8 geometry at 2200 strands at this time. The figure 8 is not a magnetic pattern; it is electrical pattern founded upon two extreme magnets that create an electrical flow of energy around each and appears like a figure 8 when moving. This is why present day red nation or Eastern thought-form sits in extreme polarity, as one side of the figure 8 holds one extreme and the other side the other extreme in thought-form. In order to circumvent this problem, Riza who formerly oversaw human ascension movement, added another loop on the figure 8, creating 3 magnets and a triple lotus pattern instead known as the consciousness symbol in the Language of Light. The triple lotus appears to be a better bridge into the Language of Light than the figure 8 in earths examination of the success of the map carvers. Therefore initiates may wish to focus upon altering the figure 8 into the triple lotus that Riza anchored. This lotus is far more stable and balanced energy flow leading to a more stable and balanced field that can more readily ascend. Furthermore, Earth has uncovered that some of the indigenous ancestries run the triple lotus rather than the figure 8 sacred geometry. The triple lotus appears in the ancient sacred geometry of ancestries that are African, Polynesian, Aborigine (Lemurian or Australian), and Inuit or Mongolian root race. Therefore one can pull forward the triple lotus information from lineages of this ancestry if they are apart of ones inheritance from birth, and this creates an easier bridge out of the mer-ka-ba or figure 8 electrical extreme polarity based thought-form and into the Language of Light through ascension.

THE LANGUAGE OF THE ROOT RACES

Root race languages have been mapped out as having distinctly different sacred geometry and patterns associated with the words. North and South American Indians had triple lotus sacred geometry up until the creation of the Anu slave race. The Anu slave race was a composite of DNA drawn from these two root races and blended with the Pleiadian Anu themselves; this created a 40% blue-blooded and 60% red-blooded human blend, which ended up as a human with white skin but red blood the origins of the Anu slaves. As a result of the genetic manipulations of the Native American root race, they lost a part of their sacred geometry. It appears that prior to the genetic manipulations of the Anu, the Native American Root Race held a triple lotus sacred geometry, and as a result did not experience extreme polarity in their dream or life experience, or relations. After the genetic mutilation however, these two root races fell into extreme polarity and figure 8 electrical sacred geometry. It is after this time some 38,000 years ago in Earths records (162,000 human years) that these two red nations peoples fell into bickering with one another, and fighting over resources and regions of domain.

17

THE ORIGINS OF THE LANGUAGE OF LIGHT

Those living upon the continent of Australia retained a close connection to the Grand Masters along with the triple lotus patterning of their root race ancestry. The Grand Masters who were seeded 75,000 years after the root races (300,000 years as humans measure them). The Grand Masters language is most similar to what exists within Aborigine (Lemurian or Australian) and Polynesian root race language. The Language of Light is actually derived from Lemurian thought-form compiled from Polynesian and Aborigine root race records as they were retrieved through ascending map carvers. Polynesian language in present time is most similar to ancient Lemurian language, and has parallel vowel based sounds. Lemurian thought-form is circular in nature or rotational. Rotational language does not have extremes that one can teeter totter from one pole into another; rotational language only has a single thought that describes existence without opposites. About 40% of the symbols in the Language of Light are exact replicas of Lemurian thought-form at the time that Lemuria was a thriving culture. The other 60% parallel Lemurian language but were altered slightly into another symbol, sound and color that when applied to an ascending field allowed for continued ascension out of the distortion of the electrical or radioactive thought-forms associated with extreme polarity. Here is a summary of polarity-based thought-form transmuted with the first 10 notes of the language of light. Each note on the 144 note scale of single, dual, tri and quad notes assists in transmuting a certain level of polarity within the human paradigm allowing unity to be mastered within. It requires embracing full consciousness biology to master all single, dual, tri and quad tones of the Language of Light; however as all humans ascend to this level, it is anticipated that there will be peace and unity in all relations, including human relations with nature. It is anticipate that it will take roughly the coming 100 years of continued ascension for all humans to have mastered full consciousness, with many far beyond this pushing towards the fourth dimension or in other terms, mastering photonic thought-form.

18

POLARITY TRANSMUTED IN THE 10 BASE NOTES OF THE LANGUAGE OF LIGHT

UNITY BASED PARADIGM EGO - MASCULINE NEGATIVE EGO FEMININE

Never begrudges Forgiveness

Begrudges

Stubborn Structure

Acquiesces

Helpful Power

Helpless

Accepts Compassion

Rejects

Creates Breath of Life

Destroys

Praises Non-Conditional Love

Invalidates

Master Freedom

Slave

19

Male Divine Union

Female

Positive Unity

Negative

Dominates Non-Conditional Governance

Subordinates

(For a complete list of polarity thought-form, see the Polarity Charts.pdf which defines all polarity-based thought-form transcended in the embracing of single and dual tone Language of Light.)

WORKING WITH POLARITY THOUGHT-FORM WITHIN

Mila and Oa have had success with their associates focusing upon their personal polaritybased thought-form that they observed as triggered in their day-to-day life experiences. In consciously choosing to erase the polarity thought-form and integrate the Language of Light in place, a new operating system is formed gradually in the ascent to 3000. Although one is mastering the first 10 base notes in the ascent to 3000, one will work with the overtones of the Language of Light in the remainder of the scale to assist; therefore one may find many of the polarity thought-forms are related to ones own behavior or the behavior of others surrounding oneself. Ascension is an inner job of internal examination in which one catches oneself along with all others in the games or patterns that humanity participates in. In catching oneself in a particular pattern, one is always free to intend to transcend and ascend beyond the patterning; in so doing one can begin to move beyond polarity and into unity-based-thoughtform and relationships through ascension.

THE NATURE OF CONSCIOUS, UNCONSCIOUS AND SUBCONSCIOUS HARM

Group relations in current human dynamics are far from harmless The cause of the harm is the nature of the unconscious in the current human predicament, and it may well take the

20

ascent to full consciousness for each outer earth human before such patterning is relinquished in full. What is harm? Harm is any malicious act whether it is conscious, subconscious or unconscious. Harmful acts in the physical lead to bickering and disharmony in behavior, which can lead to the extreme expressions of yelling, fighting, and physical abuse to outright murder, mutilation or torture or war. Harmful acts in the subconscious lead to control and manipulation games that then trigger bickering and disharmony, physical abuse, murder or war in others or between others. How does ones subconscious focuses cause harm in the lives that surround oneself? The subconscious reflects the dream that all humans that one associates with are catching and about to bring to consciousness and live to experience. If one focuses upon violence through a movie, book or fantasy, then the dream for those surrounding oneself or for ones own life may attract a parallel abusive experience if there is karma in the ancestry associated. It is for this reason that ascending initiates are guided not to preoccupy themselves with violent entertainment or fantasies. Harmful acts in the unconscious lead to energy dynamics that shred the etheric body, chakra system and subtle bodies and then leads to disease in the physical. Most have no awareness of the unconscious energy dynamics at 2 strands of DNA. Generally mutilation will occur though due to karmic interactions in the life dance. Let us say that one meets and falls in love with someone who is mutilative in the unconscious. One marries the individual, but 7 years later has a mutilative accident. The accident is a reflection of the mutilation that occurred at the time that the relationship began in the etheric, but took 7 years to step into physicality. As one ascends, one will move up into the unconscious vibrations that harm occurs within. Now one may feel the brutality of others that one may dance with that one could not feel before. From earths point of view, although this makes human relations much more difficult for those who are ascending, it is far better to feel the mutilation and harm and then intend to do something about it than allowing the form to become sick or diseased over time, or manifest an accident that prevents the continued ascent.

WHAT TO DO ABOUT HARMFUL RELATIONS

What can one do about those who are abusive in the unconscious in association with oneself? Sometimes these relations give one a bout of the flue; or cause ones back to ache badly; or may even feel so crippling that one may barely be able to walk suddenly. One can intend to release the karmic contracts that are associated with the harm, along with transcending whatever part of ones own unconscious that harms others in parallel manner without ones awareness. Generally, as the karma is released, the harm ceases to occur again in the future contact with such individuals, provided one has been thorough in releasing the original cause. Sometimes if one cannot get to the original cause as it is buried deep in ones ancestry, one may end the relationship for a time as the ongoing energetic abuse is simply too painful. One

21

can also appeal to karmic counsels if harm continues after the karma one is clearing has been completed upon, and if there is enough ongoing transgression, a guardian to prevent the continued abuse is assigned to the unconscious of the individual at cause.

OPENING THE HEART IN ASCENSION

The heart opens each cycle of ascension. Each time the heart opens, a little more of the armoring of pain, anger and fear that one has sealed ones heart shut dissolves, and one begins to feel again. Sometimes what one feels after the heart opens is painful; as one now much acknowledge the suffering associated with the karma and ancestors one is clearing and integrating at this time. Feeling is important in ascension from the Earth Mothers point of view, as it is only through feeling that one may begin to embrace the lessons of the Language of Light in ones spiritual mastery. If one cannot feel, how can one possibly come to understand compassion, for example? It is not possible. Therefore intend to open the heart beloved and intend to feel; and then one has the possibility of real mastery in this lifetime. Some are born more emotional and intuitive than others. One may have felt ones entire life deeply, but had difficult communicating. The ascension journey will reconstruct ones mental body so that one may better put into words ones emotional experiences of the world and communicate it unto others. Mila before the mastery of 1024 had difficulty putting words to her experiences; then suddenly she found she could write and began to put together an early book of her ascension experiences. This book was never published, but gave her an understanding that now she could feel and speak her truth. So this may be so for many upon this path. For those with a predominantly mental and creative expression, retrieving the emotional body is paramount to feeling. It is the emotional body that engages with the open heart to transfer the feelings unto the field; then the body can interpret how it feels in any given moment. Some will feel ones way through ascension if one is primarily emotional; some may muscle test or pendulum their way if one feels little moving through the patterns one is releasing in any given day or the intentions one requires making to allow for continued evolution. This is the polarity that remains as one masters 2200 strands; one will still be primarily mental or emotional, an this will provide differences between humans that can still lead to conflict and misunderstanding. The best way to resoles such conflict is to simply accept one another for what one is within this current life expression; for one is the sum total of ones ancestors and DNA expressed in form. One cannot change this; one can ascend and evolve into a new state of being; but one is as one is. As one accepts oneself as one is, one will more readily accept others, and this is necessary into the future if harmonious relationships are to be created between ascending humans either in partnership or community.

BUDDING HEART LOTUS

pdf of diagram

22

In the ascent from roughly 2600 to 3000 strands, the heart opens again in ascension allowing one to begin to bridge into holographic thought-form. The 1000-petal lotus begins to bud. The lotus sits in three chakra regions; the heart, pelvis and crown. First the heart opens to roughly 24 petals. Inside of the 24 petals sits the human hologram. As one masters the movement of the heart petals in ascension, one begins to access holographic knowledge. The petals must be a magnetic lotus and not a figure 8 lotus as the figure 8 holds no space for the human hologram. A magnetic lotus has three petals interlinked and the middle pedal surrounds the human hologram. As the lotus spins, the hologram inside the heart spins. It is as the hologram spins that one will have holographic communication with the earth mother or any other species upon earth, the Great Central Sun or the Tao along with one's ancestors. Mastering the spin of the hologram is apart of the journey to 3000 strands. The faster the spin of the hologram, the more readily one may communicate with others and other kingdoms holographically, including ones soul, oversoul and source. This type of communication the false gods cannot participate in as they do not understand holographic communication from this Great Central Sun. Therefore ones guidance becomes more reliable after the heart lotus opens in full in the mastery of 3000 strands. Holographic communication flows on bandwidths of vibrations and thoughts that one may then interpret. Although at 3000, one may only have embodied the first 10 base notes of the Language of Light, these notes are inside of all other single, dual, tri and quad notes of the entire language. Therefore it only requires embodying the first 10 and one will understand the language of light as a functional set of thoughts to interpret or interact with any other kingdom; or to communicate with others, or write, speak and teach about ascension. Holographic communication only flows in the Language of Light. The Language of Light is a bridge language developed by all ascending sentient species for the purposes of common communication and understanding with one another and the Great Central Sun that Earth is going home unto. Therefore mastery over the Language of Light is the first step towards bringing oneself into harmony with the Great Central Sun.

23

HOLOGRAPHIC ENERGY MOVEMENT

pdf of diagram Once all 24 petals have opened in the ascent to 3000, one will be able to engage with holographic energy flow with greater stability. However the petals must be open in not only the heart, but also the pelvis and crown chakra region. Parallel petals open in these regions but do not contain the human hologram. The pelvis lotus contains the tapestry of ancestry and all of ones lineages and related ancestors as a holographic blueprint. The crown lotus contains ones soul, oversoul and source as a holographic blueprint. Holographic communication from soul flows through the crown lotus an then into the heart lotus. Holographic communication from Earth and nature flows through the heart lotus. Ancestral communication flows through the pelvic lotus and into the heart lotus. The heart then transmits the communication to the subtle bodies and the mental body puts words unto the communication; and the emotional body puts feelings unto the communication. This is how holographic knowing emerges in each ascending human that masters 3000 strands.

RECONSTRUCTION OF THE SUBTLE BODIES

pdf of diagram Understand that the subtle bodies must be fully constructed in order for the understanding of the information and communication offered from Earth, Nature, Soul or the Ancestors. It is for this reason that the ascent from 1800 to 2600 involves the reconstruction and retrieval of any missing subtle bodies or portions of subtle bodies. Humans live in an enmeshed reality founded upon attachment. Through attachment, parts of self end up in anothers field; and parts of many others end up in ones own field. This is why humans in the current 2 strand 24

paradigm do not know who they are as an individual as the archetypal dynamics are expressed in groups of humans instead of any single human. In recognizing that this is so, one will see in all other groups that one has danced with in ones life, parts of oneself lost, and parts of others within. The ascent to 3000 strands is really about releasing enough ties of attachment that one begins to understand ones truth in action or new holographic astrological sign. The new astrological signs are founded upon the base notes of the Language of Light. As one understands which sign one is associated with, ones soul lotus, heart lotus and pelvic lotus express these tones of creation in the petals surrounding the form along within the subtle bodies. This is how one attracts as language of light or unity based experience in the dance of life. The subtle bodies and lotus act as a screen that captures a dream that is send down the manifestation planes by the solar sun. As the field hosts the language of light in the movement of field, a language of light based dream is attracted into the life experience. One will notice that the language of light has no destructive or judgmental concepts; nor does it hold extremes of thought-form. The language of light is a balanced thought-form that creates a unity-based experience of dream. Therefore as humans embrace initiation 3000, one moves from extreme polarity of expression into unity-based expression, and life may become far more joyful, playful and fulfilling as a result.

THE NATURE OF DENSITY

25

There is always density that one is transcending in the form of karmic bonds of attachment in the field. No field at 3000, 6000, 9000 strands or higher is only going to be language of light pastels in color. There will be primary tones in the etheric body and in the space between the grid work of the etheric body, chakras system, lotuses and subtle bodies. There will also be density that one is transmuting that is black, brown, grey, or muddy colors of all shades. This is the work of ascension; to transmute the density so that one may move into balanced energy flow where light and dark find the middle path of unity. Mila and Oa also have electrical patterns emerge daily in their transcendence that look back against the backdrop of gold and silver that they now hold in their fields. The black is simply a dense note or tone from another creation that does not resonate here; as are any other shade of color that is not clear and pure along with transparent in nature. Purification of the density or non-resonant tones is therefore an ongoing task of all ascending humans, along with all species upon earth at this time in history. It is human nature to push the density away. Holographic energy flow will force the density one has disowned and the darkness associated back into ones field. Therefore it is not wise to skip steps in ascension; as this will lead only to a heap of darkness returning at a later time that will snow one under. Perhaps it is far better to integrate the density a little at a time recurrently upon ones path rather than being hit by the cosmic two by four, so to speak. One can intend to be complete and thorough. One can intend to integrate 100% of the genetic blueprint one is working upon today into the physical before moving on to the next segment. In so doing, one is less likely to schism over too much only to find a heap of darkness returned at a later date. Holographic energy flow will not allow the darkness to pile up in the human unconscious as in past times in human history; this is the time for completion from earths point of view. Therefore specific holographic movement is now spinning around each consensus of ascending humans grouped in tiers of vibration associated with the related mastery that one holds. This movement will make it less viable to schism over large segments of DNA as in the past times of the early ascension movement. Darkness can be transmuted through conscious intention; or it can be lived and experienced in the life expression. If the darkness comes back all at once, there may not be enough chi to transmute it fast enough to ward off manifestation of a difficult circumstance. It is for this reason that Earth recommends that each choosing this path becomes as thorough as possible so that the days ahead are lighter and more joyful to live.

HOLOGRAPHIC MOVEMENT AHEAD

Into future star gates of the Great Central Sun, holographic movement will become very strong, not only within earths field, but also inside of the star gate itself. There may not be time for a slow ascension at that point. So much darkness may be returned in a short time that one may become snowed over with returning patterns from ancestors yet unintegrated. And so building for a time of more stringent holographic movement is paramount to the success of Earths ascent along with human, dolphin and whale ascension in particular.

26

For those remaining in the figure 8 or mer-ka-ba patterning, holographic flow creates extreme wobbles of the field. This leads to a tearing of the etheric body which will lead to disease and death. It may be that this is the second cleansing ahead where those who could only master 1800-2200 strands end up ill due to the push and pull of holographic movement that they are not prepared for. We see that this may become so increasingly through 2016 and in particular, after entry into the dream of the Great Central Sun. So the time is now to begin to prepare for entry so that one has a strong field ready to work with holographic flow within the Great Central Sun.

BUILDING A STRONG KUNDAHLINI

It requires the building of an increasingly strong kundahlini energy movement through the field to withstand the holographic movement and retain balance of field. Therefore Earth advises working with the kundahlini meditation daily to continue to build a strong kundahlini and sexual energy system. (See Synthesis Meditation and Elements Meditation for more information). Utilization of minerals to assist in carving larger channels and removing stuck points in the channels or etheric body is also useful. Understand that Earth cannot provide fire for ones own kundahlini. In recent weeks, Earth has restructured the aurora to be in multiple dreams associated with the different tiers of ascending humans and other kingdoms. The reason for this was that humans, dolphins and whales of both inner and outer earth had been taking global fire from the aurora to burn off ones own karma. Beloved, my fire will only combust your karma making it seemingly disappear but without transcendence; this leads to schisms and the heavy darkness now returning unto ascending fully conscious species that were not being thorough. In order to transmute ones own personal karma, one must apply the language of light tones of creation that one has mastered in ones own field in the form of the elements of fire, water, air and earth. As one moves the kundahlini, one calls the element of fire that one generates in ones own larger chakras spinning around the aurora up through the etheric body; the fire then acts as a transducer to transform density, dissipating it into non-existence. One must generate ones own fire with ones own chakras; not rely upon my fire that I generate with my global chakras. This is the only way that one will take 100% responsibility in full for ones own evolution, which is what fully conscious species are designed to do. Therefore recognize that one must build a strong kundahlini, and to the degree that one can push the sexual energy through the etheric body, one will not only ascend, but clear their ancestral karma potentially working ones way off the karmic birth, death and rebirth cycles in this lifetime. In so doing, one will also learn the spiritual lessons of ones birth ancestry, leading to another day for your future ancestors ahead.

Please see Mila's latest meditation CD "Healing the Heart" for a guided meditation to assist in opening the heart and healing the inner family within.

27

We leave you with these thoughts. Namaste The Earth Mother

28

HEALING THE INNER FAMILY ASCENDING INTO UNITY

The Earth Mother through Karen Danrich Mila May 21, 2004 Dear Beloved Ascending Human, This is the second article from a new section Messages from the Earth Mother III which is devoted to exploring holographic archetypal patterning and the embracing of the unity paradigm through the healing of the inner family within. This information is presented in preparation for entering the Great Central Sun. The Great Central Sun operates in holographic thought-form. Holographic thought-form is founded upon equality; therefore to the degree that one embraces equality within, to such a degree one will be more prepared for the pushes and pulls of holographic thought-form inside of the Great Central Sun. Why will the Great Central Sun energy flow be so pressing upon humanity? Holographic flow recalls that which one has left behind in the unconscious; and dispels that which is not ones own by returning to the source of origin. This is the nature of holographic flow. In our early experiments of holographic flow amongst ascending humans in Mila and Oas group mastery program, holographic movement was utilized at their Hawaii Intensive this year. The flow brought back so much displaced darkness of not only the individual but also the group at large that all reeled from it as they could not integrate what was returning fast enough. Those who were solid enough in their mastery of the Language of Light were able to withstand that which was pressed in upon them and was returning due to holographic movement, and organize it in manner that allowed for continued transcendence. Those who were not wobbled so extensively that they had to be removed from the continued dance. Therefore we have a little understanding now of how holographic movement may affect ascending humans in particular; it may retrieve so much unconscious so rapidly that one will barely be able to keep up with the onslaught of lost parts of self returning unto ones field. This could make one ill if one was not prepared for it. As a result of this, we can see now more clearly what is required to prepare the human form for entry into future star gates along with the Great Central Sun itself. What will be required is the building of a strong kundahlini energy flow so that one may burn off more karma and density than is currently possible by most ascending humans in present time; and humans will need to move towards greater unity within as it is only in unity that one has a greater stability of field, and the pushes and pulls of the holographic flow will require great stability so that one is not pulled into disease, particularly after entry. This is what this section of written materials is geared towards; preparing humans for entry into the Great Central Sun.

29

MASTERING EQUALITY WITHIN

This year, Mila and Oa began to offer a Relationship Intensive to those in their Self Study and Group Mastery Program. This program was specifically set up by the Tao to explore healing the inner family through ascension so that unity relations may emerge amongst ascending initiates. Unity within is related to ones inner family. If the inner family is in discord, then one has non-unity patterning and genetic encoding that is associated along with disunity based relations in the life dance. As one strives to release non-unity patterning through healing the inner family, then a greater level of balance will occur within the ascending field and this will then be reflected in balanced and unity based relations surrounding oneself. Imbalance can be equated not only to disunity or inequality thought-form but also to certain parts of the field holding more chi or spinning larger or smaller chakras than other parts of the field. This leads to a field that wobbles extensively when holographic movement is applied. If the wobble is great enough, it can tear at the etheric body and lead to disease over time. As equality is embraced within, one learns to have chakras that are evenly weighted in size and shape rotating in the field at the same pace; this creates greater balance of field that can better withstand holographic movement. Furthermore one learns to balance the field with equal proportions of chi between upper and lower as well as right and left sides of the field. This will lead to a field that can withstand the pressure of holographic movement without being thrown out of sync. Therefore creating a balanced field is the next step for all ascending initiates, which requires addressing the inequality within, or those parts of self that wish to compete or sit in better than and less than patterning. The inner family is an excellent tool to look at those parts of self operating out of inequality, and it is for this reason that we are sharing of these techniques today.

ABOUT EMERGING ASCENSION COMMUNITIES AHEAD

Unity and equality is also paramount to the success of the emerging ascending communities ahead. Without unity, the group will simply fall into unconscious harm patterns that will cause some to become diseased and yet others to go into emotional turmoil or even insanity in the current group dynamics as they exist in the human paradigm. We are going to explore these dynamics in this section of the web site Messages from the Earth Mother III so that those intending to ascend and intending to create community into the future can understand the current predicament and choose to heal and release the karmic bonds of attachment that lock one into participating in competitive patterning. Adult ascension is limited to 3000 strands at this time. This translates into many emerging ascending adults at 3000 strands that have mastered this level, whom then may go on to master living in a self sustaining community together in unity, honor and joy. In order to create unity in community, each will need to take full responsibility for ones own personal patterning within, and choose to modify it such that unity with all others can made manifest in

30

the physical. For the outer is only a mirror of the inner; if the community is in turmoil or struggle, then this becomes a mirror for each member involved; as each member chooses to heal what the mirror of the group turmoil represents, then community may transcend the disunity and emerge again and again into a heightened dance of joy and unconditional love. Although this might sound relatively easy, our experiences in the Spiritual School of Ascension show us that it is not easy; that there is more patterning within that wishes to cause discord in human relations than patterning that desires to retain peace, honor and unity. Therefore disunity based patterns will be required to be addressed and transcended within each member of the community in order for unity based community to become a viable future; whether the community be 100 gathered together to live and farm together; or simply 10 that gather together and choose to ascend together, garden together and raise their young together. Ascension to 3000 stands allows for completion with any pattern that one has held in this life. In so doing, one will change in so choosing to release the internal patterning and embrace unity in its place as ones foundation. Embracing unity ultimately also requires the biological changes to the crystalline form. As 3000 strands are embodied 100% into the physical, 80% of the cellular structure becomes crystalline; this translates into 80% of oneself operating in unity upon a biological biochemical level as well as in the relationships surrounding oneself. Ascending to this level will therefore will cause ones mirror of the day-to-day life to become 80% unity based. The remaining discord within will still have an influence, and could cause disruptive relations or experiences in the close quarters of a community living environment; it is for this reason that we are offering the healing techniques in this article, so that initiates may go inward and deal with their own distraught parts of self rather than taking out such turmoil up on others or the group that one is choosing to create community with. Furthermore, even if one is not in community yet, learning to work with these skills will prepare one for this goal, and further allow one to begin to embody unity within, which will attract a more unity-based life into ones dream.

WHAT IS UNITY?
Unity is founded upon equality and wholeness. Unity based law states that each member of the group must contribute equally unto the group; therefore there are no freeloaders in unity. Furthermore each must give equally; this also means that those who tend to give too much will be required to give in proportion to what they receive. Although each may give equally to the whole, contributions may be unique unto the gifts and talents of the individual; therefore it will be up to each individual to discover what they like to contribute so that the whole of the community flourishes. There are always those tasks one may also not like to fulfill upon in the physical but require to be done nonetheless, such as cleaning the toilets; but these types of focuses too if they must be done allow one to look at parts of ones own thought-form requiring transcendence so that one may be at peace with all things in the life dance. It is out of being at peace with what is

31

and accepting the current circumstance as it is, that unity within or within the community shall be sustained.

THE NATURE OF EXTREME POLARITY

Most humans wish parts of oneself or others to be different than they are. Alas in extreme polarity, those around oneself are only as they can be; and one only is the way one can be at ones current level of evolution. Furthermore in extreme poles, all others will be opposite oneself in nature, and therefore can never be like oneself as such is the nature of polarity. Polarity causes any group to have one representative of all spokes on the wheel of archetypal patterns; therefore all groups will have diversity within them and no one will be alike. Alter the biology, ascend retrieving lost parts of self, and one will gain appreciation for the gifts and talents one can now express that were previously only expressed in those around oneself in extreme polarity. It is perhaps out of the desire to change others that the most discord occurs amongst humans; whether it be leaders in the West wanting the East to embrace democracy when this is not their nature; or the spouse that wishes that the husband, wife or beloved was more like oneself. Beloved if they could be like you they would be; they are as they are due to genetic predispositions that will only alter if they too are ascending. However even in ascension, each will alter into their own unique truth, and not necessarily into whom and what one wishes them to be. Allowing the truth of another is an important aspect of unity. For a long time, Mila wanted Oa to contribute as she did to the materials of the school. She would ask Oa to sit and write when it did not feel like his truth or his dream, although he did produced some very humorous materials for those in their Self Study Program at the time; and all appreciated it. Finally Mila ceased to force Oa to write and allowed him instead to support the organization as he desired to contribute as a reflection of his unique truth. This truth did not include writing any longer, however it does include giving monthly consultations with those in their program, which Oa loves; and creating and mailing the products that they have produced to support ascending initiates such as the meditation CDs. Oa enjoys creating the music and mixing the meditations and this gives him joy. This is how Oa contributes to Mila and the organization along with ascending initiates global wide through their distribution of products. It has been in accepting Oa as he is on the part of Mila that there has been greater joy between them in their day-to-day existence from Earths point of view. Oa too has admired Mila for a long time and understands her nature. So often Mila is so far out into the nonphysical that she can barely find her way through their third dimensional home without getting lost. This is metaphorical, but Oa understands this and picks up after Mila, taking care of the third dimensional aspects of life such as doing the laundry, shopping, cooking, paying the rent, making the deposits, putting gas in the car and making reservations for their travels. Sometimes Mila also will cook, clean and shop when Oa is busy with the next recording they are making. In so doing all remains in balance and all things necessary to third dimensional existence get done. Mila and Oa no longer compete over who does

32

what, as it really doesnt matter as long as one enjoys the part of the dance that one contributes unto the whole. They each do what they enjoy and do best from Earths point of view, and so their life is a relatively smooth dance from day to week to month to year. This is the template that the Earth Mother wishes to expand upon for ascending community. The dream for community will entail separate and distinct roles founded upon the truth and action of each, along with what brings each joy to create and contribute unto the whole of community. The roles will change periodically also so that those doing this or that do not get bored, and have an opportunity to go on and do something else, or learn something new and a new manner of contribution unto the whole. Peaceful relations in community will have an opportunity to flow if each contributes what brings them joy unto the group. Food will taste good if it is cooked in love and joy; furniture will be a joy to sit upon and fill the room with joy if it is made in love; the land will yield far more out of the garden if it too is loved. This is the new blueprint for Community that earth is anchoring for the times of cleansing ahead. The gift of ascending partnerships or community as Mila and Oa have found is that nothing stays the same; everything changes and continues to change between them and between their associates of the school; the result is that any problem is ascended out of into greater harmony, unity and divine union together as each takes responsibility for their part, and chooses to transcend. This is perhaps what keeps Mila and Oa going through some difficult times of struggle when personal or group patterns hit; they know that the problems will not last and will be ascended through. Therefore those choosing ascending partnerships or ascending community can understand this; that nothing will remain the same and that as each party works through their karma and patterning, the dance will change, and change into one of greater joy and harmony together. Each event Mila and Oa have created has been increasingly harmonious in nature since they began to teach in 1997. They have seen living proof of their evolution and the group evolution through their events. So this can be so for community into the future, and Mila and Oa along with those in Group Mastery in particular have carved the beginning of a template for community relations in ascension. This template is to be offered unto each that so chooses to create ascending community for the times ahead. In time we foresee many communities coming together through the endeavors of Mila and Oa; they will be an opportunity for those who have land, building and architectural experience, farming experience, and experience ascending along with finances to co-create sovereign self sustaining ascending community. There may be as many as 20 of such ascending communities born in the decade ahead around the globe through the affiliations in Mila and Oas school and under the guidance of the Earth Mother. The school also is to expand next year into a second program for those interested in mastering community within in which a series of channeled information will be generated on various topics surrounding preparing for community relations for those interested in this purpose. Mila and Oa are excited about this shift, as it is only occurring as they and the group have mastered enough of the discordant patterns in group-relations to foster the gathering of community.

33

HEALING THE INNER FAMILY

Now we would like to focus upon the main topic of this article; healing the inner family. What is the inner family? The inner family is a composite of how one relates within and without with all others. Take a picture of ones inner family, and one will understand how one relates unto the rest of the world. Take a deep breath now, and close your eyes, and ask for a picture of your current inner family. What do you see? What you see will be a composite about how you relate to the world around oneself in the symbolic picture of the family within. Are there children in the family? If not, one most likely relates unto the world in great seriousness and does not know how to play or laugh very easily. Are there children but no parents or adults? Then one probably plays very well and is very charming in nature but has a hard time organizing or orchestrating ones life. Are there missing parents? Then one probably tends to like to break the law as there are no internalized lawmakers to keep one in lawful behavior. Are there missing adults? Then one may tend to be child-like or approach like much like a teenager. Understand that the composite of the inner family will change from circumstance to circumstance. One may have one type of inner family at home, another at work, another with friends, and yet another in relationship to ones beloved, and yet another again in relation to any group one affiliates with, including spiritual groups. Therefore one can take a picture of ones inner family for each preoccupation of ones life, and see how one alters in role and script accordingly in the life dance. The Earth Mother and Tao have analyzed many inner family relations in association with those in Mila and Oas Group Mastery and Self Study Programs. What we have observed is that to the degree that the inner family learns to support one another, with children, teenagers, adults and parents each supporting the whole within, then to such a degree one has embodied the unity paradigm of the Language of Light. In so being, one is also more likely to create unity based harmonious relations in ones life dance. The inner family is a metaphorical creation that is symbolic of the thought-form that one has created ones life from, which includes ones physical embodiment. The physical embodiment also has attributes associated with the inner family. In our analysis, the inner male is associated with the right side of the form; the inner female is associated with the left side of the form. If there is an imbalance in the inner male and female, then one side may be stronger than the other side may be weaker or have more ailments than the other. The inner children are associated with the fingers of the hand and toes of the feet along with the hair, eyebrows, and eyelashes. IF there is a problem with one of these regions, there may be an associated problem with ones inner children. The inner mother is associated with the left breast, left lung, left side of the diaphragm and pelvis along with reproductive system; the inner father is associated with the right side of the chest, right breast, right lung, right side of the diaphragm and pelvis along with right side of the reproductive system. Ailments in these regions or organs are associated with problems with the inner mother or father. The head, arms and legs are associated with the inner adult;

34

the right leg and arm and right side of the head is associated with the male adult; the left leg and arm and left side of the head is associated with the female adult. Problems in these regions may be associated with a problem with ones inner adult.

THE ATTRIBUTES OF THE INNER FAMILY

pdf of diagram The inner family is comprised of two inner children age 0-7, a little boy and girl; two school age children age 8-14 male and female; two teenagers age 15-21 that are male and female; two adults that are male and female to whatever adults years one has lived; and a set of inner parents, a mother and father. In order for an entire family to be present and balanced male and female relations within, all members of ones family must first be present. Earth and the Tao first observed that most initiates were missing inner children, teenagers and adults of either ones own gender or the opposite gender. The tendency in the West in particular has been to polarize into one dominant vibration, either female or male. If one has run primarily male energy over the course of ones life, then one will have two inner males and no inner female. If one has on the other hand run primarily female energy over the course of ones life, then one will have two inner females and no inner male. Understand that men can run female energy and often seem gay or like sensitive new age guys. Women can also run male energy and may see butch or strong in nature. Generally speaking, there is an exchange that begins in early childhood where one chooses to swap the inner male or female with one of ones siblings or a parent. In so doing, one ends up with two of the same gender inner children; and then this pattern carries on throughout the life leading to one who runs either male or female energy, instead of running the vibration of ones gender that has both a male and female set of tones associated. Through ascension, one gradually builds to a new set of tones that allow one to run the proper tones for ones birth gender. The male form is designed to run at a vibration that is exactly an octave below the female. However the male vibrations map

35

carved in ascension have a feminine side that is slightly higher in vibration too; this is a reflection of the inner feminine within. Female vibrations in ascension likewise have a lower vibrational side that reflects the masculine within. Those learning to run the proper gender vibrations in ascension generally must master running the proper gender based tones for ones birth gender by initiation 2200 or can go no further. Female energy appears as an S shaped movement that runs down the field. Male energy appears more like rain flowing almost straight down the field. Women who tend to run male energy assume the masculine flow; men who run female energy assume the feminine flow. By 2200 strands, one learns to move energy appropriate to ones gender and remain in ones gender based vibrations, which are higher overall for women than men. This allows the energy to move down the field grounding soul into form and connecting oneself unto the core of earth in a state of groundedness.

HEALING THE INNER CHILDREN

pdf of Inner Family Checklist Those working upon mastering 1800-3000 strands may find it useful to examine the inner family for missing inner males or females. There should be seven little boys and seven little girls at age birth through age seven. One may discover that one traded ones inner boy or girl for anothers boy or girl at this time in ones life; if so, intend to break the agreements for this and retrieve what is missing and then integrate it. It is our young child that allows for playfulness and simple experiences of joy and communion with nature. Without all parts of the young child that is both male and female, one will be limited in the expression of joy and playfulness in the life dance, or may not master communion with nature. There should likewise be seven young children each at age 8 through 14, seven girls and seven boys within. If parts of self are missing, then one may wish to look at who one gave their inner child unto in this age range, break the agreements and retrieve what has been lost. It is this age of inner child that enjoys adventurous experiences of all kinds from hiking to swimming, boating, to snorkeling or camping or other physical preoccupations. It is also the 8 to 14 year old that will enjoy working with the land to grow the garden, or to cook a delicious meal. If one is missing this age range of inner child, then one may dislike physical activity, cooking or working with the land. As one retrieves this part of self, one may open up to other past times that are not only enjoyable, but helpful in ascension; as physical activity allows the kundahlini to move in greater ease, and cooking or working with the land allows one to commune with nature.

CHANGING PERSONALITY
In the current human paradigm, there is a change of personality at age 7. This allows for the learning of language at that time. Young children have a personality that is very limited. It is for this reason that young children often behave the same or express parallel polarities in groups or at preschool. At age 7 and due to the need to learn to read or write, the personality

36

changes to allow for the learning of language. One will see therefore a marked change in ones inner child after age 7 as a result, and sometimes this can be traumatic in and of itself as the new personality may not resemble what preceded it at all, leading to extreme changes in behavior. Mila was sad to see that it has become a requirement in California for children to learn to read and write in preschool and before entering kindergarten. This forces personality beings upon young children that they are not prepared to handle in biological development. This may create the needless sensation of failure in present time preschool age children who do not learn to read or write easily. Ascending children however have more gifts and talents, but may be unruly particularly if they have not mastered running their gender based vibrations and therefore are ungrounded; it is a state of ungrounded ness that underlies the unruly behavior of the indigo children in present time. (See Indigo Children, ADD and Autism for more information.) In the examination of earth, sometimes those who were little princesses from age birth through age 7 suddenly become a tomboy in the ages 8 through 14. This occurs as the new personality wishes to be masculine in nature and swaps out the inner girl for a little boy from a sibling or friend, leading to only the expression of male energy in the field. It is why some girls in the west like to ride bikes, climb trees and entertain themselves in the pursuits of little boys. Mila was an example of this who had only inner male children in age ranges birth through14, and all she really wanted was a horse more than anything. Although this was never fulfilled upon, she was the one in her early childhood pictures wearing the cowboy hat and chaps. The young male friend that she exchanged her inner girl child with enjoyed playing with dolls at the

37

time, which worried the mother.

THE ENMESHMENT OF CHILDREN

As one brings back the inner child male or female that is missing for all age ranges of birth through age 14, one will become more whole within. One may also integrate potentially traumatic memories that one does not recall in present time. Such memories perhaps went to the other who took on the part of self denied; likewise some of the childhood memories one may have may be from the other that one has been carrying a part of. As one sorts out the inner children retrieving what is ones own and returning that which is not really of oneself, one will know what memories are sincerely of ones own experience, and then can process the real trauma incurred in the childhood for ones own life. Mila and Oa had an experience once of an initiate who was convinced that her father had molested her. This actually turned out later to be from an inner child they had assumed responsibility for in this type of exchange and not their own experience. Alas they chose to confront the father who not only denied it, but it caused such needless family turmoil. This is the difficulty of childhood memories; they may or may not be ones own given how enmeshed humans are at 2 strands. Earth therefore suggests initiates go within and heal oneself, and leave all others to their dance. Some humans also tend to take on the inner children that others have rejected. There are some that are earth mother types or earth father types that perhaps one has known and wished was ones own parent. These humans at 2 strands tend to collect the unwanted, rejected or unloved inner children of others. Sometimes the earth mother or earth father type end up counselors or spiritual teachers and then take on the inner children of all of their clients or students. If this is ones nature, then one will need to return all of the inner children to others that they sincerely belong unto, as no one can really heal another; each must take responsibility for all lost parts of self in order to ascend.

WORKING WITH THE FRACTURED INNER CHILDREN

As one assembles a complete template of children from age birth to age 14 that are male and female, then one can begin to search out for gaps or fragments or fractured pieces of each child that is missing in the year that they represent. As one intends to retrieve whatever fractured parts of your child that are not whole in the masculine and feminine sides in each year time span that they existed, one will begin to create wholeness in ones inner child. As the fractured pieces return, one may intend to drain off the pain, fear, sorrow, suffering, anger or any other emotions associated, and then send the associated part of self to ones recasting temple in the aurora to be recast. Sometimes there is great pain, suffering or turmoil in unrecalled circumstances. The pain, turmoil and suffering shall dissipate following recasting. Be aware that in the act of retrieving a particularly large fractured off piece of self associated with ones inner child, one may go

38

into the fracture and relive all the emotions associated. One time during an Intensive, one of the participants had a sudden recall and retrieval of a part of themselves that was fractured off in a molestation that they as an adult had no memory of. The entire group anchored the healing for this individual, and it took near an hour and a half for them to work through the incredible pain, fear and suffering that was recorded in the returning piece of self. Then as the emotions were released enough, this part of themselves could be sent for recasting, and they were able to participate thereafter in the remainder of the workshop. The point earth would like to make here is to go into the fractured pieces of self and process the pain; cry if you need to. In so doing, the pain and suffering will release and the fragment can then be integrated. It is the disowned pain that ultimately lies between any fractured piece of self and reunion into wholeness; process the pain and the reunion or recasting is the natural outcome of this type of inner healing work. Through the reunion, there is then more of oneself present to ascend; and this is how ascension occurs, piece by piece by piece retrieved and reunited into a greater sized field, with ancient genetic materials retrieved that one can then ascend into upon a biological level.

HEALING THE INNER TEENAGER

The inner teenager is comprised of a young male and female ages 15 through 21. One may first wish to take a check to see if both teenagers are present and retrieve those that are not with whomever one has exchanged the male or female sides of self with, while breaking the agreements to continue to do so. Much as in childhood, humans tend to swap out inner teenagers of one gender for another with others that one is close to, such as ones first boyfriend or girlfriend or best friend. Therefore one can break such agreements and retrieve all parts of ones inner teenager so that both a male and female side is represented for each age.

39

Those without an inner teenager tend to be hopeless and lack the passion to create something new that one enjoys expressing. Retrieve the inner teenager, and one will change finding ones hope and passion to create again. So take a moment to take inventory of your inner teenagers of each age range. As one has recreated a complete template of all teenagers, male and female, ages 15 through 21, one can then look for fractures between teenagers of different ages and choose to retrieve the missing pieces of self lost during traumatic experiences in ones high school or college years. As one retrieves all the parts of ones teenager, one will find ones hope and inspiration in life again. For it is the teenager that feels that one has ones whole life ahead of oneself and that anything is possible. It is the inner teenager that holds the vibrations of hope and passion; passion for life, adventures and creations of all kinds. Those with a strong set of inner teenagers therefore will find preoccupations that give them joy and fulfill upon them, perhaps even creating a new business that also provides an income simultaneously. It is the inner male teenager that enjoys physical adventures into nature or sports, recreation and movement of all kinds; it is the inner female teenager that enjoys creative self-expression of all kinds from painting, to singing, to dancing, to making music, writing, speaking or teaching and healing. As one retrieves ones inner teenager in full, one may discover a bevy of new interests one had not known one had before and then go on to fulfill upon them. The fractured teenager can also be expressed as the rebel that wishes to live life ones own way or break the law or argue with others. It is often our fractured teenager that causes one to behave lawlessly; such as speeding on the freeway while driving, or throwing trash upon the road, to real illegal endeavors such as stealing or drug use. It is also the fractured teenager that likes to argue or create turmoil in the family. As the fragmented inner teenager heals, one will become less rebellious in the current life dance with all others and create greater harmony with those around oneself. One will also cease to have difficult experiences with rebellious or argumentative individuals that mirror ones own fractured teenager within.

HEALING THE INNER ADULT

The inner adult develops as one chooses at some point in ones life to become mature or a grown-up. Sometimes this occurs at age 21, but for most it is whenever one decides that one is now an adult. For many, one determines that one is an adult when one either marries or has ones first child, or moves in with ones first boyfriend or girlfriend. Some never choose to be an adult and remain a teenager the rest of their life. This is unusual, but does occur in some humans who generally have not had any children of their own. There should be one inner adult male and female for each year that one has lived and considered oneself mature or an adult. As one examines ones inner adults, one can retrieve any missing segments of oneself lost due to exchanges with others. It is human nature to exchange the inner male or female with others, and so one may need to figure out whom ones inner male and female went to and then break the agreements to exchange these parts of self with another. In so doing, one may retrieve all parts of ones inner male

40

and female. If one has had many intimate relationships, parts of ones inner male and female may be with different former partners during the ages that one was involved in the relationship. As one retrieves all parts of ones inner male and female, then one moves one step closer to feeling whole and capable within. As one examines ones inner adults, one can also look for fractured parts of self in any adult age range that one experienced a trauma or difficulty. One can then intend to retrieve the fractured pieces of self, and transmute and release the associated pain, anger of fear. In so doing, and with continued work, the inner adult can become more and more powerful and strong within in both masculine and feminine capabilities. For it is the inner male part of self that holds the dream for ones life and the female part of self that fills the dream of the manifestations that one desires to come to fruition. If the male or female part of self is missing, then dream weaving or manifestation can be very difficult, as it requires both the feminine and masculine aspect to hold ones life dream. The inner male also holds short-range vision and knows the next steps upon ones journey, or the next steps to take to fulfill upon the dream one is holding. The inner female perceives the long-range vision and will guide the life in the direction that leads to fulfillment of dream. If the inner male is missing, one will have no short-range vision and will tend to fall off a cliff in ones path, as one did not see what was coming. If the inner female is missing, one lacks long ranger vision and therefore may make great day-to-day decisions, but have no overall life purpose and direction. As one retrieves all parts of self, then one will have both short and long-range vision so that ones dreams for the future may come to fruition in greater ease, and one will have a greater understanding of the path that one is to follow to fulfill upon ones spiritual goals in this lifetime.

INTIMATE RELATIONSHIPS AND THE INNER ADULT

The inner adult male and female allows one to perceive how one relates in intimate relationships, whether one is homosexual or heterosexual. Homosexual relationships tend to polarize into a male and female role, with one taking on one gender based predisposition and the other the other. Therefore those who are homosexual also require retrieving whatever part of self one has tended to exchange with another that one has been in relationship to in order to become increasingly whole within, with both the inner male and female present within. Take a moment to close your eyes and look at how your inner male and female relate in the moment. The inner male and female can provide one with an understanding of how one relates in intimate circumstances with the beloved. If the male or female within is missing, then the opposite gender is abandoned or rejected. Then one may go on to create experiences of abandonment, unrequited love and rejection again and again in intimate partnerships. As one retrieves ones missing inner male or female and releases the patterns at cause for why he or she is rejected, then one will be more likely to attract a partner that remains in the relationship with oneself through the ups and downs of life.

41

If the inner male is present but has his back turned upon the inner female or visa versa, this is a reflection of non-communication and non-union. Such an internal circumstance will cause one to attract partners in which there is difficulty communicating with one another or understanding one another, or worse yet there is ongoing argument or fighting. As one chooses to release the patterning at cause of why one part of self turns his back the other, one can begin to rectify this circumstance within and create intimacy and union. Intimacy requires that both heart chakras in each party be open enough to allow for the free flowing movement of energy between the beloveds; this is what love is. If one has their heart closed and the others heart is wide upon, there can be no union. Furthermore the one with the open heart is often stripped of information or chi in attempting to love another with a closed heart. Therefore having an open heart in both the male and female within is paramount to real union between the two. Take a look at whether or not both the inner male and female within each have an open heart. If one does and the other does not, then one is likely to attract partners that are also closed hearted. In the intent to open the heart in both the masculine and feminine side of oneself, one will begin to release the patterning within that is associated, which will allow one to create a partner that loves. Mila worked upon creating an ascending partnership with one who loved deeply for years in her ascent to 3000 and in time created her partner Oa who loved deeply and had an open heart. This was a joyous outcome of a load of inner work that took 8 years to make manifest from start to finish. Therefore be aware that as one seeks to clear the patterning associated with non-love between the male and female within, it may be a long process of clearing work necessary to finally create the ascending beloved in the physical. However in staying in touch with the patterning between ones inner adults, and choosing to transcend that which is non-loving, in time one will heal enough within to attract a partner that has also healed and has an open heart into the life dance.

HEALING THE INNER PARENT

The inner parent is constructed of all of the records of ones own experience of being parented as a child by ones mother or father, grandparents, aunts or uncles, or whoever raised oneself. Generally such records are not equality based and therefore are not useful for ascension into unity. What Earth suggests is that each ascending initiate intend to erase their inner parent in full and replace it with information from ones more ancient tapestry of ancestry with the archetype of the counselor or priest and priestess. In so doing, the inner parent can go from condescending, controlling and a state of absolute dictatorship into mature adults who have loads of life experience and are willing to counsel the family to embrace unity relations. One can intend this so before falling asleep calling upon the new Temple for Healing the Inner Family that Earth now provides for ascending initiates, and so it will be by morning.

42

One must also intend to release and transmute all thought-form associated with parenting styles that are omnipresent, fear-based and dictatorial in nature. In so doing, a new form of guidance will begin to pour within from ones inner parent that shall play the role of counselor unto ones inner family. One can also request that ones ancient ancestors assist in playing the role of inner parent to provide guidance unto the inner family as needed to retain a greater state of unity within. If one of ones inner parents is missing as perhaps ones father or mother died or abandoned the family in childhood, then one may need to retrieve ones inner parent before one can replace the parent with the archetype of the counselor. One may also need to process and release any remaining trauma and integrate any fractured pieces of self that split off as ones parent died or left. As the trauma is released, the inner parent can be recreated, and then modified into the new archetypal pattern of counselor. There is nothing that cannot be healed in ascension; and as this is such, one can really and sincerely create a new foundation for oneself from which one will be able to manifest a very different life of greater joy and a dream come true circumstance. Sometimes if one has been a parent in this lifetime, there is trauma associated with parenting. Sometimes one may feel guilty about how one treated ones own children; or feel as if one was not enough for them; or could not provide enough; or could not be there every moment that they were in need. If this is so, one also needs to forgive oneself and ones inner parents in the greater understanding that one was the best that one could be at the time that one parented. Humans are not

43

perfect; parents are not perfect; at best humans do the best that they can or know how to do in any given circumstance. If one has left ones children behind due to particular circumstances in this life, then one may require forgiving oneself for abandoning ones own children. Generally speaking, it is karma that directs the dance. If one had no karma to raise the children beyond a certain age, then this is what drives one to leave and move on to other endeavors. Perhaps in understanding this, one may more readily forgive oneself for leaving ones children behind, as one had no further agreements to parent. In the current paradigm, parents have little support of extended family or community and this only creates frustration and a feeling of being stretched beyond capacity in trying to handle it all from earths perspective. Alas this is the current Western paradigm of parent-child relations. Perhaps one does not have the mother-in-law present all day that might be difficult as one does not get along with her, but one also has little support as a parent; furthermore one has no break from the day and night job of taking care of small children. Perhaps as more humans create ascending community, there will be better balance; in so doing mothers and fathers will be better supported, and then the mothers and fathers will have more to give to their children. One perhaps can forgive ones own parents in this understanding. Milas own experience of parenting her son was that it was very tiresome and that she felt stretched to ascend, sell real estate, and care for him. As she and the father split up residences as her son turned age 2, and the father took him half time, this was the first time Mila had any time to herself since her son was born. Mila found that she enjoyed half time parenting much more than full time parenting thereafter. This is because there was enough time for herself and her inner journey of ascension, and then time to enjoy the raising a child. Perhaps mothers and fathers of the future will intend circumstances that are less stressful and have greater support than the current paradigm offers, and await having children until such can be made manifest in the physical.

ABOUT LARGE FRAGMENTED PIECES OF SELF RETURNING

Sometimes when fragmented parts of self are really large and are retrieved in ascension, one goes into the associated feelings and re-experiences the emotions behind the fragment for a day or longer. So this can be so for inner child, teenager or adult fractures, parallel lives, and past life experiences. Sometimes initiates have written to Mila thinking that they are going insane. I am crying and crying and feel like no one hears me and I feel like I am going to die. This was from an initiate who was re-experiencing an ancestral experience in which their ancestor had been the wife of a pharaoh in ancient Egypt and sent into the tomb alive upon his death. The ancestor died of starvation in the tomb along with their two young children, as this was the custom during this era of Egypt. In addition to this, this initiate also was recalling how they were ignored when they cried and cried with colic at six to nine months of age in their current

44

life experience; their mother had simply put them in a closed room and walked away not knowing what else to do. One can see in this how past ancestral experiences compound present day life trauma as one goes to heal such incidents in present time. In another experience, an initiate went into deep depression, hopelessness and despair that would not lift for weeks and weeks. This initiate was integrating a parallel life in which they had MS and were confined to a wheelchair; there were also past life ancestors that had been diseased that were triggered to heal during this period of integration that contributed to the feelings of depression. Last they had been ill and hospitalized in early childhood and this too was triggered for healing concurrent with the other patterns. Such is the nature of ascension; earth recommends going into he experience and releasing the pain associated. In so doing, one begins to have compassion for others of other life experience than oneself as one has now experienced such an dance through ascension. This is how the tone of compassion is mastered in ascension. It is through the act of recasting that one reunites parts of self that have fractured in any time period; whether it be in this life, an ancestral life experience, or in a parallel life; such pieces of self are gathered into ever-increasing wholeness through ascension. Once the fractured pieces are reunited, the trauma is dissipated and whatever gifts or talents or information that such a piece of self holds can be recovered. This is how one works ones way out of polarity in ascension; for as one recovers all parts of self that are inner children, teenagers, adults or parents along with parallel lives and ancestors of a particular experience, then one begins to recover the information about unity relations that one had all along but was polarized into the unconscious and unknown. As such information returns, now not only does one feel more whole within, but also ones capacity to express in a new manner known as unity becomes a viable possibility.

SUMMARY
Working with the inner family may become a new method that one utilizes in ascension from this point forward. Many may have worked with the inner child before, or participating in rebirthing. This information is not in any way to disvalue the healing of another time, but to take such healing one step further for the purposes of mastering unity through ascension. Many who are healers or therapists may also choose to work with the inner family in ones clients. The symbolic dance of the inner family is perhaps the easiest manner to create a quick template of how any individual relates to the world and others around them. Through the intention to heal, any discordant pattern perceived can be transmuted. This is the gift of intention to ascend; that one has an opportunity to edit and change the past through the act of transmutation, and then due to such work create a new future that is different; different from what ones parents and ancestors have known for 30,000 years of human history (120,000 human years). The next articles to come will focus upon the patterns between groups of humans, as this too contributes to the dance of the inner family. The inner family is a group of its own; within the

45

dance one will find all manners that one also relates to groups of all kinds. As one heals the inner family therefore one also heals how one relates in group dynamics. It is in the many coming together each willing to heal group dynamics that ascending community can be born. Please see Mila's latest meditation CD "Healing the Heart" for a guided meditation to assist in opening the heart and healing the inner family within. We leave you with these thoughts. Namaste The Earth Mother

46

Wolf by Brigitte Rondeau

47

TIPS FOR RETAINING ONE'S LEVEL OF MASTERY IN ASCENSION

The Earth Mother through Karen Danrich Mila August 30, 2004

Dear Beloved Ascending Human, There are many changes underway that shall lead to the fulfillment of the ascent of earth. Such changes are both energetic and physical. The kundahlini of earth is heating up significantly. This can be perceived as the increasing brightness of the northern lights or aurora of earth (the sun in earths core) along with the melting of the glaciers. There are also significant shifts in the human ascension movement that shall ensure the survival of your species. For you see the survival of humanity upon the surface of the earth has never been guaranteed; for so low in vibration and consciousness you have fallen. Without a pathway to a new frequency, there would be little hope of surviving, for all would perish in the end in plagues due to an inability of the cellular structure to handle the increasing rotation of the molecules of all living things upon earth. This Mila heard the calling for, and she ascends for the sake of her own species more than her own personal self. Mila could exit physicality and enter the Great Central sun and be embraced without any further ascent; she chooses to continue to persevere so that there will be a viable pathway into the fourth dimension for the current genetics of surface earth human. One must understand that there is little reward for the role Mila and Oa have chosen; their life revolves around ascending their own form and creating a pathway for others to do the same. So much of the dance of the remaining dark held upon earth has been to attempt to end their lives premature so that the possibility of human extinction would be viable; as there would also be the possibility in such an outcome of the extinction of earth. The dark chose to push for extinction to retain the polarity of life elsewhere; for in the current dynamics of extreme poles, one creation must die in order for another creation to ascend. Extreme polarity is something that earth is leaving behind at this time. In so doing, earth is entering a new polarity known as gold and silver in which all may ascend home; that nothing requires dying or going extinct for another creation to ascend. Within the Great Central Sun, there is no extinction; only gold and silver dancing so that all may go home. The homecoming is a joyous outcome for earth, for it involves a return to life and a return to the joy that expansion and ascension make possible.

48

Humans have by in large been an obstacle in earths choice to ascend; this is more so upon the surface of the earth where consciousness has dropped so significantly that few are aware that you are in an end of cycle time in which one must choose to ascend or perish out of the lack of making a conscious choice. The time to choose is coming to closure; one will have had to move beyond a certain vibrational frequency in the coming 8 years in human form, or the vibration of earth will so far supercede ones own frequency that disease will rapidly manifest in physicality. In particular this will be so for those at 2 strands of DNA, although some at 1024 or higher may also experience disease if the ascent is far from complete in nature. It is for this reason that earth has focused so heavily upon what it takes to create a complete ascension in the Messages from the Earth Mother II section, and now how to sustain ones vibration that one has mastered in the Messages from the Earth Mother III section. Sustaining ones vibration requires ongoing focus; one must consciously choose to continue to focus upon ones ascension along with synthesizing each day. In so doing, one will more likely offset the possibility of disease through incomplete ascension into ones future, and are more likely to witness the coming birth of the golden era ahead.

THE PROBLEMS WITH RETAINING ONES FREQUENCY

Creating a complete ascension is the first step. A complete ascension allows for all cells in each given region of transformation to become crystalline. For those ascending to 1024, only healthy cells are addressed in the ascent. For those pressing on to 3000 strands, one begins to work upon resurrecting decayed regions that have died within the form. Death of portions of the cellular occurs gradually through aging. Regeneration in ascension is therefore a slow process, especially for those whom are in their forties, fifties, sixties or seventies in present time. The older one is, the more cycles that are required through the entire cellular structure to resurrect enough decay due to aging to 3000 strands and 100% in the physical. By in large, once the ascent becomes physical, it is less likely to be lost causing one to slide backward in vibration. Cells are holographic and self recreate the new genetics, even if regeneration fails. Sometimes some parts of the form of those mastering 3000 fail to fully regenerate in any given quarter, half-year or year cycle; this is generally due to a lack of circulation or lymph fluid adequately nourishing or detoxifying the region of the body that fails to regenerate once it has become crystalline. The number of veins, arteries and lymph ducts doubles in the ascent to 3000; by 6000 strands the circulatory and lymph doubles again in numbers of veins, arteries and lymph ducts. The circulatory and lymph systems feed the crystalline cells; without adequate circulation or movement of the lymph, cells die and need to be replaced; furthermore if there is inadequate circulation to any pocket of crystalline cells, the cells will begin to deteriorate and die again.

49

One way to assist circulation is to give the body simple and gentle exercise each day. Walking and swimming are helpful to assure that enough blood or lymph fluid reaches all cells in the form so that they are adequately nurtured. Also intending that the circulatory and lymph systems develop fully to ones level of ascent in this lifetime is paramount to the ability of the form to adequately regenerate. It is for this reason that we guide those ascending to create as complete an ascension as possible. Incomplete ascension leaves patches of crystalline cells un-transmuted to the new structure; this can also mean that the veins, arteries or lymph ducts inadequately develop in a certain region which can lead to disease over time if not rectified. How does one know if one is having an incomplete ascension? One can muscle test for verification to see if one has adequately embraced the crystalline cellular structure in all parts of the form in ones ascent to date. Those in group mastery have used this technique with a lengthy checklist; then in the ongoing monitoring of ones continued ascent, one can intend to rectify those regions of domain that are weak or do not ascend easily. (See "Ascending into Regenerative Biology" for more information.) (Download PDF Checklist).

WHY DO ASCENDING INITIATES SCHISM?

What prevents the ascent of a particular part of the form? Generally such regions hold karma and thought-form along with patterning that one would rather not acknowledge in ones own self. It is far easier to perceive the darkness outside of oneself and in others than in ones own ancestral inheritance. However the outside life experiences are only a mirror for ones own internal state of being. If the darkness is present in ones life, then it is also within ones genetic encoding; far better perhaps to choose to transcend the darkness mirrored unto oneself than try and brush it under the carpet and ignore it; for this will only mean schisming over a part of ones ascent, following which the associated region of the form will fail to become crystalline and then become diseased in ones further ascent. Maintaining ones vibration along with continuing to ascend therefore becomes the paramount focus for those ascending at this time in history. Earth chooses to support those who are ascending by providing healing and angels for the task. Such support can be requested during the day as one takes the time to meditate and synthesize the field; it can also be requested during dreamtime at night. There are 18 healing temples that earth has constructed to support human ascension. These can be visited during meditation or dreamtime for support and reparation of field. These temples have been written of before, but we would like to review them today so that one may attune to the associated dreamtime consciously as well as intend to travel to such temples at night and while asleep.

50

HEALING TEMPLES FOR ASCENSION

(download pdf Healing.Temples for printing) The following temples are available unto each mastering 1800 to 3000 strands in this lifetime. These temples sit within ones own aurora, which is created through the larger charkas that sit in the core of earth. One follows ones own grounding chakras under the feet to gain access to ones temples; or one can pull ones temples around oneself during meditation or at night by pulling them up the chakras into ones home or hotel room. There are angels and guardians associated with earths dream for ascending initiates that administer all healing in collaboration with ones oversoul and source. 1. TEMPLE OF INTERCONNECTION This temple assists one in connecting with their source if they have lost their connection. The temple with support of Earth and all species therein holds all connections for all Source Groups related to Earth. As one visits the temple, a more effortless connection to ones soul, oversoul and source shall be provided. 2. THE TEMPLE OF ASCENSION TESTS AND ASSESSMENT This temple is where each goes to take their tests for ascension or to be assessed for the next phase of work. Sometimes when one is unsure of what is wrong, a visit to this temple shall suffice at putting one back on track. It is also from this temple that one's soul can assess one's karmic issues. 3. THE TEMPLE OF GROUNDING This temple holds all records of grounding and the changes therein in each phase of ascension. Grounding changes from initiation to initiation, however, wherever one is, one can crosscheck their information and intend to retrieve anything that has been lost. 4. THE TEMPLE OF SEXUAL ENERGY FLOW This temple holds all records of sexual energy movement and the movement of the kundahlini through the grid work of the form and subtle bodies. Sexual energy movement also changes from initiation to initiation in ascension. However, one can crosscheck one's own information against the knowledge provided therein and intend to retrieve anything that has been lost over time or in a karmic encounter. 5. TEMPLE OF SUBTLE BODIES This temple holds all records of subtle body changes and repairs in each phase of ascension. One can compare one's own records to the records contained herein for one's given evolutionary status to determine what has been manipulated or lost, and then strive to retrieve it. 6. TEMPLE OF PHYSICAL GRID WORK This temple holds all records of grid work changes and repairs for each phase of ascension. One can cross check their grid work against a template of what should be present at any given phase of evolution. In so doing, one may discover foreign grid work that has become mixed in causing the energy flow in certain pockets of the form to wane.

51

7. TEMPLE OF ASCENSION GRID WORK This temple holds all records for constructing ascension grid work in each phase of ascension. In essence, this temple holds information for transcribing the genetic blueprint for ascension and anchoring it around the physical form. Ascension grid work changes from level to level in initiation, and therefore one's own level can be compared to what should be in place given the knowledge held in the temple. 8. TEMPLE OF ANCESTRAL KNOWLEDGE This temple holds all human lineages sorted out thus far in human ascensions upon Earth. At this time, all 144,000 lineages are present, but some are not complete back in time. One assists in building the records for this temple in one's own ascension. One may ask for the original 144 lineages that were their birth inheritance at this temple, or any updates that have come in from other ascending initiates. 9.THE TEMPLE OF LIGHT BODY This temple holds records of light body development at each phase of ascension. The light body is sometimes susceptible to manipulation during one's dreamtime travels. One can compare their light body to the records in this temple for the purposes of repair. Understand that there are two types of light bodies; one of which is a modified astral body that ones consciousness travels during dreamtime, and this is the light body that we speak of. There is a second light body that is actually a physical vessel upon another plane of reality exactly one octave above oneself. It is the real light body forms into a fourth dimensional vessel that the physical body ascends into as consciousness in the act of ascension from one dimension unto the next. 10. THE TEMPLE OF RECASTING Each recasting that occurs within one's source during dreamtime is recorded within this temple. Recasting reweaves the fractured pieces of soul into a single and "whole" unit as enough pieces are gathered in each phase of ascension. By in large for those at 3000, 4200 or 5000 strands, recasting occurs a minimum of once per week. For those mastering 6000 and above, recasting may occur two to three times per week. 11. THE TEMPLE OF TIME This temple holds the records for how time is altered within the field of an ascending human in each phase of ascension. One builds towards moving outside of time such that the body no longer ages. One is therefore invited to visit this temple for an assessment if they are having difficult sustaining an expanded state out of time periodically in their process of ascension. The assessment will give clues as to what may be out of order or missed within your current phase or past phases of ascension, which can then be acted upon and corrected. 12. THE TEMPLE OF SCHISMS Schisms are portions of ascension skipped over leaving behind fractured pieces of soul that were never woven in during one's more recent recasting. This temple holds all knowledge attained thus far about schisms, and the tones necessary to integrate missing portions of soul and to release the related karma.

52

13. THE TEMPLE OF THE LANGUAGE OF LIGHT This temple holds the Language of Light, which is all of the tones of creation necessary to sustain the ascension to date of the form and for the form to continue to ascend into the future. One may visit this temple and view what tones should be integrated in full given their current level of evolution. Any missing tones can then be pulled from this temple into the field to trigger the related karma in need of releasing in order to embody all tones in full. 14. THE TEMPLE OF GENETIC INFORMATION This temple holds all genetic information on the human dance revealed thus far in the human ascensions global wide. This temple is linked to the Temple of Ancestry as genetic records are held by one's ancestral inheritance. One may visit this temple and compare their current records to those held in the temple to assure that all genetic knowledge necessary to ascend through one's current initiation is present. 15. TEMPLE OF VISIONARY KNOWLEDGE This temple holds all information about vision retrieved and compiled thus far in human ascensions global wide. One may visit this temple and compare their current visionary records to see what is missing at your current phase of evolution. Such information includes clairvoyance, telepathy, and modalities of channeling soul through form. 16. TEMPLE OF ASCENSION This temple holds records of all human ascensions that have occurred within the new consensus thus far. This includes successful and non-successful ascensions. One may review such records for the purposes of their own evolution. 17. TEMPLE OF KARMA This temple contains a karmic board held by the solar counsels. It is from this temple that all human karmic disputes are assessed and rectified in relation to the new consensus. 18. THE TEMPLE OF GUARDIANS This temple is a new temple that is pressing guardians into the dream of those from 1800 strands to 3000 strands so that true spiritual law will be minded. These guardians shall work through the global dream for humanity suspended by earth. It is through these guardians that infractions of law that are outside karmic boundaries shall be prevented, along with the ascension into a supercharged human state.

WORKING WITH THE HEALING TEMPLES

The healing temples are holographic archives that are open to all ascending humans for the purposes of continued evolution. Given that they are holographic, one must have begun to open the petals in the heart so that one may access the human hologram that is seated inside of the heart lotus. (See Opening the Heart for more information about the human hologram in ascension.) It takes the activation of 2400 strands of DNA before one may have enough energy flowing through the heart to communicate holographically with the healing temples. As one can holographically communicate, one will be able to attune to each temple in meditation and consciously experience their support through focus. Up until this time, one will rely upon the time

53

just before falling asleep or awakening when one is between the worlds to perceive or communicate with the healing temples. The temples are designed to provide information only; however there are also angels associated with earth that are known as Marias that one may ask for assistance from. Ascension is a conscious choice and given that one is the member of a fully conscious species, one is expected to self direct ones own evolution. Therefore the healing temples will only provide the insights or blueprints for the next phase of shifts in ones etheric or physical form. Then it is up to oneself and ones soul, oversoul and source to research ones ancestry to release karma and retrieve the genetic information that was apart of ones ancestry at another time in history; and then alter the energy flow within ones field and integrate the new genetic materials into the biology of the form.

DETECTING FALSE AND INCOMPLETE ASCENSION PATTERNS

Understand that it is important to ascend into ones own ancestral DNA. We have uncovered a form of false ascension where initiates receive duplicates of the DNA of others. These duplicates may ascend the etheric, but the DNA cannot root into the physical. Why will the DNA of another not root in ones own body? Ones cellular structure is unique; only DNA that is sincerely from ones own history can grow inside oneself. Therefore taking duplicates may seem as though they are an easy way to cheat in ascension, as they do provide a more rapid evolution in the etheric; alas they do not allow for biological ascension and the end result will be disease into the future for those that attempt to ascend in this manner. We invite initiates to make sure that all DNA that one is ascending into is of ones own inheritance, and return anything that is not to its source of origin. Then research ones own ancestry for the missing information, and as ones own DNA is pushed into the ascension grid work; it will take root leading to a complete biological ascension. Often those ascending into duplicate DNA will also attempt to weave the etheric body with light body grid work instead of physical grid work. Real ascending grid work is obtained as one releases the karma for how ones ancestry fell in consciousness; as this occurs the genetic information and DNA from another time period is gathered up along with the associated grid work that once formed physicality in ones ancestry; then such information is woven into the physical during ones recasting in the recasting temples. Physical grid work is made up of the elements of air, water, fire and earth; light body grid work is made up of the inverse elements of ether, vapor, smoke and lava. Light body grid work does not hold enough density to sustain a physical ascent, as the grid work itself will be incapable of moving the new crystalline genetic information down the lay lines of the etheric body, leaving pockets of cells un-ascended in the physical wherever such grid work is woven in. Furthermore stripping ones own light body of grid work or anothers causes the light body to become ill upon the plane of reality that it exists upon; this is a form of harm to oneself or another. Earth has estimated that MS, Fibromyalsia and other degenerative autoimmune diseases are the result of false ascension in ones ancestry; through false ascension the molecular structure of the physical is taken and used to enhance the light body upon its plane of reality. The end result is a

54

sick form in the physical. In parallel manner, stripping the light body of grid work causes it to develop a parallel disease upon its plane of reality. Earth has chosen to make these forms of false ascension illegal at this time in history as they do not lead to real biological ascension. The Annanuki in their life extension practices used these types of manipulations to enhance their field; alas they destroyed many others in so doing. Much as with duplicated and foreign DNA, it is far better to intend to return all light body grid work to the planes of origin, and make sure one is weaving the etheric with physical grid work and DNA from ones own ancestry and composed of the elements of air, water, fire and earth. Furthermore, it is good to intend to retrieve any molecules that have been used for enhance ones own or anothers light body now and throughout ones ancestry.

THE PHARAOHS OF ANCIENT EGYPT

False ascension that caused an intertwining between physical and semi-etheric human form also occurred during the era of the Pharaohs of Ancient Egypt along with during the era of the Anu. Earth would like to delve into greater detail about this karma so that those who are ascending may not fall into the same pitfalls of the Pharaohs. We have just recently uncovered the records from this era due to the ascent of earth. The Pharaohs existed in Earths history roughly 15,000 to 18,000 years ago (60,000-72,000 human years). Recent records recovered from earth shows that the region that the Pharaohs existed was not where Egypt is today. The continents have moved substantially since this time period; during the incarnations of the Pharaohs, the pyramids and continent of South Africa existed in a region now known as Glacier National Park of the US and Waterton National Park in Canada. Understand that earth records and the human history associated with the land is recorded in the lay lines of her energy field and not in the land or dirt of each continent. Although the continent of Egypt has moved southeast from its original place 18,000 years ago, the records remain in the original grids that they were recorded. It is for this reason that the records are in North America and not in Egypt in present time. At the time that the Pharaohs were alive, earth was much warmer. This region of Ancient Egypt experienced little snow, and was filled with waterways in the form of freshwater lakes and streams along with islands, not unlike the Northwestern Canada today. Many forests blanketed the region along with a vast and divergent animal and plant life. The region was an as an oasis of beauty at the time that Egypt thrived. Up until the emergence of the Pharaohs, the continent of Africa and Egypt was populated by thousands of red tribes that lived peacefully together. Each tribe took a particular region as their hunting, farming, and fishing habitat. This region extended from what is now Canada to Mexico in size. There were many large headed humans remaining as the descendents of the Grand Masters amongst these tribes. These humans exerted themselves as leaders of spirituality within each tribe that they associated with.

55

Some of the larger headed humans began to exert themselves in other ways. These larger headed humans had part Annanuki inheritance. Innana (Aphrodite) and Zeus had many lovers over time and due to their lengthy life extension practices. Out of boredom, they sought out unusual sexual experiences. Each managed to corner several larger headed humans for a sexual encounter; three of these encounters produced offspring that were part Anu and part Grand Master in ancestry. This is the ancestry of the Pharaohs The Pharaohs were not like the other purely red ancestry of the other large headed humans. The Pharaohs wanted to be supreme god or supreme goddess ruling over all, which is the archetypal nature of the Anu lineages that they were constructed from. Over time these part Grand Master part Anu humans rose to power and became the chief over their tribe. As this occurred, they received visions of conquering each of the thousands of red nations that lived upon their continent. They were also shown visions that the purpose behind this was bring all humans upon the continent of Africa under one ruler ship; and to gather all large headed humans into one region. Under the direction of the Pharaohs, armies were created that went out to conquer region after region. This was not an era of vast technology; instead the armies are more reminiscent in nature to the recent era and rise and fall of Rome. It is estimated by earth that Egypt grew over time to reign over land as far north as Copenhagen and as far south as South Africa in present time. The Pharaohs were guided to conquer to gather other large headed humans under the guidance of the false gods. Within each nation that was conquered, the large headed humans were sought out and invited to join a community of other large headed humans under the direction and guidance of the Pharaohs. These humans were called the Mahavishnu class during this era. Mahavishnu translates into One With Vision and Spiritual Awareness. Over time, 180 large headed humans came to live near the Pharaohs upon a special island that Mila has called Pharaoh Island. Upon Pharaoh Island, all their needs were met and vast luxuries were provided that were unavailable at home. The luxuries tempted most of the large headed humans to relocate; however many chose not to. The purpose of this clan of large headed humans was to ascend, or so the Pharaohs told them. However the ascension was under the direction of Pharaohs was of the false gods, and the false gods did not have real interest in fourth dimensional ascension, as this would have eliminated their dominion over mankind. And so a form of false ascension was created in which the Pharaohs extended their lives 300 to 500 years beyond what they would have lived otherwise and in parallel manner to the Annanuki life extension practices. After 300 to 500 years, each Pharaoh went on to attempt to ascend through the utilization of the energy remaining in the pyramids; alas there was no fourth dimensional body to ascend into, and as a result, each combust in the pyramids. The combustion was a form of internal burning up of the physical form, and a very painful way to die. In combustion, the ancestor associated with the physical form moves into a void of non-existence. There is no ancestral afterlife in combustion. Furthermore, the false gods inflated themselves through the combustion into global

56

dominion. This is how the red false gods asserted themselves into dominion over the white false gods that had held dominion since the fall of the Anu and their nuclear annihilation of earth. (See The History of the Human Dream for more information.) As enough Pharaohs and Mahavishnu combust in the pyramids due to attempted ascensions without a fourth dimensional vessel to ascend into, radiation permeated the human dream. For a long time, the records of radiation from this time period was assumed to be caused by a nuclear war. The records now gathered from the era of the Pharaohs clearly show that there was no technology to support nuclear warring; instead the radiation created was from the Pharaohs own combustions through false ascension; and this is what caused a fall of all humans upon the surface of the earth during this time period. Radiation frays DNA; as enough radiation is created through enough combustions of the Pharaohs, a fall of mankind followed. Furthermore this is the cause of the loss of the genetic information to construct the larger cranium and head of the Mahavishnu; as enough radiation permeated the region, the Mahavishnu and Pharaohs themselves experienced a fall as their own DNA also frayed. Over time and within 8 generations of Pharaohs, no further children were born with large heads due to this fall; so this is also so for the offspring of the Pharaohs. The last Pharaoh gave birth only to small headed children; as they too combust in the Pyramids it was the last of the reign of the larger headed humans upon earth.

LIFE EXTENSION PRACTICES OF THE PHARAOHS

Records have been gathered about how the Pharaohs and Anu alike extended their lives. Each Pharaoh took physical grid work and light body grid work from 18 other large headed humans who subsequently became ill with a parallel disease to MS or Fibromyalsia; the grid work was woven into the physical etheric body. The light body of the Pharaoh was also strengthened through the stripping of 18 others upon the light body planes of reality. This strengthened the body and light body or body double of the Pharaoh without real biological ascension allowing him or her to extend their lives. Each time one of the 18 used in this manner died, another of parallel ancestry became ill as they were stripped in like manner. The Pharaohs extended their lives at the expense of the large headed humans, who were more or less energetically devoured for this purpose. This is why the false gods had the Pharaohs gather so many larger headed humans nearby; to feed off of them for the purposes of life extension and dominion. The Pharaohs became increasingly arrogant over time. Over time many of the Mahavishnu began to perceive through the dance and chose not to participate in the experience, for the purpose of the Pharaohs teaching was not real ascension. This occurred at a time that not all records of real ascension had been removed from the surface of the earth, and so there was some understanding amongst these more greatly aware humans of what ascension really is.

THE REBELLION OF THE MAHAVISHNU

Some groups of larger headed humans rebelled. We have records now of one Mahavishnu having so much awareness that soon the others in the clan perceive them as a greater leader

57

than the Pharaoh. This large headed human foresaw that the Pharaoh was only going into competition with him and would have him killed, and so he chose to leave. 10 others from Pharaoh Island chose to join him and leave with him. Alas they never made it to their destination, but rather were intercepted by a group of soldiers who beheaded them for betraying the Pharaoh. Yet a larger group rebelled during the era of Ra. Ra was the second Pharaoh in a line of 8 that ruled over a 4000 human year period. Ra came to the conclusion that there was only one god, and not many gods or the god in all kingdoms. Ra wanted all large headed humans to follow his lead and believe in the only one god principal. 72 of the 180 Mahavishnu upon Pharaoh Island disagreed and chose to leave due to a lack of spiritual freedom. This group of 72 Mahavishnu moved north about 200 miles and into the region known as Banff in present time; they lived peacefully more or less for a year. Then psychic attacks began to flow through the remaining Mahavishnu associated with Pharaoh Island and under the direction of the Ra himself, who felt vindicated that they had left and would not worship him. 2 of the 72 left the group at this point and survived. The other 70 died within 8 months of ongoing psychic attack, which over time debilitated their health enough to cease to exist.

MUMMIFICATION OF THE MAHAVISHNU

The red nations people who lived nearby chose to mummify the Mahavishnu that died. They did not know why so many large headed humans had died; the mummies were moved underground out of the belief that it would preserve the genetic information for a future time and recovery out of the decline in consciousness of humanity. Although the bodies of these mummies have long disintegrated, Mila uncovered records of their existence over 3 years ago in the mountains of Ice Field Parkway between Jasper and Banff in the Canadian Rocky Mountains. Alas, the mummification had worked; the genetic materials had been preserved and could be recovered in present time. It was the discovery of this information that caused Earth to advise Mila to host their annual events in the Jasper region ever since; as here was the genetic information required for human ascension to take off for the purposes of the restoration of full consciousness of the human species. Now the karma from this era is better known as the records from the era of the Pharaohs has begun to be recovered. The records for the lives of the Pharaohs and Mahavishnu incarnate during the reign of Ancient Egypt are not complete yet; along with them were vast machinery used to psychically destroy the Mahavishnu that rebelled so very long ago. These machines will be removed during Conclave 2005 and permanently erased by earth so that such devices cannot be reconstructed to harm ascending humans into the future. It is for this reason that more shall be known in the coming 12 to 18 months about the Pharaohs and Mahavishnu alike as all earth based records have been recovered and interpreted.

58

PHARAOH KARMA
Earth perceives the above karma of the death of the Mahavishnu as significant to human ascension at this time. Many with direct lineage to Pharaohs are going into parallel false ascension patterning akin to the Pharaohs themselves. This will only create disease in ones ascent. In understanding that one may be falsely ascending, one can choose to consciously redirect such patterning through releasing the associated karma in ones ancestry. Then one will be more likely to create a real biological ascension instead, which will not lead to disease in the long haul. How does one know if one is creating a false ascension? False ascension will give one the illusion of being much higher in genetic materials than the biology actually has mastered. How and why is this so? One can consider it veils of illusion that surround the form without real biological transmutation to support it. The veils are run through what Mila has called Matrixes, which is a hall of mirrors utilized to suspend the polarity of life of the Pharaohs. The mirrors will give one the sensation of climbing further in genetic materials without actual physical mastery. We have seen initiates in Mila and Oas Group Mastery Program that would muscle test having ascended to full consciousness or beyond (sometimes up to 500,000 strands of DNA). All such feedback was the illusion of the matrixes that they had surrounded themselves with due to the weaving of the etheric with light body grid work. The solution to this is to intend the removal of all light body grid work and DNA and the anchoring of real DNA and grid work from ones ancestry into the etheric body of the form. Then one will begin to get an accurate read of the real level of mastery in the physical. Real physical mastery is a slow process. One can consider it parallel the melting of the glaciers upon earth. Glaciers are melting at roughly 10 meters per year; in parallel manner the icy regions within ones own etheric form heat up enough to melt or move the energy therein a little at a time. The pace of transmutation is held back by ones physical state of being; one must detoxify the form in ascension. To a great degree, the pace of ascension is therefore held back by ones own bodys ability to detoxify through the blood, waste management systems and pores of the skin. Give to the body that which supports detoxification in the form of ongoing baths, mud baths, swims, gentle exercise, drinking large amounts of fluids, and eating the right foods, herbs or minerals to support the ascent, then ascension comes forth with greater ease and at a more rapid pace. However at the very best, we have seen initiates master little more than 500 to 1000 strands of DNA per year in the physical if they were above 1024 to begin with. Below 1024, one is lucky to master 300 strands per year given the bodies ability to detoxify. It has taken Mila and Oa over a decade to master full consciousness and a little soul infusion. The possibility of mastering higher than 3000 strands however is restricted by solar ascension counsels due to the complexity of the associated mastery. The ascent to 3000 does allow those who are willing to walk this path the possibility of a greater level of freedom than ones ancestry has known in 18,000 years; and the opportunity to witness the birth of the golden era ahead.

59

CURRENT GURUS HUMANITY WORSHIPS

Many of your current spiritual gurus have become Pharaohs in present time. These individuals have not ascended the biology; or only ascended to a certain point and then have stripped their following of molecules to enhance their light body and light body grid work to enhance the physical. This creates a strong presence and under other circumstances would extend the life; it also destroys those that follow them who have karma to give of their molecular structure or light body. Alas the sacred geometry, which is primarily electrical that these gurus and groups run, is being inverted back upon them as it shatters the chakras of earth and nature. This is how the Pharaohs of Ancient Egypt caused the fall of earth at the time that they existed; they ran such discordant geometry and inflated such geometry to global proportions that it shattered all of earths charkas leading to a massive drop in frequency and vibration. Earth now understands the underlying patterning that such humans are at cause of long ago. Earth is blocking a repeat of this patterning, as it will only lead to the extinction of the whole instead of the ascension home into the Great Central Sun. It is for this reason that the destructive nature of such movement of energy is being forced back upon those participating in its flow; to prevent the shattering of earth upon a global level. Over time, those holding such patterns will become ill and die in the coming times of cleansing. For those who wish to ascend and are caught up in such patterning, now is the time to withdraw and create a real biological ascension into a magnetic sacred geometry instead and to withdraw from such movement in full. For Mila and Oa, they have many a Mahavishnu ancestor who died during the era of the Pharaohs. Oa also has ancestry to several who combust in a false ascent. The dark have used machinery parallel to what destroyed the Mahavishnu against them many a time now in their ascent to date; sometimes such machinery has lead to the experience of cancer or pre-cancer in their biology. They have long sought the original cause to better understand what occurred that created such cruelty and pain in the unconscious of humanity. Now all records from this time period shall come to be known so that all humans may transcend and create a new era of harmlessness, expansion and ascension home.

CRUCIFIXION KARMA
The above karma and death of 70 large headed humans added crucifixion karma to all seven root races; African, Tibetan, North American Indian, South American Indian, Aboriginal (Lemurian/Australian), Inuit (Alaska/Mongolian) and Polynesian. The reason for this is that the 70 who died had interbred with all root races over time. This set up humanity for an extinction cycle across all lineages and tapestry of ancestries. Extinction is associated with crucifixion and the belief that the spiritual path leads to annihilation rather than evolution and ascension home. As this karma is transcended by enough ascending humans, the extinction cycle mankind has been upon can conclude and a new era and day be born. The crucifixion karma we speak of is not associated with the life of Christ, for Christs ancestry was primarily Anu and Anu slave at the time that he died. He had yet to access his ancient red

60

ancestry that held the records of the Mahavishnu; it appears that long before this could occur the crucifixion karma associated with the destruction and annihilation of the slaves was triggered and Christ manifest his own death before he could ascend beyond it. Mila has long said to others It is time to take Christ off the cross and allow him to resurrect and ascend instead. This karma was released during the Banff Conclave in May of 2001. Mila honors all ancestors and understands the delusion humanity has lived within for a long time now; it is as we lift out of the delusion that the truth can be perceived for what it is. And what is the truth of Christ? That he was conned into being crucified which lead to another 2000 years of warfare and bloodshed of the human species as he was ascending at the time of his death, and the death and blood shedding became world thought-form as such. Mother Theresa as Christs direct ancestor released much of this karma in her lifetime, and she is honored as such. Mother Theresa now assists in the evolutionary process and testing of all initiates due to her own level of mastery of close to 5000 strands or Bodhisattva level in her lifetime. And so the purpose of Christ was fulfilled upon in Mother Theresas life. What was the purpose of Christ? To end the annihilation and birth the ascension movement for all of humanity to attune to; Mother Theresas life has allowed for the birth of the ascension movement in present time, and so one can say that Christs purpose has been fulfilled upon. Now what must occur is the birth of unity, compassion and honor as Mother Theresa exhibited it in each ascending master. As this occurs, one could say that the return of Christ to earth has been fulfilled upon as a prophecy; however it shall not come through a single individual but many carrying the flame of divine union of the Bodhisattva within. Now it is understood that the red race carries parallel crucifixion karma that must be released in order to see this through. One can also say that those of Annanuki descent time and time again have crucified the red race, which is a repeat of not only the era of the Anu but also the era of the Pharaohs. This too ascending initiates must intend to transcend whether they be white, yellow, brown or red in present time; for those who are ascending will each have ancestors associated with the era of the Pharaohs in ancient times. As this karma is released, a new type of leadership that has holographic wisdom may come forth and step into power.

FEAR OF STANDING IN ONES TRUTH

It is earths observation that many who are ascending are afraid to stand in their truth; afraid to make the changes in their life dance that are required to ascend or will bring them joy; are afraid to stand out above and beyond the masses of humans alive today. Where does this fear come from? We see that it comes from the shattering of the Grand Masters some 48,000 years ago, and the repeat of this karma again in the energetic slaughter of the 70 Mahavishnu 18,000 years ago. As each who is ascending intends to release this karma, one will find ones way to standing in ones truth and fulfilling upon ones soul mission in this lifetime. Soul cannot ascend if physicality does not ascend. Often this fear prevents ascension beyond a certain level in earths perception. Mila held the same fear and conquered it through forgiveness. In forgiveness, the slates are wiped clean and clear and the destruction of the past

61

cannot repeat again; in so being one is free to take a stand for ones evolution. Such a stand may be more of an internal change than an external one; however out of such an internal shift ascending initiates can then change the life circumstances necessary for the continued ascent; whether it be leaving the spouse, leaving the family, leaving the job or leaving the region of origin as the karma is complete. The reality is that there is little time left to plan for the change. By 2012, the cleansing will be in full swing and many of the places humans live in mass may become complicated and difficult for those that remain. The time is now to plan and execute a shift to a new region of origin that will support ones ascent, and provide the possibility of working with the land again. Mass production of food will come to an end as enough die from plagues causing bans to be placed upon food grown in certain countries or regions. Factories may be shut if workers die of certain diseases. Humans will turn to tending to their own gardens primarily because there will be little other food otherwise. It is far better to be prepared for this shift now by relocating to the country where such a pursuit is still viable. This is the future that earth perceives stepping into physicality in 8 years time.

WORLD EVENTS AND KARMA

Earth wishes to express that the drama known as 9-11 has served humanity very well. How has it served humanity? Ascending humans have released their karma for warfare enough that the possibility of World War III is no longer a future human dream. Karma that requires releasing on the part of ascending humans will manifest in the world through world events. If this is so for 911, what about crucifixion karma? Well this too may manifest as a world event for all to see, and then through such a manifestation, allow the karma for crucifixion to be cleared by those who are ascending. How might this manifest? One possibility is that a major global leader is assassinated, much like John F. Kennedy in 1960. Riza often told Mila that the era from 1960-1980 was a preview of the times to come. The dark orchestrated a time manipulation so that they could watch world events and the energy behind it so that they would know enough to prevent global ascension and the ascent of mankind from taking off. Alas their attempt to prevent ascension has failed, and in due course the dark will retreat altogether being unable to affect the human dream whatsoever. We are close to such a time, but it will take a few more years of continued human evolution to push such an outcome fully into the physical. In order for the dark to retreat in full, the karma for crucifixion must be released in full by humanity. SSOA will now focus upon the release of this karma at Conclave of 2005; in so doing the dark will retreat enough to allow humanities ascension unimpeded by the nonphysical. This is important, as ascending children could not make it to adulthood without such a shift; as the dark would manage to create a manipulation great enough that they would die instead, leading to the extinction of humanity upon the surface of the earth. We invite each who reads our site regularly to join us at these events, either this year or next, to support our collaborative goal. We hope that each has found the information shared in this material of use upon ones personal path of ascension. If one feels in need of support, we invite you to consider working with one of

62

the many meditation audio CDs that Mila and Oa have produced. See Products for more information. If one is in crisis and wishes personal help, please feel free to call upon one of the many associates of our school that offer one to one telephone consultations. See Consultations for more information. Stay tuned for a new meditation CD "Deep Healing" to assist ascending initiates in creating a complete ascension through conscious direction of one's etheric body and field in ascension. Mila and Oa plan on having this available for Conclave upon the Big Island in late October. Please join us if you can. Until our next communication Namaste The Earth Mother

Turtle by Brigitte Rondeau

63

DOLPHIN-WHALE-NATURE AND HUMAN TIES

The Earth Mother through Karen Danrich Mila November 8, 2004

Dear Beloved Ascending Human, We wish to address an important issue that has cropped up in recent months of problematic ascension around the globe; and that is one of the intermixing or blending of humans, nature and dolphins and whales in ascension. It appears that this problem is a repeat of karma that is ancient and involves the era of the Pharaohs of Ancient Egypt some 18,000 years ago (72,000 human years). Earth is in the process of rising above the frequencies that were in place during the era of the Pharaohs, and it is for this reason that this karma is up now for all sentient species to clear. Many in current human form incarnate this lifetime with dolphin-whale or nature souls. These souls extended into human form to understand the human dance and foster human awakening and evolution. These souls are now retracting as their lack of understanding the human genetic structure is causing problems in human ascension as well as the ascension of all other kingdoms. The problems have to do with the sharing or blending of grid work associated with the etheric body and moving energy systems along with DNA. Those with souls from nature or the dolphins and whales may discover that they have dolphin-whale or nature kingdom grid work and energy flow surrounding the body along with DNA. This is troublesome for many reasons that we wish to delve into so that it can be rectified in the personal ascent of each who reads of our materials. Dolphin-whale or nature kingdom grid work cannot ascend human form. It is now understood that the vast problems of incomplete ascension involves all species and is the result of the blending of grid work and genetics between kingdoms. Perhaps it is a good thing that genetics are so ridged given the enmeshment of species in ascension; otherwise humans embodying dolphin and whale grid work might experience portions of their skin turning blue-gray in color and their feet and hands becoming fins along with their neck sprouting gills. Those embodying animal grid work may have discovered themselves sprouting fur and whiskers; and those embodying tree and plant grid work might have found their skin becoming flaky like bark, or sprouting leaves and flowers. Although many ascending initiates may discover that they have dolphin-whale or plant and animal grid work and DNA woven into the etheric, none of the DNA could anchor into the physical due to the rigidity of the current encoding; and perhaps this is a good thing after all. The largest problem of this mix up of grid work is that DNA from any other kingdom will not conduct human genetics into the etheric cells. Therefore one will find large gaps in the ascension of all regions of the form that have hosted nature kingdom or dolphin whale grid work up until present time. Out of the 58 individuals that joined us for our Masters Conclave 64

event upon the Big Island of Hawaii last month, there was not one individual that did not have grid work and DNA from at least one other species; some had grid work from more than one species. All such regions of the form remained at the genetic encoding level that it had ascended to prior to the intermixing of grid work between kingdoms. In some cases, the DNA was still holding the original patterning from birth and was at 2 strands of DNA; for others the DNA hosted the vibration that it had ascended to up until the grid work was exchanged for nature kingdom grid work in its place.

WHY IS THIS OCCURRING NOW?

How and why is this happening? Natures souls or dolphin-whale souls, as they extended into human form brought with it the knowledge of how form was held within their own kingdom. In entering human form, a holographic mix-up occurred and humans with plant, animal, mineral or dolphin and whale souls found themselves blending their knowledge with humanity that their souls ensouled. This allowed for a holographic understanding of nature that may have not been fostered otherwise. This is the reason that nature along with dolphin and whale consciousness extended into humans in the first place, to foster human awakening. Perhaps if ascension were not to be launched, this blending would not necessarily compromise the physical too greatly. However now and at this time of ascension, the grid work from other kingdoms interferes with the process of creating a complete biological blueprint to another frequency and into the crystalline form. This is not only so for the human species; but also human grid work also appears to have become intertwined with nature along with the dolphins and whales too, causing them parallel problems in their own respective ascensions. For the dolphins and whales, human grid work has too much water element; this is causing their molecular structure to drown as a result, and they too could become ill in the ascent if this exchange was not corrected at this time. Plants and animals also cannot ascend with human grid work woven in, as human grid work will not conduct the appropriate set of genetic instructions into their physical form. So what must occur at this time is a giant separation and a release of all ties of enmeshment between dolphin, whale, plant, animal, mineral and human kingdoms in order for real and complete biological ascension to come forth.

NEW SOULS FOR NATURE, EARTH AND HUMANITY

One of the most magnificent shifts as of the past month is that new master oversouls have extended into the physical planes upon earth from the Great Central Sun. These new oversouls enter the dance to foster a return journey of Earth into the dream of the Sun. These souls discovered right away the blending of grid work in the physical between species. These souls are now orchestrating a separation of dream so that each species can separate from all others into a holographic state associated solely with their individual genetic blueprints. Furthermore souls from next 11 star gates towards the boundary of the Great

65

Central Sun are joining each kingdom along with the master oversouls to ensoul the physical and light body body-double planes concurrently of each species. Each soul and soul group that enters the dance with any particular kingdom must have experience ensouling the associated kingdom. Therefore elephant souls are ensouling the elephant kingdom; lion souls the lion kingdom; dolphin and whale souls the dolphin and whale kingdom; plant and tree souls the plant kingdom; mineral souls the mineral kingdom; and human souls the human kingdom. This is a necessary shift, as only souls that have experience with a particular blueprint will have enough knowledge to ascend the associated species. This shift of souls had occurred upon the light body body-double planes over sixteen years ago in human timeframe. Now the shift has become physical, as the physical has ascended enough to reach up and request support and assistance for the continued evolution of the whole. Up until 25 years ago in human timeframe, the presence of any physical reality was unknown to the souls ensouling the light body body-double planes, which exist an octave above physicality. Physicality existed in a shadow of shadows that could not be perceived; as physicality began to ascend in the past decade or so, now it entering vibrational bandwidths that can be worked with by the souls that have entered from the Great Central Sun and ensouled the light body body-double planes to support the return journey of earth home. There are many forces leaving the physical plane at this time that have been by in large nonsupportive of evolution and at cause of the past 8 million years of falls in consciousness upon earth. These forces are shadow-based entities that are used by the souls upon other dimensions desiring to cause extinction elsewhere so that they could extend their polarity cycle after cycle in the love and light only dance. Such entities are in the process of being cleansed from the physical planes and are being sent at this time to an alternative earth that surrounds the planet of Mars within your solar system. These entities or false gods must be removed, as they would succeed at causing extinction of earth otherwise through the undermining of physical ascension; the Great Central Sun is orchestrating this cleansing in conjunction with the new master oversouls extending into physicality. Each may choose to work with these souls and support the cleansing underway at this time. Here are some suggested intentions for this goal.
I INTEND TO REVERSE POLARIZE ANY FORCE THAT WOULD PREVENT MY ASCENSION TO PARALLEL LIVES UPON THE ALTERNATIVE NONPHYSICAL EARTH. I INTEND TO ANCHOR THE NEW MASTER OVERSOUL, SOURCE AND ANGELIC SOURCE THAT IS IN ALIGNMENT WITH THE GREAT CENTRAL SUN I INTEND TO MODIFY MY DREAM IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE NEW SOULS ENTERING THE HUMAN DANCE. I INTEND TO ANCHOR THE NEW BOUNDARIES OF TRUE SPIRITUAL LAW. I INTEND TO ANCHOR THE NEW GUARDIANS THAT WILL SUPPORT TRUE SPIRITUAL LAW IN MY DANCE OF LIFE.

66

THE RETURN OF THE HUMAN GUARDIANS

Guardians have been returned and are anchored in the human dream for each who has mastered 2200 strands of higher in frequency in ones personal biological ascension. Guardians support karmic law; under karmic law one must have agreement for any dance or energies to occur between parties. By in large the dark have been upon a rampage to prevent ascension in recent months, and as a result have moved so far beyond creational law into a lawless dance that lawlessness has inverted upon itself again back into True Spiritual Law. In so being, the infractions that many of you have experienced as of late will now cease, and the proper foundation for the entry of ascending children can be created amongst ascending adults. Law and lawlessness are opposing polarities, and there is a point in which they cross and much like a teeter-totter, can flip flop from one extreme to the other. Long ago, physicality upon earth went into extreme lawlessness in counterbalance to Sirius who ascended into extreme law. Earth is no longer choosing to balance polarity against Sirius or any other creation in the third or fifth dimension; earth is balancing the polarity by separating and segregating earth into two realities; one that is physical and upon earth and one that is nonphysical that surrounds Mars. Lawlessness and all behavior, entitles, devices and planes associated therefore is in the process of being relocated to surround Mars so that humans along with earth can ascend. For oneself, one will have those parallel lives that one is integrating in ascension. Parallel planes 1 through 12 surround earth at this time; planes 14 through 24 have been reconstructed surrounding Mars to allow for polarity to be held within this solar system instead of with another solar system such as Sirius. This allows earth to balance the scales releasing all karma for extreme polarity, and in time all kingdoms including plant, animal, mineral, dolphin, whale and human will move into unity instead. Unity is the middle point between the two extremes; in a state of unity there is peaceful relations between all kingdoms. For those ascending to 3000, one embodies planes one through twelve in the personal ascension unifying all planes in the physical. As this is accomplished, one can then begin to move out of polarity in the dance of life and embody unity or the language of light in its place. As one moves increasingly towards unity, many life changes occur that lead to greater joy and fulfillment, as unity unifies the extremes that cause failure or other unpleasant circumstances. This is a grand gift indeed and one possible through adult human ascension at this time in history. For those who have struggled with nonphysical forces obstructing ones ascension, the guardians will assist one in moving out of the dance; for the guardians will block non-karmic infractions of all kinds. The guardians exist as a part of the human dream as held by earth for all ascending sentient species. One must simply attune to ones ascension based dream and anchor the guardians, and they will begin to mind true spiritual law in ones field.

67

However keep in mind that they will also block ones own unconscious infractions as well. Many at Conclave experienced blows against the field that were only the result of their own returning unconscious harm as inverted upon them through the guardians. Therefore the guardians will also prevent the creation of new karma through ones own unconscious harmful patterning; as one experiences ones own returning harm, one can then intend to release the associated patterning and step out of the dance. The guardians are also responsible for assuring a complete biological ascension. Therefore the guardians will now assist with the removal of any grid work that is from another kingdom; or any soul that is from another kingdom as the new boundaries are that each kingdom shall exist in a parallel reality and separate dream true to ones own species, and ensouled by souls that understand the species. So this is so for plants, animals, minerals, dolphins and whales; so this is also so for ascending humans. By in large, this shift of guardians, souls and oversouls shall affect those above 1024-1800 strands in vibration only. Those beneath this are too enmeshed with each other to be placed in a separate dream. The new souls also will not step down beneath 1800 strands in vibration to those in the old consensus; the reason being is that it is too dense and soul would be more likely to fracture in the attempt to ensoul those under this frequency. The goal of ascension is to unite into greater and greater wholeness through the retrieval of what had fractured off at an earlier time in history, and not to fracture further. Therefore attempting to ensoul humans, nature, dolphins or whales that have failed to embody the bare minimum of 1024 strands would be counterproductive to the ascent of soul.

THE NATURE OF DOLPHIN-WHALE-NATURE AND HUMAN TIES

Many received souls from the dolphin-whale kingdoms or nature kingdoms upon birth. Yet others will find that such kingdoms ensouled them for a period in childhood, often beginning around age 7 through age 18. In dreamtime and while asleep as a child, one may have swum with the pod that ones soul was associated with if the soul was from dolphin-whale form. For those ensouled by nature, one may have spent time with the plants and trees or animals kingdoms that one was ensouled by in dreamtime and as a child. By in large, this infused peaceful memories into ones childhood that then fostered ones quest for peace through the spiritual path of ascension at a later time. This was the purpose of the souls that extended into oneself in childhood. Mila was ensouled by souls from the buffalo and horse kingdom from birth. Buffalo and horse did not retract until Mila turned 17. Mila was aware of the presence of horse and always wanted to have a horse in childhood, but the dream never did manifest. She discovered over time much horse and buffalo grid work in her etheric body, which was removed as it failed to allow the associated region of the form to ascend. The ties however also fostered her communication with nature that lead to the Messages from the White Buffalo series of articles along with the Inspirations from Nature section upon the web site. Her love of nature continues along with the channeling in the Messages from the Creepy Crawler section. A new section from the Plant and Tree Kingdom is due to be launched shortly.

68

From natures point of view, the entire reason that Mila was ensouled by a soul from nature has been fulfilled upon in this; so it may be so for each drawn to such materials, as one will find the love of nature perhaps more fulfilling than any other human relationship, as it is nonconditional and supportive of ones return journey home. Oa was ensouled by Tiger and Bear kingdom souls from the age of 7 through 14. Oas childhood dreamtime was spent running with the bears in the woods, and the tigers in the jungles. Although he had no physical memory of it, Oa continues to often feel like a bear or tiger in his ascension work; so much so that students have called him golden bear. One sales manager of a hotel that hosted Masters Conclave gave Oa a picture of a bear scratching its back upon a tree. This made Oa laugh, as often he will be caught scratching his back against the corner where two walls meet in their apartment. Oa also found tiger and bear grid work in his ascent. This was removed in years past as it did not serve his continued evolution. Each reading our materials may examine if they were ensouled by dolphin-whale or nature kingdom souls during childhood or from birth. If one muscle-tests or pendulum tests yes to this inquiry, we guide you to discern which kingdom and during what ages that such souls were present. Some may find that the nature souls are still present and that it is time to complete with them so that a human souls that understands human evolution may fully descend.

DOLPHIN-WHALE GRID WORK

Dolphin-whale grid work was designed to live a life in the water. The grid work therefore hosts more fire element than human or animal grid work. Human and land based animal grid work host more water element, as this is what is required to sustain balance in the air or upon the land. Dolphin-whale grid work in human form therefore tends to run too hot and will combust ones molecular structure. Human grid work in dolphins and whales conversely runs too much water element, and tends to drown their molecules. In either case, disease is the result for both kingdoms due to the exchange. Upon the skin, dolphin whale grid work may lead to recurrent breakouts, rashes or acne. Dolphin whale grid work internal to the body will create too much heat wherever the grid work is associated; too much heat is associated with dominance in Chinese medicine. If one has too much liver energy and not enough kidney or spleen energy as measured in the pulse points by ones acupuncturist, then there may be dolphin-whale grid work associated with the liver. As one removes the dolphin-whale grid work and replaces it with human grid work through conscious intention, the elements will rectify themselves with added water, cooling the region down and bringing about greater balance within. Only dolphin whale DNA can travel down dolphin whale grid work. Chances are wherever there has been dolphin whale grid work, there is also dolphin whale DNA instead of ascending human DNA. Fortunately this will not manifest in the physical, as there is no history in the cells to host it. As one replaces the grid work of dolphins and whales with

69

human grid work, one will also therefore wish to intend to retrieve ones human DNA and replace all dolphin-whale DNA with the proper encoding for human ascension. As there is human DNA and grid work rewoven into the etheric grid work, the associated regions of the form can then become crystalline. Many humans who seemingly have failed to expand in ascension or in other terms, bring the ascension fully into physicality have had a host of dolphin whale grid work and DNA in earths examination. As this alters, human ascension can take off as it should in the physical, and the physical will then expand as the cells become crystalline leading to a larger overall size of form. In many cases with individuals joining us at our recent Masters Conclave event, there was dolphin-whale grid work uncovered primarily in the hands and feet or legs. Some of such grid work may be the result of mermaid ancestry and the blending of dolphin-whale form on the part of the Annanuki in their scientific experiments. In a few other cases, we found that the nervous system and brain had dolphin whale grid work; this had not allowed all of the chemicals necessary ascension to bud in the pituitary gland. As a result, the ascent in the physical was lagging. As the grid work is changed out, now ascension can come down into the physical, as it should, and all the chemicals necessary to human ascension develop.

DOLPHIN WHALE SUBTLE BODIES AND CHAKRAS

Dolphin and whale souls often not only weave dolphin and whale grid work into the physical form, but also construct dolphin whale subtle bodies and chakras in the humans that they ensoul. Dolphin-whale subtle bodies and chakras have a less dense weave of etheric grid work than human subtle bodies and chakras. The reason for this is that in salt water, the grid work plumps as it spins. In the air however such a weave is too thin to hold ones boundaries as a human being. The lack of boundaries for those with dolphin-whale subtle bodies or chakras can cause one to be very sensitive, as ones field is more pervious to the emotions and energy of others. Dolphins and whales also have no mental body; we have seen some humans with dolphin whale subtle bodies that have no mental body. This causes such humans to have great difficulty verbalizing how they feel or communicating in general. For those who are born autistic, not only have they been found to have dolphin-whale cells in the brain with no verbal communication abilities, but also dolphin whale subtle bodies and chakras. Earth is experimenting with a few autistic children to see if in the creation of a mental body, the development of language skills and the ability to channel human based personality entities occurs, allowing them a recovery from their birth defect through ascension. This has yet to prove fully successful, but is still in the experimental stages at this time. Humans that spin the patterning for dolphin and whale chakras will also find themselves weak in the related regions of the form. In the air, dolphin and whale chakras in human form tend to spin too rapidly, and are too thin to support human boundaries leading to over sensitivity.

70

Such dolphin-whale chakras also do not syncopate well for a balanced rotation of field. As those with dolphin-whale weaving for subtle bodies and chakras alter the blueprint bringing in a human weaving in its place, these problems can be rapidly rectified in earths experience.

POD OR GROUP KUNDAHLINI ENERGY OR DIGESTIVE SYSTEM

For those who were ensouled by an animal kingdom or dolphins and whales, one may have ascended into a sexual and kundahlini energy or digestive system patterning that is pod or group related. Group patterns are not apart of the sovereign energy flow of the human species. Mila and Oa discovered one family of four (two adults and two children) in their Group Mastery Program that held pod sexual and digestive flow. This was problematic as one adult had ongoing digestive distress as they never received enough chi to stimulate the intestines, leading to ongoing constipation. As individuated digestive energy flow was anchored, this has since shifted in their continued ascent. Pod sexual kundahlini flow is also problematic as the fire may combust karma rather than clear it through forgiveness in human form. Why is this so? Well, in human ascension, karma can only be cleared with fire from the kundahlini of the individual. Pod or group sexual kundahlini flow is designed for a group of mammals that are aquatic or upon the land who hold collective karma; collective karma can be released through a collective kundahlini. Individual karma from fully conscious human form must be released by the kundahlini flowing only in ones personal field. Karma is contracts or agreements that ones ancestry carried forward into present time, as they were not fulfilled upon at the time that they lived. Dolphin-whale or animal ancestors do not carry personal karma; they hold only group karma and therefore the group or pod can release such karma through a collective flow of fire. For humans this is not so. In the above family with pod kundahlini energy flow, much karma had been combust instead of being released through forgiveness, and this lead to ongoing patterns that never could be fully transcended within the individuals associated. As the karma was resurrected and an individuated kundahlini embraced, now the karma formerly combust could be released allowing for real transcendence upon a personal level for each family member. Patterns that will not release generally have agreements associated, even if one cannot find the agreements. One can therefore intend to find the agreements if they are missing, combust or relocated someplace else. As of late, there have been a host of agreements uncovered hidden upon other planets such as Jupiter, Saturn and Pluto in your solar system. In the intention to uncover the original cause and agreements associated, so it will be, even if they have been hidden. The intent to resurrect all combust agreements will allow the original contracts to then be processed through ones own kundahlini allowing for transcendence of any associated patterning.

71

ANIMAL GRID WORK

Animal grid work may be more difficult to detect than dolphin whale grid work, as it will tend to hold the elements properly with adequate water to support health within the humans form. However animal grid work will only conduct animal DNA into the etheric cells. It is highly unlikely that animal DNA will root into human cells, and we have had no example of this occurring to date in earths examination. However the associated cells will also fail to become crystalline, as they are not receiving a human blueprint. As one replaces all animal grid work with human grid work along with the DNA, the associated region of the form can then become crystalline. In one case, we found horse grid work in the hair and bones of one initiate. The bones and bone marrow had failed to become crystalline as a result. As the grid work has been changed out, now this part of the form can become properly modified to the human crystalline blueprint. We also found many other animals blended with yet other humans at Conclave. As we stated above, it is probably a good thing that genetics are so ridged, or some might have grown bunny fur or horse hair upon their skin in the ascent to date otherwise. How does one detect if one has animal grid work? One can muscle test or pendulum. Mila and Oa have little experience with pendulums, as muscle testing has always been affective for them. Some of their associates have turned to using pendulums and find this equally effective as another cross-reference of ones truth. (See Following Ones Truth in Ascension for step-by-step muscle testing instructions.)

PLANT AND TREE GRID WORK

Plant grid work tends to be too fluid for human or animal form. Wherever plant grid work is woven into the etheric body, the region tends to collapse in upon itself rather than holding the proper shape and form. The reason for this is that plant grid work has less earth element than human, animal or dolphin-whale grid work. Earth element is associated with lipids (fats), minerals (salts) and proteins (amino acids). Plants do not host encoding for proteins by in large, and this leads to less earth element in the grid work along with less rigidity. One can think of plant grid work in relation to how the grass that blows in the wind down the hillside in spring and summertime. The only thing that blows in the wind in human form is ones hair. Plant grid work is not unlike hair grid work in its flexibility. Tree grid work varies; if it is for the leaves or flowers, it is flexible much like ones hair grid work in human form. If it is from the trunk of the tree, it will be ridged like mineral grid work, or the grid work for ones bones. An initiate that attended Mila and Oas Intensive in 2000 in Sweden was an artist that loved the trees. This artist would use the trees and forests of Sweden to inspire his work. This artist was embodying tree grid work and in their legs, and the ankles had grown large like a tree trunk. This led this initiate to believe that they were becoming ill, retaining too much fluid. Mila and Oa rapidly unveiled that they were not ill at all, but embodying tree grid work in

72

their legs and due to their love of trees. As the grid work was removed, within 24 hours the legs and ankles came down to the proper human shape. Yet others were uncovered at this past Masters Conclave event to have plant or tree grid work blended with the human etheric form. The plant, herb or tree kingdoms ensouled these humans in childhood. Many of such humans have a deep affinity with nature as a result, and out of their desire to be one with the plants and trees, much like the above initiate, began in the unconscious to take of their grid work in ascension, weaving it into the physical. So this is also so for those ensouled by dolphins, whales or animals in childhood at this time of ascension. Being one with nature does not require enmeshment beloved; instead it requires communion. Communion can only occur if the body ascends with all 3000 strands or higher of a human genetic blueprint embodied down to each system, gland and organ within the form. Communion is an act of soul. As there is enough sexual energy movement due to the higher vibration of the crystalline form, there is adequate conduit for soul to blend with form. As soul blends with form, it can also blend with all other souls in all other kingdoms allowing for the experience of oneness with all of earth to be fulfilled upon. The enmeshment with nature actually prevents ascension and therefore prevents real oneness to be experienced from earths point of view. Therefore this is a good thing to correct at this time, and shall allow for the real experience of joy and unity that ascension makes possible in adult form.

USEFUL INTENTIONS
Mila and Oa offered the following intentions to those in their Group Mastery and Self Study Programs as the problems of dolphin-whale-nature enmeshment with human ascending masters was uncovered.
I INTEND TO RETURN ALL DOLPHIN AND WHALE OR PLANT, ANIMAL OR MINERAL GRID WORK BACK TO THEIR SOURCE OF ORIGINS IN MYSELF AND ALL ANCESTORS ASSOCIATED WITH MY INHERITANCE. I INTEND TO RETURN ALL DOLPHIN AND WHALE OR PLANT, ANIMAL OR MINERAL DNA IN MYSELF AND ALL ANCESTORS ASSOCIATED WITH MY INHERITANCE. I INTEND TO RETRIEVE ALL GRID WORK AND DNA THAT IS OF MY OWN HUMAN ANCESTRY BUT GIVEN TO THE DOLPHIN AND WHALES OR PLANT, ANIMAL OR MINERAL KINGDOMS OVER TIME. I INTEND TO RESEARCH THE GAPS IN MY DNA AND RESTORE THEM WITH PURELY HUMAN GENETICS ASSOCIATED WITH MY INHERITANCE. I INTEND TO REWEAVE ANY PORTION OF THE CHAKRA SYSTEM, SUBTLE BODIES, DIGESTIVE SYSTEM OR SEXUAL ENERGY/KUNDAHLINI ENERGY FLOW OR GROUNDING THAT EXHIBITS DOLPHIN AND WHALE POD WEAVING OR ANIMAL GROUP WEAVING WITH PROPER HUMAN WEAVING, AND CREATE AN INDIVIDUATED ENERGY SYSTEM ASSOCIATED WITH A FULLY CONSCIOUS SPECIES. I INTEND TO REPLACE ALL DOLPHIN WHALE OR PLANT, ANIMAL OR MINERAL GUARDIANS WITH HUMAN GUARDIANS THAT WORK WITH HOLDING PROPER HUMAN BOUNDARIES.

73

I INTEND TO RELEASE ALL KARMA IN MY ANCESTRY FOR HOW DOLPHIN AND WHALES OR PLANTS, ANIMALS OR MINERALS AND HUMANS HAVE BECOME INTERTWINED. I INTEND TO RELEASE ALL KARMA AND AGREEMENTS TO INTERTWINE HUMANS, DOLPHINS AND WHALES OR PLANTS, ANIMALS OR MINERALS FOR THE PURPOSES OF EXTINCTION. I INTEND TO RETRIEVE ANY LANGUAGE OF LIGHT INFORMATION THAT IS HUMAN AND RETURN ANY LANGUAGE OF LIGHT INFORMATION THAT IS DOLPHIN OR WHALE OR PLANT, ANIMAL OR MINERAL TO THE AURORA. I INTEND TO MOVE PROPER SACRED GEOMETRY IN MY CHARKAS, SUBTLE BODIES AND ALL OTHER MOVING ENERGY SYSTEMS WITH HUMAN BASED LANGUAGE OF LIGHT ENCODING. I INTEND TO RELEASE ANY AGREEMENTS TO DANCE WITH DOLPHIN WHALE OR PLANT, ANIMAL OR MINERAL SOULS FROM THIS LIFE OR ANY OTHER ANCESTRAL LIFE. I INTEND TO ANCHOR SOULS THAT UNDERSTAND HUMAN ASCENSION.

HISTORY OF HUMAN DOLPHIN AND WHALE ENMESHMENT

The karma for intertwining of humans, dolphins and whales does goes all the way back to the original shattering of the Grand Masters. Dark forces shattered these masters through dolphin and whale fields. Some dolphins and whales may have been jealous of the Grand Master information and power and desired it for themselves. They indeed took holographic human information and DNA and added it to dolphin-whale records during this time period. Over time, the dolphins and whales attempted to ascend founded upon human holographic ascension records. Alas this only led to incomplete or failed ascension and disease in the subsequent generations thereafter. Records have been recovered as of late that have shown that the original dolphins and whales seeded upon earth by Sirian scientists some 300,000 years ago (1.2 million human years) never had a fully conscious hologram; instead these dolphins and whales were partially conscious and cloned upon Sirius and then transported via space craft in large tanks unto earth. These dolphins and whales never had more than 58,000 strands of DNA in information, and no records of ascension or holographic interconnection with other members of their species upon other planets or stars. In the cloning process, the hologram of any species is shattered. So this also occurred in the cloning of humans upon earth to create the Anu slaves. The Sirian scientists as the cloned the dolphins and whales shattered the associated hologram so that the associated members bred in tanks lost their interconnection with the remainder of their species. As they were seeded upon earth, these dolphins and whales felt alone, as they did not speak a language that earth and nature understood, and they had no holographic connection to any other member of their species. As Grand Masters came to earth some 250,000 years later (1 million human years), some of these masters held inheritance to the original group of scientists that seeded dolphins and whales upon earth; in karmic counterbalance to how these dolphins and whales had been holographically shattered in the act of cloning, the dolphins and whales shattered the grand masters in karmic return. Why dolphins and whales were used to shatter the Grand Masters of ancient times is now understood and can be forgiven for those of related inheritance.

74

As of late, the master oversoul extending in from the Great Central Sun has determined that dolphins and whales in present time upon earth are not fully conscious. The problems associated with present time dolphin whale ascension come directly from trying to follow an ascension path that is human in nature and was obtained from the grand master human hologram long ago. Following any path of ascension other than the one associated with ones own species will only lead to failure. Therefore dolphins and whales are separating themselves at this time from humanity, returning the human knowledge that they had procured long ago in the death of the Grand Masters, and are to embody their sovereign genetics from more ancient times and from their original seeded blueprint. Over time and after entry into the Great Central Sun, holographic records shall be inserted into the dolphin and whale species from the master holographic blueprint of the Tao, and they shall move towards full consciousness through generational ascension. Nothing is really lost throughout time and space and form; all can be recovered. Sometimes it takes a bit of searching for all of the records; but as all records are restored and understood, all can be forgiven; and in the forgiveness all can be healed, all may evolve, and all may go home.

ANU DOLPHIN AND WHALE PATTERNS

The Anu seeded many new forms of dolphins and whales upon earth after the oceans were formed through the breaking of the ice shields. Over time, Innana and Merduk who extended their lives 18,000 human years began to draw upon dolphin and whale grid work and etheric blood to extend their lives. They also chose to eat crustaceans and drink of dolphin-whale blood in the physical. This may have contributed to the insanity that Merduk and Innana went into in the end as dolphin and whale etheric blood and grid work would not be resonant with human form. Those related to the Anu in birth inheritance or holographic nature may have inherited the karma for how the Anu blended with dolphin and whale form to extend their lives. One may have dolphin whale grid work woven into the field just as Innana or Merduk did so to extend their lives. As the karma is released, the dolphin-whale grid work can be returned to their species of origin. Dolphins and whales were also used in the mermaid and mermen experiments of Merduk. For those that have mermaid or mermen records in their ancestry, there tends to be an intertwining of grid work in the hips, legs and feet along with hands and skin that comes from the associated karma. Mermaid and Mermen had blue skin and not human skin as they are depicted today, as well as flippers instead of hands and feet. In choosing to release the karma the grid work can be restored to human form in present time allowing for a complete ascension.

75

PHARAOH KARMA
Many who have demonstrated excessive dolphin-whale grid work in their fields as of late may have ancestry back to the Pharaohs or their favored consorts and associates. We have written only a little about the era of the Pharaohs and wish to go into greater detail about their era now as it appears to be directly related to how humans, dolphins, whales, plants, animals and minerals became intertwined. (See Tips for Retaining Ones Level of Mastery for more information on the era of the Pharaohs.) The Pharaohs existed over an extensive period that lasted roughly 4000 human years. Each Pharaoh was a direct descendent of Innana or Zeus blended with the larger cranium grand master relations who mated producing an offspring with a large head. Innana and Zeus had a vast appetite for unique sexual encounters; each managed to corner a larger headed priest or priestess over time and seduced or raped them. The outcome was a child that was half grand master and half Annanuki in genetic inheritance. The Anu believed that they were supreme and perfect and god goddess in form. Earth would like to point out that perfect and being god goddess in form are in opposition to the dance of unity. In unity, one recognizes that one is a part of the whole; and this includes the natural world, and one is not superior unto anything or anyone. The Anu existed in a separated off state from the natural world as they had come from another creation that was non-resonant with earth (the Pleiades). The end result was that they believed that they were god goddess above and beyond all other form, including their humanoid slaves, the red nations peoples and nature. The Pharaohs who were the result of the blending of genetic materials of the Anu and Grand Masters carried this archetype of supremacy into the dance of the red nations peoples. Those with Anu inheritance and a large cranium rose into power and desired to dominate and control. In the dominance and control, they conquered and pillaged as the Anu had done unto their slaves and unto nature without remorse or concern. This is a vast contrast to those of pure grand master inheritance that had not the influence of the Annanuki genetics within. Grand master nature is peaceful and desires to unite others for the common purpose of evolution. As the grand master nature blended with Anu nature, the end result was that the desire for evolution was pushed into life extension practices and dominion over other larger headed humans instead. The Pharaohs extended their lives up to 1200 years per the records gathered as of late from the region near Banff Canada that they resided so very long ago. The life extension practices mimicked the Anu, and the Pharaohs blended with dolphin and whale grid work along with the grid work of earth to sustain their existence. This translated into a blending of plant, animal and mineral grid work in addition to dolphin whale grid work within their forms. Alas this could extend the life, but not ascend the form, as there was not a proper human blueprint to create a fourth dimensional body. As the Pharaohs attempted to ascend at the end of their lengthy lives and in the pyramids, they combust into a pile of ashes, adding so much radiation to the human dream that another fall in consciousness followed.

76

For those who have lineage to the Pharaohs, ones tendency will be to blend dolphin-whale or plant, animal or mineral grid work in the attempt to ascend. Just as during their reign, such practices will not lead to real ascension. As one chooses to release the karma in ones inheritance from this time period, one will be able to transcend the need to blend with earth in this manner to survive, and create a complete ascension instead.

DOLPHIN-WHALE AND NATURE SCRIBES

The Pharaohs gathered those with large craniums to live with them as they conquered and pillaged the red nations peoples. Those with large craniums were called the Mahavishnu. The Mahavishnu were respected by all but the Pharaohs, who felt that they were superior unto all others, even others with large craniums as themselves. The Pharaohs gathered the Mahavishnu under the auspices of creating an ascension movement and as guided by the false gods. What occurred instead was that the Mahavishnu were utilized as a source of chi and grid work to sustain the lives of the Pharaohs, and no real ascension occurred. Some Mahavishnu played the role of consort or friend or preferred associate and attempted to ascend in the pyramids along with the Pharaohs. Such Mahavishnu fell into the same life extension practices as the Pharaohs, and blended with dolphin, whale or nature kingdom grid work. Some reading this materials will find that they have ancestry back to the Mahavishnu and not necessarily the Pharaohs themselves, and are falling into this patterning due to the associated karma in ones present time ascent. As one chooses to release the karma and forgive, now one can reweave the field with human grid work and DNA instead. Some of the Mahavishnu became scribes for the dolphin and whale species along with nature. Much like Milas written materials from these kingdoms today, the scribes would bring through transmissions from the kingdoms as received due to the blending of DNA and grid work. As one takes on the grid work and DNA of another species, one also opens to their holographic awareness. For a time, Mila also took on the grid work of the kingdoms she channeled, but released such grid work over time and in her continued ascent as the exchange did not allow for real ascension to come forth. Her karma was directly related to an ancestor who was a nature kingdom and dolphin-whale scribe for the Pharaohs.

MUMMIFICATION RITUALS AND THE PYRAMIDS

Over time, the false gods convinced the Pharaohs to mummify the nature kingdoms and place associated species in special chambers so that they and their preferred Mahavishnu could experience the vibrations of nature and attune to their wisdom and truth. Species from all over the world were gathered and mummified for this purpose. All told, earth has gathered records that show sees that over 1400 species were mummified over the 4000-year cycle of the Pharaohs. Hunters would comb the world and be greatly rewarded for bringing back members of species not prevalent upon the continent of Egypt. Each kingdom was brought

77

back alive at the suggestion of the false gods and then mummified and placed into the pyramids. Mummification preserves DNA and does not allow the soul to retract from the form. Long ago Mila found records of mummies of her grand master ancestors that had been seeded upon earth by Sirius. These records held all the missing DNA that she required to continue to ascend. She thanked the red ancestors for mummifying the grand masters as they died some 48,000 years ago, as it adequately preserved their genetic records for a future time. The records of mummification rituals from the era of the Grand Masters some 30,000 years later remained upon the land from this experience. The Pharaohs and the false gods working through them apparently attuned to the information on mummification and then instigated such requitals upon nature, and amongst those Mahavishnu who for some reason died. It is due to the ritual of mummification that a most adequate history of the era of the Pharaohs was easy to construct on the part of ascending humans and earth alike in recent months; for each Mahavishnu that died was preserved in DNA in the mummification process. One can see therefore in the review of the records how DNA of the Mahavishnu had been lost and sent to the Pharaohs and their preferred associates for their life extension practices. In this we can adequately perceive how the Mahavishnu were used to extend the lives of the Pharaohs instead of ascend. Many who may find ones grid work prone to going to others of Pharaoh or preferred associates lineage may now better understand the karma and release it, preventing the continued loss of information and DNA in present time. The mummification of the nature kingdoms also preserved the records of the DNA that was prevalent 15,000-18,000 years ago (60,000-72,000 human years) for each species captured and placed into the pyramid. Nature is drawing upon these records at this time to create a valid pathway to the crystalline form, as each species was not only crystalline in this era, but some were actually self sustaining. Self-sustaining form can live without food or water and from the breath alone. The mummification records show that 18 species had retained a selfsustaining genetic blueprint during this era; this also allows nature to construct a path out of consumption into self-sustenance in the ascension cycles ahead. It appears that the preferred Mahavishnu and Pharaohs that sat with the mummified animals in each quadrant of the pyramids were attempting to ascend into self-sustaining form. In the attempt, these large headed humans exchanged grid work from nature in hopes that it would allow them to reach their goal. Alas this extended the life but did not allow for a real selfsustainable biology to come into their physical forms. The dance further depleted nature of the genetic records necessary to retain self-sustaining biology, as the false gods reached through the Pharaohs and Mahavishnu in the exchange, and took the records for themselves. Nature fell thereafter with all self-sustainable form ceasing to be in the physical from this point forward in earths history. For each whose ancestry participated in the mummification of nature or the stripping of selfsustainable records of the natural world, there is large karma for this. One may also feel great guilt in association with nature and not know why. Perhaps in the sharing of the

78

records discovered in Ancient Egypt, one will find ones way to forgiveness of self along with ones ancestry. In so doing, one will also release any nature kingdom grid work that one may have embodied to date in ones personal ascension thereby being capable of creating a complete ascension in this lifetime.

RECORDS FROM ATLANTIS

During the era of Atlantis some 10,000 years ago (40,000 human years) mummification did not occur. However dolphins and whales were bred in tanks and then placed in glass pyramids built to certain specifications that would amplify their fields with a greater electrical charge. Spiritual aspirants would then visit the pyramids sitting in chambers within the watery pyramids, much as the Pharaohs and Mahavishnu sat in the chambers with the mummified animals. During this era, dolphin-whale grid work was exchanged with humans leading to the failed ascent of both species. Many experiencing an exchange of grid work or DNA with the dolphins and whales in present time may hold karma from this time period, and in the releasing of it, can release the grid work and embody human grid work in its place. Atlantis also experienced its own form of false ascensions in pyramidal shaped minerals that were grown to a specific shape and dimension that amplified electrical flow. The mineral pyramids were used to ascend special initiates, who much like the Pharaohs and their friends, actually combust as they had no fourth dimensional body formed to ascend into. Fortunately humans today lack an ability to recall how to create pyramids in the related proportions, and as a result spontaneous combustion only occurs due to a karmic encounter in present time, and not under the auspices of ascension. Mineral grid work exchanges may be the result of the combustions of ancestors in mineral pyramids in the era of Atlantis. The exchange of human grid work for mineral grid work did not occur in the era of the Anu or Pharaohs. Mineral grid work is extremely inflexible, much like ones bones, and is designed to be rock hard. Mineral grid work in the human form creates so much rigidity that one might not be able to bend the joints at the appropriate junctures within the body. One former associate of Mila and Oa worked with a patient suffered from a form of arthritis that had caused their body to become inflexible to a point that they could not bend at the waist or sit in a chair, but required remaining flat in a bed or standing straight up at all times. Special wheel chairs and beds had to be constructed to accommodate their disease. Earth has discerned that the karma for this patient was directly related to a combustion in Atlantis in the mineral pyramids, and that they were embodying mineral grid work in their ascension to such a degree that it created such inflexibility that they could no longer bend over. The underlying cause was not understood soon enough to prevent their death; however now an understanding of the underlying karma has come to be known for all others of parallel inheritance to release.

79

SUMMARY
Real ascension is a slow and gradual process. There will be no shooting of oneself or ones ancestor from this dimension into the next. Instead ones future ancestors will gradually construct a fourth dimensional vessel as the physical and light body body-double grows increasingly alike and blend into one. As the light body and physical merge, they shall merge into a fourth dimensional form that shall hold a higher frequency that will appear invisible in the third dimension. This will be so gradual that it will be no different than the process by which one ascends from 2 to 3000 strands in terms of experience. One merges with ones parallel lives in present time ascension just as one day ones future ancestry will merge physical and light body lives. Each subsequent generation born shall inherent the changes that the pervious set of parents or relations embodied, and carry forward in the goal of continued ascension to the fourth dimension during their incarnation. The idea that ascension is a sudden and magical poof of an experience is a fantasy of the false gods. It is in the combustion as it occurred in the era of Atlantis or the Pharaohs that the greatest grid work and information could be taken on the part of the nonphysical. This is how humanity lost its remembrance of how to construct the larger cranium of the grand masters in the physical. The information was lost as each successive Pharaoh and his Mahavishnu consort or associates combust. Over time the last remaining Pharaoh could not produce a large headed human child; furthermore no further large headed humans were born in the physical thereafter. Interestingly enough, physical plane surface humans have not lost the larger cranium upon the light body body-double planes of reality. Upon the light body plane, each of sincere grand master ancestry has a larger cranium; so this is so for Mila and Oa and each in their Self Study and Group Mastery Programs. This is also how earth can discern which humans have the appropriate inheritance to map carve the ascension for the human species. In the inner earth, the larger cranium genetic structure was never lost. Those of grand master inheritance have retained the larger head and physical build in present time. Most of such humans, which number less than 5% of the overall population of the inner earth, live much like monks in special regions remaining focused upon the spiritual path of ascension. For the past 150 years, inner earth ascension has been coming forth through the focus of these larger headed humans. The ascension in the inner earth has been far from complete however, due to karma that parallels what we are exploring in this article. The end result has been that the darkness of the inner earth has been pressed upon surface earth humans, leading to greater warfare rather than evolution this century past. This ceases now as the underlying cause is more greatly understood, and the darkness and associated karma is being returned to the inner earth peoples. In so being, the possibility of real human ascension occurring in larger numbers is now viable from the point of view of the earth mother and the new souls extending in from the Great Central Sun. The mass ascent of humanity has been minimized due to dream manipulations

80

on the part of dark forces that have been in control of the physical plane. Perhaps given the problems with ascension as uncovered on the part of the map carvers, this is not such a bad thing after all; as much more is understood about how and why false ascension occurs that we will be able to prevent such problems from manifesting as larger numbers of humans ascend into the future. Adult humans or ascending children of certain lineages or holographic nature are limited to 1800-3000 strands of DNA at this time. Incoming children at 6000-9000 strands are a future possibility. Until the path is clear enough, such children will fail to descend into physicality. As the path becomes clear, such children can be born, and they will hail the day into a new era of peace and unity for all. The birth of these children requires a strong consensus of adults at 3000 strands to hold the gate for their entrance into physicality. This is the goal now from the earth mothers point of view; to create a strong group of ascending humans at 3000 strands upon the surface of the earth that can support the birth of the next wave of ascending children. To support this goal, earth is creating a new program in association with Mila and Oa known as the Community Program. The Community Program will consist of a series of teachings and questions and answers for introspection that will lead to greater unity within amongst those who are to embody 3000 strands in this lifetime. From such an internal state of unity, greater peace and joy can emerge in group relations or in community, where many choose to live together in a self-sustaining modality. This level of unity is also necessary to create a strong enough group of ascending masters to 3000 strands that the next wave of ascending children can be born. We invite each to think about this program and perhaps join us if you feel called from within. We hope that you have found this information of use upon your personal path of ascension. Until our next communication, Namaste The Earth Mother

81

WINTER SOLSTICE BLESSINGS FROM THE EARTH AND TAO

The Earth Mother and Tao through Karen Danrich Mila December 21, 2004

Dear Beloved Ascending Human, It is that time of year again; winter solstice is upon us, or summer solstice for those downunder. This is a sacred time of year as it is a completion cycle for the year gone by. It is during this time period that Earth and all ascending species including the human species look inward and assess the year behind. Did you fulfill upon your spiritual goals beloved? What did you learn? This is what Earth, Mila and Oa along with the Tao are assessing at this time. Lessons in the human paradigm often differ from those in other kingdoms. Humans have a dance that includes a cast of characters. How the humans behave in the play associated with the dance of life is how humans learn their lessons and master. Mastery is about demonstrating unity in the life expression along with forgiveness. Forgiveness seeks to complete through understanding a particular experience, and in the understanding one chooses another dance. Understanding is acquired in many manners in human form, but generally speaking it is through the observation of others in the life mirror. The others in ones life dance mirror ones unconscious predisposition; they also mirror the nature of ancestors long come and gone from the physical plane. Others also mirror thoughtform and beliefs that perhaps one would prefer to transcend through ascension than live to experience in another incarnation ahead. As each mirror is looked at as an internal reflection, and one chooses to release the associated patterning within through forgiveness, one transcends in ascension. Collective human ascension lessons are learned in a parallel manner; one watches the mirror of world events around oneself. As enough in observation choose to release the karma and beliefs associated that created the collective experiences within the human species, then the dance may change. Collective change therefore requires enough to transcend the world mirror. This is challenging at this time as there are few ascending (less than 10% global wide), and those mastering may not be releasing karma far enough back in time to allow for a significant shift as of yet in the collective dream. It may take the birth of ascending children in the decade ahead for enough of the karma to be released to perceive a significant alteration towards unity in the current human dance. This Earth, the Tao, and the Ancient Ancestors are vying for; enough ascending children to press the human dream as a collective towards unity in the quarter century ahead. 82

This does not mean that one cannot experience a life shift towards unity in this lifetime. Those who are ascending have entered a new dream; this dream is a dream of unity. Each who is ascending participates in the new consensus dream of unity primarily in dreamtime, as many do not have many ascending friends or associations in physicality. However the unitybased dream is there nonetheless for those doing the inner work and clearing necessary to ascend in the life dance. As one intends for unity, the dream for ones life is impacted by the ascending dream that one associates with in dreamtime; in so doing, one begins to anchor the dream for unity into the physical. This impacts everyone around oneself who is pulled into unity due to the new dream that one projects outward upon all others. This is how one can begin to mold the dream for ones life dance towards unity in the NOW. How is the dream altered towards unity? Primarily those who are ascending are beginning to operate in a new modality or language known as the Language of Light. As one embraces these tones into ones field and biology in the act of biological ascension, then one begins to utilize this language in all that one does, and in all that one communicates. This alters the script in the life dance that one participates in drawing a more unity-based experience towards oneself. Dreams are founded upon resonance of thought-form. Those in polarity will draw experiences associated with the extremes or non-extremes that they sit within in association with their genetic encoding and operational language. Extremes tend to be about life and death, war and peace, relationship and non-relationship, abundance and lack, along with health and disease. Non-extremes tend to be about boredom and non-fulfillment or unhappiness in the current life expression within the old consensus. Some try and compensate for the boredom, unhappiness and lack of fulfillment by creating life drama and trauma; for feeling something is perhaps better than this; and so they attract a dream that is exciting to experience instead. The focus or intention for unity and ascension may not create a dream of excitement or boredom, but instead will begin to focus one inward upon ones own inner reality. For it is only as one begins to open to having a relationship with oneself that is internal and a part of ones inner landscape that one can begin to learn the spiritual lessons associated with ascension. Spiritual lessons are about internal understanding about why one is one way and another is another way; and bringing forward the karma associated in the ancestry where the dance played out at another time or many times in ones inheritance so that it can be reviewed and understood. Then in the understanding, the dance can be forgiven and one may alter the associated beliefs and patterning within. Many who are ascending may find that the internal process of understanding and release of karma is much more exciting and interesting than any other outside life manifestation. If this is so, this is a sign that one has begun to become inner focused and driven rather than outer driven if this is so. As one moves the drama and trauma inward to understand ones spiritual life lessons, then life upon the outside may seem docile and bland. However as one moves

83

through the emotions associated with the processing of karma from times past, perhaps one will be grateful that the outer landscape is quiet in comparison. The focus upon ascension and unity draws a dream of compassion and understanding into the life dance. Compassion entails understanding why another is a particular way, and further understanding that one is the same way upon a parallel plane of reality and in many ancestral lives. In choosing to release such a way of being through forgiveness and the conscious freewill choice to change, one may transcend what one perceives mirrored in another. Through forgiveness, the genetic encoding associated with the beliefs that were locked in traumatic karma from the past can be released. In the releasing, new encoding can then be embraced in their place; this is how ascending humans are growing crystalline DNA in all age ranges; through the forgiveness of the trauma of the past; whether the past be within this life or within another ancestral life matters not. The body does not distinguish between present and past ancestral trauma; to the body all trauma is one. Another experience of broken heartedness is compressed upon countless other experiences of broken heartedness that ones ancestors experienced. In the choice to ascend, now one may release the pain associated with having a broken heart in this life and all other lives of parallel experience. In so doing, the release work transcends time and space and form, allowing for the healing to occur today, and yesterday and throughout ones ancestry. Each ancestor then releases and forgives just as one releases and forgives in the present moment. It is perhaps for this reason that the act of forgiveness is such a powerful force; for it unleashes life force that has been suspended in pain for hundreds of thousands of years in ones ancestry. What occurs when the pain releases and lifts? Joy and balance are then experienced for a time hereafter along with a load of new energy that has been freed that had been previously tied in the past. It is the recovered chi and life force from the act of forgiveness that allows for the continued ascent, and the understanding of the next layer of patterning to be revealed and transmuted. This is transmutation in action beloved. The focus upon transmutation as a life goal brings a whole new meaning to existence amongst those pursuing the inner path of ascension. One exists to forgive and to understand what ones ancestors failed to understand at the time that they lived; the ancestors are grateful unto those willing to walk this path as a result of what they are learning. The result is a collaborative dance between oneself and other relations of the past in the moment; and the relations of the past watch over oneself as an ascending human as a result. In so being, humans are assisting with their own ascension; which is as it should be. Each species must ascend oneself. There is no other way out of the current dance and into another dance beloved. One can intend to transcend. One can intend to forgive that difficult dance of the others that one has created in the life mirror. If one does not understand enough to forgive, then one can intend to create an experience so that one can understand and so that one can forgive. This is how Mila in particular has learned through the dance within her organization; she has watched the mirror closely, and often created experiences so that she could understand the past problems of her ancient ancestors and forgive. Milas

84

ancestors had many difficult experiences in their attempts to ascend along with a group of other humans long ago. In the understanding, what went wrong long ago is being corrected through forgiveness; in the correction, there is now an opportunity for the ascension of the whole, as humans collectively and in the unconscious are learning their ancient spiritual lessons. Translating the spiritual lessons that ascending humans are transcending into the collective human dance of life is a whole other process. Such a push towards a new way of being as a civilization requires that each within the civilization transcend. Alas so few are transcending that it really assures a repeat of the past in present time. However those that are ascending can begin to mold the human dream through personal transmutation and transformation. As enough transmute and transform in the new consensus, it will begin to have impact upon the collective old consensus human dream. How does one transmute patterning that will alter the human dream? Ah, this is complex, and it is what we wished to delve into so that each may focus upon the current lessons presented in the world mirror in this year of 2004.

THE WORLD MIRROR OF 2004

2004 was a year of great difficulties in the collective human dream. The tug of war between the peace bearers and warmongers is in full tilt over the circumstances in Iraq. The tug of war is almost equal; with equal numbers pitted on both sides. This was reflected in the reelection of President Bush in the United States. Both Mila and Oa thought that Kerry had a chance of winning; he did win in Hawaii and along the Western US, along with the Eastern seaboard; only a few Midwestern states voted for Kerry in comparison. One can see in this that the push and pull is almost equal in the re-election; this is a sign that polarity is coming to balanced with equal push towards the dark as towards the light within the collective human dance. Bush had karma to win; regardless of what one wished or others wished, he was destined for re-election from the point of view of Earth. The karma is important to settle for his ancestry in this; and it is why the human dream was pressed in this direction. Karma must be settled either through forgiveness, or in living to experience the karma that one has. What is the karma that Bush has? Primarily it is for disease, as his inheritance is one of Innana and a part of her tapestry that ended up diseased at the end of her lifetime. Such disease may not occur until Bush is much older and therefore fail to occur while he is in the Whitehouse. There is collective karma though in the United States that may bring about a large shift in the years ahead. This karma is for a rebellion and shift of a grand scale. What would this shift look like along with the rebellion? It is too soon to tell as there are 18 possible dreams that could step down, along with a repeat of what occurred in the end of Richard Nixons term. The choice of what is created upon the national human dance within the US is not Earths choice; it is karmic. The collective human karma in the US will draw the experience into the physical that is associated. This Earth is intending, as it is the only means to give closure to the era of the Anu so that the birth of the Grand Master cycle ahead can be born.

85

The push and pull of national and international influences is dramatic. There is a pitting of other nations against the United States and Britain for their choice to evict another leader of a nation (Iraq) upon false terms or faulty guidance. Now there is a push to blame those who provided the faulty guidance in the first place. It is interesting to note that when something goes wrong, always there is a desire to find fault in the current human drama and fail to take responsibility for ones own creation. Earth foresees that ultimately the taxes in the US must be raised to compensate for the largest deficit ever. If the deficit continues to increase without this administration taking responsibility, there will come a point where the international community will lose confidence. This will be difficult to avoid, and the outcome may be a vast depression in the US in the decade ahead. The depression will be the result of over taxation, but not receiving anything for the added taxes drained from the workforces; for the funds will go primarily into interest of an increasing debt. The loss of international support adds to the problems. Perhaps the international community will feel justified given their position about Bush and the US led invasion upon Iraq; however the end result may be a worldwide depression, and the world is really dependent upon the US economy more greatly than they understand. In time, the depression will be complicated by increasing numbers of deaths due to the times of cleansing ahead, which will cause folk to default upon their loans, credit and mortgages, as there is no way for the current mortgage system to collect from the survivors or heirs. Perhaps the mortgage companies will wish into the future that they had the right to collect from the surviving heirs, as many will go bankrupt as a result of this. The bankruptcies and loss of life will create a time ahead where there are avid amounts of products, furnishings, cars, and land that is no longer owned or is foreclosed upon. This will begin to balance the scales of high property value bringing the cost of home ownership to a level of great affordability, along with countless beautiful possessions upon the market for a pittance due to the death of so many. The underlying cause of this will be the continued loss of life in the times of cleansing, which may never really have the West rise out of the economic depression it sinks into in the decade ahead. Now why is this the dream Earth perceives stepping down? For a long time the West pressed its darkness upon the Middle East and Africa primarily. Darkness for war and civil disobedience is pressed upon the East; darkness for poverty, disease and financial difficulty is pressed upon Africa. This darkness is moving due to the cycles of astrology that govern such things. The economic darkness is moving over the United States; disease darkness if moving over South America. The darkness for warfare is also moving towards Mexico, however the pressure to invert this into disease rather than continued war upon the part of Earth may result in greater plagues playing out in this region into the decade ahead. For Africa and the Middle East, the darkness will at long last lift allowing for easier times ahead. It is interesting to note how dreams mold reality for war or poverty or disease. Many young Western men and women who are probably quite sane at home entered the dream of

86

Iraq, and found themselves torturing and tormenting Iraq prisoners. Would they behave this way at home? Most likely not, however this is the dream over Iraq; it is a dream for extreme invalidation and intimidation through torment that is both emotional and physical. This is how the former leader ruled, as it was the only way to remain in power in such a dream. At this time of chaos in Iraq, kidnappings and deaths by beheading that are then aired upon web sites and local television are the norm. Why is such a dream playing out in this region of this nature? Why do not the Iraqis simply cooperate and elect their new governance causing the US to withdraw as rapidly as possible? This is not even a viable dream from Earths point of view. Why? The dream over Iraq is filled with black holes. Black holes are created in nuclear detonation of weaponry. Although the US has yet to admit it, limited nuclear arms were used in the Gulf War along with the recent invasion of Iraq. Radiation causes insanity as the DNA frays in those in the region. The radiation was not cleared from the 1991 invasion; and now has increased due to the use of such weaponry again. Now the increased radiation has caused an even worse plight that in the 90s, as the dream has inverted into one of a black hole. Black hole dreams create chaos and extreme abuse wherever they have traditionally appeared throughout human history. There has been a black hole dream over Israel and Palestine now for over 30 years, and the recent history of this region is symbolic of what this causes. Now there is a parallel black hole dream over Iraq. Many have heard of the Gulf War Syndrome. There is a former marathon running that Mila and Oa met upon the Big Island. This individual could not walk without a cane, was bone thin and appeared to be suffering from something akin to MS. However prior to the Gulf War, this individual was a marathon runner in excellent health that had won the annual Iron Man competition upon the Big Island. Now they are dying a slow seeming death; what are they dying from? A form of limited nuclear poisoning from the radiation emitted in the warfare in the Gulf. There are now so many suffering from this in England that their medical system has to admit to The Gulf War Syndrome. What is this syndrome? It is that enough of the grid work of the etheric body of those suffering has collapsed into black holes within due to exposure to radiation; the black holes cause the grid work to combust or cave in upon itself, which is similar to the energetic symptoms of MS. The cause of MS can often by radioactive karma in the ancestry that has been triggered. Those serving in Iraq are already developing parallel symptoms more rapidly and in greater numbers as a result of the exposure to radiation. Oa read an article in a fashion magazine while Mila was having her hair cut recently. The article delved into a reserve soldier who had gone to Iraq one year ago. The picture of this soldier prior to leaving the US was of a husky man who held a job as a security officer. The picture of this man in present time is one of someone who is extremely thin and ill; and this is only one year later. The article delved into the fact that the ammunition is coated in radioactive materials and is causing the US soldiers to become ill in present time.

87

Why is this occurring from a karmic point of reference? The radiation poisoning of the US soldiers is the return of the karmic cause for the US who in the dropping of the bombs upon Nagasaki and Hiroshima, caused nuclear poisoning and associated deaths to the Japanese following World War II. The Japanese are considered an Eastern nation. Although the karma is with Japan, from an international point of reference, karma in the East includes the Middle East. Such is the nature of karma; what goes around comes around, and this is the patterning at play today as a result of the recent ancestrys actions less than a century ago. It is interesting to note that outside of Britain, few are willing to participate in the dance in Iraq. It was also Britain that participated in the development of the bombs dropped upon Japan. The radiation poison that their surviving British soldiers may experience due to the Iraq conflict is the karmic return of parallel nature unto the United States with the East. And what about the Iraqis? What about the terrorism that they appear to have caused? One cannot deny the dance of terrorism that they act out as a result of the many kidnappings and beheading of Western humans. Some of such humans have devoted their lives to improving Iraqi lives; and yet they are kidnapped and tortured and destroyed nonetheless. Is this fair? What does it accomplish? The Iraqis sit upon land that was used for terrorism and warfare long ago on the part of Innana and Merduk. This karma has been triggered due to the rising frequencies of Earth in her global ascension. Those sitting upon this land are now living a karmic dream that is 30,000 years old from an earlier period of terrorism, barbarism and war. The dream is not new; and yet regardless of what Earth attempts to do, the scripts cannot appear to be altered at this time in history. The DNA attunes to the scripts and acts out the dream of this type of dance of life. This is why soldiers in another dream who may never behave as they do enter the dream in Iraq, and behave badly. The dream dictates the experience. One could say, Such soldiers should know better! Perhaps; but perhaps not; perhaps they too are being pulled into a cycle of falling consciousness. Are they not exposed to the same radiation as the Iraqis who are now acting out in extreme chaos towards one another and those from the West living upon their land, even the peacekeepers? One could say that the US and British soldiers may also experience now a fall in consciousness due to the radiation that they are exposed to, and as such, may act as crazy as anyone else in parallel circumstance. Are the humans in Iraq responsible for the dream that they are living that has been triggered in earths ascension? One could say that the dream upon the land as it was triggered called the experience of the United States invading Iraq into the physical. Is the US and George Bush therefore responsible for this dream? Not really from Earths point of view; the collective of humanity pressed the dream into physicality as the karma was triggered upon the land, as the end result affects all humans and is in the daily news around the world. Why would humanity call in a dream of such great travesty? Karma; karma calls in such a dream so that each viewing the dream can use the mirror to release the associated karma within their personal ancestry. One can say in this that this particular war or non-war or

88

whatever you wish to deem it was therefore necessary as if it were not, humans would not have called such a dream into the physical. One can also say that the lessons of this type of war, which is not unlike Vietnam, were not learned at the time Vietnam occurred. For if they had been learned, the US military advising Bush would have known that you cannot win a war against an entire group of people who do not wish ones interference in their lives; as this is why Vietnam was never really won. So why did not the US or Britain learn this spiritual lesson last go around and choose another outcome in foreseeing the no win possibility? Ah this is an interesting point that Earth would like to make. Vietnam, the assignation of JF Kennedy, the impeachment of Richard Nixon and the end of the Cold War were all a preview of these times of potential ascension in the human dream. The dark rolled time backwards, inverting the future into the collective human dream to see what ascension of humanity would cause. It caused the past as it played out. Why did the dark or false gods do this? So that the dark could attempt to find a way to waylay real ascension causing earth to sink into extinction. The result is that there were no spiritual lessons being learned by humanity at the time that Vietnam occurred in the world mirror, as ascension was yet to become a physical possibility, and no one could release the collective karma associated as a result. The darks plan has failed; their plan has failed as enough ascending humans released their karma for WWIII. This occurred following 9-11; and so 9-11 served as a mirror as it caused ascending humans to release their karma for another world war. The release of this karma forced the war upon Iraq into the straight jacket of scripts that are almost a repeat of Vietnam in present time. For what could have happened? Perhaps another nation in the Middle East or East would have come to Iraqs aid and detonated a nuclear bomb of greater capacity than Nagasaki to force the United States to back off. If this had occurred, ascension would not be a viable future at this time. Therefore one can breathe a sigh of relief in understanding that the problems with radiation from nuclear weaponry will be limited to the Middle East and not become a global problem; as this is where the world was headed if not for those who are ascending and capable of releasing their karma to divert the future into a different direction. There are always hundreds of possible future dreams. The future dream that humanity draws into physicality is associated with karma that the collective consciousness has or has not cleared. As ascending humans begin to clear the collective karma due to the ascension of enough with all tapestries associated with all humans, then the collective dream changes. How does it change? Well as in the above example, a potential world war was offset into a regional conflict that is not even acknowledged by the United States as a war at all in present time. This is the result of the release of the karma of those who are ascending, and as the karma was released, it forced the dream to occur in a different script than would have otherwise. So what of the dream for Iraq in the now? Over time and if radioactive weaponry ceases to be used, the radiation will dissipate and the chaos will end. The ascension of earth and

89

others in the region who are entering the world as ascending children will straighten out the dream; inverting the black holes right side out again. As this occurs, the chaos and terrorism will leave as rapidly as it came, and peace will be restored upon the land. Can humans elsewhere focus to clear the dream of black holes in the Middle East? Yes and no; it takes ongoing work to hold the human dream on the part of those who live in any given region. Therefore it will require the ascent of those who live in the Middle East to create peace. So this is also so for Israel and Palestine. As enough ascending children are born, the chaos shall cease, as the dream for chaos shall be lifted through the fields of the children united. There are also small numbers of ascending adults in this region that Earth is working through to augment a return to peace. What is the lesson in this? That radiation causes insanity and insane and chaotic behavior in humans. The dance in Iraq is an extreme example of what is also occurring anywhere that there is radiation in the rest of the world. What is occurring in nuclear power plants? Are the employees beginning to lose consciousness? Are those living near these plants beginning to lose consciousness? And what of electrical radiation that permeates the human reality, in particular in the density of your human cities? Are not humans in the cities losing consciousness beloved? Mila has been told that she was born at a particular vibration. Over the course of her childhood, she sank in frequency due to the ongoing watching of television. Mila did not have computers at home or at school at the time; they had yet to be invented and become as popular as today. Mila recalls the grief she sat in when she was in high school; the grief was due to a fall in consciousness due to the electronic media she was surrounded with. Mila also recalls the early years of ascension where she cried and cried and cried an unending stream of tears as she lifted out of the pain. Much of this would have been unnecessary if she had not been surrounded by electronic devices and the media most of her life. Mila was told early on to give the television away; to work only with a portable computer that has less radiation; and to live in a place in the country and away from the density. Mila has recently moved to Kauai, which is even less dense than the Big Island. This is necessary to her continued ascent, as it will be for each devoted to this path. And so what of humans today? Humans have dropped in consciousness over the past 50 years of technological development. One may think that such technology has civilized humanity; in reality it is causing a fall in consciousness that is reflected back in the turn of world events. For the turn of world events is that war is preferred to peace; for the world collective consciousness pushed the current leadership into power that solicited the set of circumstances leading to war and greater bloodshed. So one can say in this that the collective falls in human consciousness due to electronic devices is being reflected back in increasing brutality of humanity towards humanity; humans are losing their humanity towards one another, which is what a fall in consciousness causes. Why is this so? Falls in consciousness put humans in fear. Out of fear, humans no longer trust. Who do humans in the US in particular not trust today? Anyone wearing turbans or

90

appearing from a Middle Eastern background; these are the current humans to be feared, abused, followed, persecuted and who lose their right to be free in the US along with other Western nations. For a long time in the US, it was the African Americans that was persecuted; now this has shifted to be the Middle Easterners. For a long time in the US, it was the war upon drugs; now the war upon drugs has fallen away and it is the war upon terrorism, which is really just another reason to persecute those of Middle Eastern or Eastern inheritance that are of another culture and religion. It is always as humans can be pegged due to color of skin or sex that persecution can occur, as one must be able to rapidly identify the one who is to be feared. The real cause of the fear however is the falling consciousness of the human species due to the electronic devices that they engage with. Falling consciousness leads to brutality, prejudice, insanity and fear. Now there are leaders who in response to an incident that really could not be pegged upon any given nation (9-11) act out of fear; act out of brutality; act out of insanity causing further violence and war; they are an example of leadership associated with falling consciousness. For is this not what happened to Innana and Merduk (Aphrodite and Hades)? Were they also not the leaders who in acting out of insanity chose to blow up earth to win the war? The current leadership is only acting out the karma from this script; except for the truth that those few who are ascending are clearing the karma faster than the script for global annihilation can be brought into physicality, which is a very good thing from Earth and the Taos point of view. If not for ascension, the current wave of falling consciousness would carry humanity to extinction. Ascension is reversing this process by allowing the recovery of genetic information lost in many falls in recent history. Those rising to 3000 strands in particular are working their way back in time to over 18,000 years ago (72,000 human years) and clearing the karma for the era of Ancient Egypt. Egypt preceded Atlantis and the falls in consciousness caused by the Pharaohs in this time period led to the nuclear annihilation of the Atlantean civilization. Atlantean civilization developed technology akin to the radios, televisions and computers that humanity relies upon today; they too fell in consciousness; they too went to war; they however created nuclear annihilation because there was no ascension movement to clear the karma to cause otherwise. The end result was a repeat of the era past of the Anu. For those who are ascending, you can use the mirror of world events wisely. You can create intents to release the associated karma that is triggered in your ancestry. What kind of karma would this be? Well, karma for leadership who out of fear goes to war and creates nuclear devastation along with insanity amongst another group of humans; and karma for terrorism in all of its expressions revealed today including the Western soldiers who abused and tortured the Iraqi prisoners to the Iraqis who captured and beheaded Western humans living or visiting their country.

91

Each has karma for these types of experiences in one's ancestry; some ancestors were the leaders, others the soldiers, and yet others the terrorists; many ancestors were the wives, mothers, fathers or children that lost a loved one in the dance of war; and many ancestors were the victims of war. One can choose to release the karma in present time altering the script for the future towards one of global peace. Here are some suggested intentions from the Earth Mother:
I intend to release all karma for warmonger leadership that is a part of my ancestry. I forgive the warmongers. The warmongers were only acting in fear and out of a fall in consciousness and the insanity that such a state of being creates. As I forgive my warmonger ancestors, the world mirror will change and a new set of leadership will enter the dance that will direct humanity towards peace through negotiation instead. I intend to release all karma for the soldiers and military leadership that is a part of my ancestry. I forgive the soldiers for playing out the script of the warmongers. The soldiers were acting out of duty to leaders who were insane; they thought perhaps that they were doing the right thing. Many soldiers in my ancestry were wounded or went insane due to exposure to nuclear armament. Some died of nuclear poisoning as well as upon the battlefield. As I forgive my ancestors who were soldiers, the world mirror will change. Perhaps others will cease to choose to participate in the warmongers game. Perhaps one day, there will be no requirement for soldiers at all as nations will find peace with one another I forgive my soldier ancestors for killing innocent families, children or elderly humans in the bloodshed of the cities or countryside during war. War is insanity. Out of insanity, humans harm humans. I understand what it feels like to go insane from my own personal or ancestral experience of insanity. I forgive my soldier ancestors for participating in the insanity of war. As I forgive my soldier ancestors for the insanity that they participated in, the need for a world mirror that has insanity within it will begin to clear; and humans will find their center and as they do so, will learn to live in peace with one another again. I forgive those that have destroyed my ancestors in the game of war. I know what it feels like to be maimed or harmed or tortured or destroyed in warfare due to my personal or ancestral experiences of such. I now recognize that this was created out of the insanity of war, and I ask my ancestors to forgive all others at cause of the dance with me now. As I forgive those who maimed or destroyed my ancestors, the requirement of innocent humans to be killed in the cities or countryside due to war shall cease leading to a restoration of world peace. I forgive my ancestors who died of nuclear poisoning or exposure to radiation. I recognize that this was in counterbalance to causing radiation poisoning to others in the actions of my warmonger ancestors. I ask my ancestors who died of nuclear poisoning to forgive all others at cause of such an experience in the greater understanding that it was due to insanity from falling human consciousness that it all occurred. As I forgive the radiation poisoning of the past, the world mirror will begin to change, and radiation poisoning need not occur again into the future. I forgive my ancestors for creating technology that causes falls in consciousness. My ancestors, as with those developing such technology today, were not aware of how the technology caused a demise of the human field and DNA. These ancestors as with those today ignored the symptoms as they did develop due to the greed and profit associated.

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

92

As such, they caused a fall in consciousness that was great enough to lead to the insanity of war and nuclear annihilation in another time period. I forgive my ancestors for this, and as such, perhaps humanity can awaken to the problems with the current technology, and much like our channel, choose to limit the affects so that ascension may take off in their personal lives and their childrens lives. 7. I forgive my ancestors for bigotry, persecution, racism and sexism that they expressed in their given lifetimes. I understand that such a dance is the result of a fall in consciousness and a fall into fear where another human race, creed, or religion becomes symbolic of the collective fear of mankind. I also ask all ancestors who were persecuted for any reason to forgive their persecutors in the greater understanding of the insanity and fear that was at cause due to a fall in consciousness of the human species. As I forgive the bigotry, persecution, racism and sexism in my ancestry, there is an opportunity for the world mirror to change. Perhaps people will begin to look beyond skin color, cultural or religious differences and sexual preferences and see the humanness therein. In seeing the humanness in all others, humans can return to treating each other as brothers and sisters of the same species.

Ascending humans can lead the way. Ascending humans can forgive the mirror that the world events presents each week and month and year ahead. As each chooses to forgive the dance in the world mirror, the world mirror will begin to change. It is only as enough fulfill upon this task that a new tomorrow and golden era can be born. There is a future possibility for such a dream; however it will take far more to release the karma to anchor this dream in the decade ahead than are currently focused upon this goal. It is for this reason that we write these intentions today. We close with special blessings unto each who chooses this path of ascension in this lifetime. Although there may be few of you, as each intends to ascend and anchors the language of light by entering the new consensus, the new consensus shall grow in power. As the new consensus grows in power, at some point it will override the current human dream allowing for a new day to be born. And so this blessing is for each reading these materials to fulfill upon a complete ascension to 3000 strands and the entrance into the new consensus of ascending humans. As more adults contribute to this goal, there will be enough larger bodies to assist in the movement of energy necessary to foster the births of the ascending children. And so you are needed to fulfill upon this goal beloved. This blessing is also to allow for the healing of the heart. As the heart opens, there is an opportunity to love again. As one loves, there is an opportunity for a deeper level of forgiveness. The deeper the forgiveness, the further back in time one is capable of releasing trauma held in the DNA. The further back in time that one works as an ascending human, the greater the clearing in association with the collective human consciousness.

From Earths point of view, it is not large numbers of humans that are required to ascend to alter the fabric of the collective human dream; only enough of those who are willing to walk this path that shall be diligent and thorough in their focus of karmic release and

93

transmutation. As enough are thorough in the ascent to 3000, the world shall change before your eyes. And so you are needed in this role beloved. Until our next communication, Happy Winter Solstice Namaste The Earth Mother The Tao

Turtle" by Brigitte Rondeau

94

Birch Trees by Brigitte Rondeau

95

TRANSCENDING THE NEED FOR A SAVIOR

The Earth Mother through Karen Danrich Mila March 4, 2005

Dear Beloved Ascending Human, The Earth Mother wishes to address a difficult thought-form in most humans who pursue the spiritual path. Most humans have fallen into the belief in the savior. The savior or being a savior or searching for one to save oneself is in opposition to the path of ascension. Why is this so? Ascension requires turning inward to discover ones own god goddess within. In so doing, one becomes ones own savior and ones own champion to continue to transcend in the journey of ascension. There is a lovely dissertation from the Buffalo Kingdom Discovering the God Goddess Within that also focuses upon this topic. Where did the concept of the savior come from? This concept was not in place at the time that the large headed Grand Masters were seeded upon earth some 50,000 years ago (200,000 human years). The Grand Masters came from Sirius with thought-form that knew that they were god-goddesses in form. Their own ability to master the physical plane in terms of teleportation, transfiguration and instant manifestation proved to them that they were the god-goddesses over their life and their dream. (See Transcending Physical Law for more information.) Also upon earth were other humans seeded in an earlier time period with a smaller cranium and far less awareness. These humans, however paired down that they were also knew that they were god-goddesses in form. Such humans perceived all other kingdoms as god goddess in form and had learned to dance in harmony with nature in their existence upon earth. These humans are related unto the red root races or indigenous tribes worldwide in present time: North American Indian, South American Indian, Inuit or Eskimo, Mongolian or Tibetan, Aboriginal (Australian), Polynesian and African. Most of such ancestry recalls their own god goddess ness along with their connection unto nature, and this has become the foundation of many an indigenous spiritual belief system. Such indigenous humans are closer to the truth of the matter than those of western and white beliefs in Christ as savior or God as an outside force that one must pray unto. So this is also so also for the Muslims who likewise perceive God as an outside force. At this time, the two outside forces of god, one that is Christian and one that is Muslim are at all time odds. Each group believes that they have the righteous path. This dance of righteous religious paths has lead to war again and again in human history. The only solution is to begin to recognize the god goddess ness within all species including all humans, regardless of sex, religion, cultural practices, beliefs, skin color or heritage. As the god goddess is recognized within all things, then the desire to destroy another or destroy earth 96

ceases, as one is only destroying another god goddess like oneself in the dance of annihilation.

THE DANCE OF THE ANNANUKI

Where did the belief in an outside force as God come from? The Annanuki, a Pleiadian family who came to earth and incubated a human slave race in the laboratory, introduced the outside god principal. They claimed themselves god or goddess and were immortal to prove it. Indeed they lived 9 times as long as the original slave race that had a 500-year lifespan. They also did not age. The slaves worshipped their gods and goddesses who were nothing really other than a group of humans with less than spiritual principals and practices than the red seeded tribes. If the greed, judgment and hypocrisy were acceptable within the gods and goddesses, then certainly being such a way as a slave was totally acceptable also. One can see in this that the slaves had no role model of a human persona that had mastered spiritually to draw upon. The closest the slaves could comprehend mastery to be was immortality, as this was the primary focus of the Anu. There were those slaves that sought immortality. Some of them journeyed into the inner earth and found large headed priests that were the descendents of the original Grand Masters. Such slave humans were told that the path to immortality was an irrelevant spiritual path; the real spiritual path was a path to the nonphysical; or in other terms, ascension. However the slave humans were also told that they did not have the right inheritance for ascension any more than becoming immortal. The returned to the surface of the earth vastly disappointed. Ascension at this time is not a path really to the nonphysical. It is a path into another dimension of continued physical existence that may be invisible upon this dimension. Through ascension, the body is modified in DNA to a point that the vibratory rate lifts into a fourth dimensional state of being and a photonic biology. Humans accomplished this long ago in the aurora where there is a fourth dimensional earth to this day. Buddha is the last known 4th dimensional ascent. Recent records recovered of Buddhas ascent show that he did indeed move his body from the third to fourth dimension embracing a photonic biology. Alas he also found himself alone in the fourth dimension upon the surface of the earth. After 8 years following his ascent, Buddha chose to exit physicality through death, although it was a fourth dimensional death. He died under the same Bodi tree that he ascended under. Those ascending in present time however will shift upwards with earth, allowing earth to enter the fourth dimensional state along with ones future ancestry. Therefore no one will disappear, except perhaps for a few forerunners who are necessary to clear the path for the rest to follow. Instead ascension shall be gradual and generational ahead, with humans and all other living things upon earth rising each cycle a little further towards photonic biology. Ascension is a biological feat; one takes the form with oneself to the next dimension, or into nonphysicality with soul and form merging into a single vessel.

97

The Annanuki slaves were not in search for a savior at the time that the Anu were alive. They accepted by in large their limitation of life span and thought-form along with their enslaved state of being along with the worship of their gods and goddesses. Perhaps much as humans who are enslaved today by the current economic dance, the Anu slaves did not perceive themselves as enslaved. For they believed they could go where they like and do what they want; however in reality this was not so, and is not so today for most humans either. Most humans are bound by karmic contracts with the land and with the family and with the employer and with the bank. Such karmic ties make it difficult to do anything but continue to work and live in the region that one has karmic bonds with. Breaking out of these contracts requires ascension and settlement through forgiveness. Then one can begin to carve a path towards freedom for oneself through evolution. In parallel manner today, there are gods and goddesses that are worshipped for their wealth or fame. These humans much like the Anu have less than spiritual principals. Humanity today accepts the greed, judgment and hypocrisy of those of great wealth much as the slaves accepted such behavior in the Anu. Humans are so predisposed to worship that they give their power away to whomever they put upon a pedestal both individually and en mass. It is the collective power that creates the famous one, guru, actress, politician or musician in the first place. This is only a repeat of an ancient dream that has now become global. As this dream is modified through legitimately ascending humans, all shall change. Spiritual principals shall become the focus of human interactions again. This shall not occur over night, but over the coming 100 years of continued global evolution. As the masses ascend and retrieve all power given away over time, such forms of leadership and the worship associated shall cease to be in the coming times of change ahead. In so doing, a new dance of equality can be born.

MORE ABOUT THE PHAROAHS

So where did the concept of a savior come from, if it was not Anu, Anu Slave, Grand Master or Red Nation in origins? Well this is interesting and earth would like to share some of the recent records recuperated surrounding the Pharaohs of Ancient Egypt. We began to write a little about the Pharaohs karma and history in Tips for Retaining Ones Level of Mastery earlier this year. The Pharaohs existed 15,000-18,000 ago (60,000-72,000 human years) upon the continent of Egypt when it existed in a grid now suspended in Banff Canada upon earths surface. Over the past 18,000 years, the continents have long rotated to other regions carrying the pyramids with them. The records for the Pharaohs history however are found in the Banff region of domain and not in Egypt as records are held in the energetic grids of earth and not in the land. Land comes and goes over time transforming from mountains of granite to sand

98

and dirt due to the weathering of water and wind. It would therefore be difficult to retain records in the land as it is continuously transforming itself and as such would be a difficult media to save records upon. Earth therefore records her records upon her energetic lay lines or in other terms, her global etheric body. The Pharaohs extended their lives much as the Annanuki themselves. The Anu stripped their slaves of grid work, chi, moving energy systems, and information to extend their lives up to 18,000 years. As any moving energy system went sour or dissonant, they tossed it aside taking a parallel moving energy system from another slave or another group of slaves. The end result was life extension the Anu and a shortened lifespan of the slaves. Over 18,000 years, the slaves over time dropped to a life span of just over 100 years from the 500 years of life that they once lived at the point of original incubation. Then following the nuclear annihilation of the Anu, the remaining slaves and red nations peoples alike spiraled down in genetic materials and life span with a massive fall in consciousness as the result. The red nations people fell at this time from a 2000-year lifespan to under 500 years following the nuclear holocaust of the Anu. It was during this time period that the red nations peoples lost their crystalline blueprint, and failed to continue to regenerate adequately to live beyond 500 years. It was after this time that the Pharaohs came to a state of dominion. The Pharaoh lineages were half Grand Master and half Anu in genetic origins. Innana and Zeus enjoyed sex with any human that they could manifest such an interaction. Over time, Innana and Zeus each cornered a large headed human and seduced them. The result were three children of half Anu and half Grand Master lineage with a large cranium. The Pharaohs were the decedents of the two sets of lineages. Much like the Anu themselves, the Pharaohs fell into patterns of stripping their following of genetic materials, moving energy systems, information, grid work and chi for the purposes of life extension. Many of the Pharaohs lived 600 to 1000 years or more as a result of such practices. The Pharaohs also fell into the desire to be the primary god or leader of the nation of Egypt. This was an Anu characteristic due to the nature in which they were god or goddess over their slaves. The Grand Master nature would never seek to be a leader in dominion over all others as this is not of their archetypal patterning. The Pharaohs being a blend of Anu and Grand Master sought to rule through abusive power and applied their spiritual knowledge for this purpose. It was during the reign of the first Pharaoh (Pharaoh Ramen) that the brilliant idea of gathering all the large headed humans into a single place occurred. Pharaoh Ramen was under the guidance of the false gods that perceived that if the larger headed humans were under the ongoing influence of Pharaoh Ramen and all in one place that they would be easier to strip them to extend his life; this would allow the Pharaoh to live for many hundreds of years longer than he would be able to otherwise. And so large armies were gathered and trained for the purpose of Pharaoh Ramen to conquer and pillage all neighboring red nations chiefs. The soldiers were to bring back alive

99

all large headed humans that they could find. Over time 2000 large headed humans arrived and Pharaoh Ramen created a special island for them to live. This Island Mila has called Pharaoh Island. In any case, once all the large headed humans (Mahavishnu) were in one place, they were easier to strip, and this is exactly what occurred. The life span of the Mahavishnu began to drop in equal proportions to the life extension of the Pharaoh. At this time, the Mahavishnu knew a 500 years lifespan. Over 3000 years, this dropped to less than 150 years as the life of each successive Pharaoh was extended. Pharaoh Ramen lived to be 600 years of age as a result of these life extension practices.

THE CONCEPT OF THE SAVIOR

It was during this era of the Pharaohs that the concept of the One God and the Savior was born. Pharaoh Ra took over the reign of ancient Egypt after his father Pharaoh Ramen chose to seemingly ascend at the ripe age of 600. Pharaoh Ramen entered the pyramids and the sarcophagus in the Kings Chamber with the intent to ascend. Alas there was no fourth dimensional body prepared to be ascended into that was photonic, as life extension practices are not the same as biological ascension. The body combust into a pile of ash while all other humans believed that the Pharaoh had ascended. Combustion is a horrible way to die. The body burns up from the inside out. The consciousness of the form is left trapped in a void of nonexistence until a future ancestor releases the karma through ascension. The false gods however are inflated extensively in power and into greater dominion through combustion. It was the combustion of Pharaoh Ramen that inflated the false gods into greater dominion upon earth. Combustion also increases radiation much like nuclear war. The radiation expelled from Pharaoh Ramens combustion set in motion enough radiation to begin a fall in consciousness for all humans within a 300-mile radius. Each successive Pharaoh that combust in this manner set in motion more and more radiation, leading to such a great fall that the biology for the large headed humans was lost over time. Pharaoh Ra was the eldest son of Ramen and took over the thrown after he combust. Ra was already 250 years old himself at this time. Ra was a believer in the One God principal. The Mahavishnu had lots of gods, most of which were associated with the nature kingdoms and animals that had begun to be mummified and placed into different chambers in the pyramids. Ra chose to believe that the animals were not gods, and demanded that all Mahavishnu not only believe in the One God principal, but bow and worship him. Ra perceived himself as the one and only incarnation of the One God.

THE FORMATION OF THE MAHATMA

It appears that it was around the time that Ra turned 20 that a nonphysical force was created that has been called the Mahatma in present time. The Mahatma appears as a wise and loving being of great wisdom and great light. Ra perceived this being and was told that there was only one god. He was further told he was the only incarnation of the Mahatma.

100

However the Mahatma is not a wise and benevolent being at all. Over time and as enough humans on the surface of the earth ascended beyond the vibration of the Mahatma in present time (particularly those mastering full consciousness) it became obvious that this being was not something special after all. Instead the Mahatma was being used by other beings on other dimensions to take chi and information from the human species due to the worship over its apparent light and loving nature. More recently, records were recovered from the original spell that created the Mahatma. In essence, the large headed Grand Masters had fallen in consciousness from 36,000 strands of DNA from the time of their original seeding 50,000 years ago to less than 12,000 strands by the time of the reign of the Pharaohs. All the lost knowledge, chi and information from the fall of the Grand Masters was gathered up in a spell cast by Sananda creating a being of seemingly vast light and information called the Mahatma. This entity is in essence a reflection of all lost human knowledge upon earth over time. Ra was one of the first to perceive the Mahatma, and determined that it had more information than any nature kingdom or other god he had known since childhood. Indeed it did have a load of information as it was holding all lost human knowledge from a fully conscious state of being. Ra was convinced that this being was the One God and had come to earth to save humanity. Later Ra was told that he himself was the incarnation of the One God. This caused Ra to demand the worship of the Mahavishnu after he became Pharaoh as Ra believed himself the one and only incarnation of the Mahatma and therefore the one and only god. Alas, this created great controversy amongst the Mahavishnu. Many aligned with Ra perceiving the Mahatma as god and choosing to worship the Mahatma along with Ra as the one and only god. Many others kept their mouth shut out of fear of being persecuted. Only 72 out of 2000 Mahavishnu chose to rebel and leave Pharaoh Island out of their understanding that no one being is the only god. Within two years, all 72 had died of devastating psychic blows run by the Mahatma through the Pharaohs and the rest of the Mahavishnu. This is the origin of the pattern of the crucifixion; if one stands in what one believes, one will be crucified. This is also the origin of the belief in the one god or savior within the human species.

ABOUT THE MAHATMA PLANES AND FALSE INTERVENTION

In the Taos analysis, the Mahatma was a collective lost consciousness of the Grand Masters who had fallen in genetic encoding held together by a spell and set in motion during the era of the Pharaohs. The Mahatma has always had close ties with the false intervention, a group of nonphysical humans trying to sustain an eternal afterlife by stripping creation after creation of grid work, moving energy systems and information in order to accomplish the goal. Much like the Anu themselves, the false intervention is a group with a parallel goal of nonphysical immortality.

101

Physical and nonphysical were always designed to dance together within the Great Central Sun that earth originated within. No nonphysical force ever had existence without a physical counterpart that provided chi and a home or place of residence in time and space. The false intervention has extended nonphysical afterlife from humanoid creations going back millions of years in the Taos examination. Given that the nonphysical cannot be sustained without the physical, physical creation after physical creation has had to be consumed or destroyed in order to sustain the false intervention. The Mahatma is a pawn of the false intervention to strip creations for the purposes of nonphysical afterlife. In late 2001, the Mahatma and all planes associated were dismantled upon earth. (See Great Central Sun Transmissions for more information.) The reason for this is that the Mahatma had become a mechanized force through which humanity and earth was being stripped of chi and information. The Mahatma was disbanded on the part of earth under the guidance of Riza. The records of the Grand Masters were retrieved in the dismantling of the Mahatma in preparation for the ascent of the human species. If the human species is going to ascend to full consciousness (36,000 strands) then the information to do so needs to be available. If the information remained in the spell associated with the Mahatma consciousness, then it would not unavailable for humans to ascend into. Alas, although the Mahatma was disbanded, the unconscious of the collective human species recreated the Mahatma in an even larger form. This time the collective lost human consciousness and genetic information of 36 former human civilizations upon dimensions 3, 5 and 12 were united together in a spell into an even greater being of light and love. Mila has called this being Mahatma II. Why would humanity call such a being to the dance? The collective desire for a savior is so great that humanity called another being of parallel origins to dance upon earth. Over the past few years that the Mahatma II has been in existence, many humans visited this being in dreamtime. Many were convinced that this being was the real savior and was going to carry them and earth home. Alas this being just like the original Mahatma is only a pawn of the false intervention. Many of those who were having a legitimate ascension up until the Mahatma II was anchored upon earth are now having a false ascension or splitting light and dark due to their involvement with this entity in dreamtime. The numbers of humans in the new consensus have been reduced by 50% due to the manipulative nature of this entity. Many reading this article may muscle test or pendulum that one has worked with the Mahatma II in dreamtime. If so, then it is time to undo all the manipulations that have been instigated into ones field to cause a split in light and dark, as one cannot legitimately ascend in this manner. What might such manipulations be? Generally the manipulations begin with an alteration of ones inheritance; portions of lineages or entire lineages are swapped out. Then the associated karma and thought-form along with machines entities curses hexes and spells associated with the false lineages are inserted. Because the karma for the etheric patterning is not ones own, it will not release. This causes one to press such patterning into the unconscious or splinter it off causing a split in light and dark in ones field. So the main manipulation to release if one has danced with the Mahatma II in dreamtime is to ones

102

tapestry of ancestry. As one recalls ones real inheritance, and returns what is not ones own lineages or portions of lineages, then all the patterning that is false can be pressed back to its origins, and ones real patterning can be retrieved so that it can be transmuted through real ascension. The bottom line is that the patterning that is not ones own will only make one ill in the long haul. Such patterning does not allow the energy to move properly to sustain health or continue to ascend. The associated machines will block the flow of chi in the meridians and etheric body over time, leading to portions of the form becoming cancerous or diseased. Therefore it is important for those who muscle test or pendulum to have worked with the Mahatma II in dreamtime to undo all associated manipulations so that one can create a complete ascension in this lifetime. At this time, the Mahatma II is also being disbanded. The reason for this is that the energy flow of this entity is damaging to earths holographic movement. The Mahatma II also has no prior association with earth and therefore has no karma to settle in the global return journey home. Therefore the Mahatma II is being dismantled, with each part of its consciousness returned home to where it originated in time and space and form.

THE CAUSE OF THE NEED FOR A SAVIOR

Why is humanity so bent upon requiring a savior? What is it about finding a savior that is so comforting and important to the human species? Humans desire to believe that somewhere and somehow there are those beings of great knowledge and light and that there is a place of perfection and ongoing beauty without all the struggle, difficulty, brutality and darkness that is here upon earth. In reality, there are such places; and they are the result of splitting light and dark. Humans have a remembrance of places where only light reigns as the darkness was separated off and stuffed elsewhere. Humans upon Sirius before they were seeded upon earth knew such an existence; humans in Orion and the Pleiades before they came to earth also knew such an existence of only love and light. Earth is a place that such other creations dump their unwanted darkness so that they can retain an only loving and light dance without violence, starvation or other forms of abuse and travesties. The same human ancestries that experience the only light and love dance in other creations are now here experiencing only darkness and density that is the result of the splitting of light and dark. Out of the memory of such a way of being, humans long for a light and love only experience again. Many confuse ascension as a path towards an only light and loving existence. In other creations that have ascended, such as Sirius, this is exactly what has occurred; Sirian humans moved into a light and love dance by sending their density and destruction to earth and 24 other third dimensional planets that they seeded human form upon and are now going extinct. If earth were to ascend by splitting light and dark, she would have to destroy another creation that would be destined to take upon her density. Earth having experienced what it feels like to sit in the darkness and density of others chooses not to do so. She chooses instead to

103

return darkness that is not her own to the creations of origin, and transmute the density that is her own, and in so doing, light and dark merge into unity or balance again. This is the real path of ascension; to merge the light and dark within finding the unity or middle road and path of balance. The middle road or path is not a light and loving only dance. The middle road or path requires that one look inward at all destructive thought-form, and choose to release the associated karma through forgiveness. In the forgiveness, the density and destructive karma can be dissolved; in the dissolution, one rises in vibration. One does not however rise in vibration by divorcing the density and sending it elsewhere or into anothers field. Most upon the path of ascension would prefer to divorce the density and send it elsewhere. Let someone else take on the destructive thought-form and karma and then I will be free! Alas, this is what the Anu and Pharaohs alike did; they never faced their own destructive nature and simply sent it elsewhere. As the destructive nature built up and built up and was never addressed, healed or transmuted wtihin, then it acted out in a big way leading to a nuclear holocaust along with their own deaths. Sweeping ones destructive nature under the carpet does not work; it only causes the darkness to rise again, either in ones own life or in ones region or in another country and act out as war, torture, abuse or other travesties. En mass, humans sweep their darkness and press it into certain regions in each country along with certain countries global wide. The Middle East, Africa and South America have absorbed most of the global darkness for warfare, disease and rebellion. Within any country, there are those places that are host to the darkness of all that choose not to face their own darkness within. This is the underlying cause of the inner cities, the ghettos or the regions where drug abuse, disease and homelessness prevail. As each human being begins to take responsibility for their own darkness rather than displacing it nationally or internationally, the experience of warfare, disease, poverty and homelessness will begin to disappear. As ascension has been launched in recent decades, humans have gone into old ascension patterns of long ago. Many humans have launched false ascensions by which they displace their darkness rather than integrate it. The collective darkness then increases and increases and then acts out in a large way. This is what caused 9-11; the collective darkness of all humans having false ascension both upon the surface of the earth and within the inner earth. As a result of this manifestation, earth has had to take a stand that each human being must take full responsibility for their own unconscious density and darkness. As a result of this stand, the collective darkness that would manifest as World War III has been disbanded.

THE BELIEF IN INNOCENCE

Why is it so difficult for humans to look at their own darkness? Each wishes to believe that they are innocent, pure, of the light, and somehow not like those that one views within the world mirror that are war mongers or perpetrate violence in one manner or another. Alas, for each who is non-violent in the physical, one has many parallel lives that one is just as violent

104

as the dance that one witnesses in the world mirror. To believe that the violence is outside of oneself is a vast lie; for there are billions of records of ancestors related unto oneself that participated in all forms of violence, from beating children to raping women to killing upon the battlefield to torturing others for information. There is nothing that occurs now in present time in the world mirror that is brutal that one has not also participated in within ones ancestry. To believe one is somehow innocent is therefore a vast lie. The desire for a savior has to do with wishing to wash ones sins away, as if what ones ancestry has perpetrated can somehow disappear without forgiveness. Beloved, no one can wash anyones karma away. Disowning karma and sweeping it under the carpet or pressing it upon another does not work. Disowning karma only creates destruction elsewhere, and then one will inherit the karma for this on top of all the destructive karma already associated with ones ancestry. Sirian, Pleiadian and Orion humans have incurred so much karma for the destruction that they have pressed upon earth that it will take them eons of time to clear it. The only way one can work ones way out of the dance of destruction is to forgive. God Goddess or Christ cannot forgive for oneself; for forgiveness is an act of internal love in which one states I understand how you and your ancestry have trespassed upon me; I also understand that my ancestry has trespassed upon yours in parallel manners many times; I choose to forgive; I choose to open my heart and love what is unlovable. In so doing, I wipe the slates of karma clear so that I may ascend home. Forgiveness requires understanding. Sending the karma elsewhere creates an ascension where there is no understanding. The end result is that the same dance one ascended out of one will ascend into at a higher frequency. Sirian human civilization will one day end up in the same violent mess that they seemingly ascended out of. Why? Because they failed to understand why they as humans were violent in the first place as the karma was never processed in their ascension. Instead the karma was disowned and pressed upon earth and 24 other human civilizations on other planets. Sirians failed to fully forgive all the karma for destruction that they had created in the eons of time that they existed in the third dimension. Karma is a broken record; karma insures a repeat of whatever occurred to create the karma until it has been forgiven in full.

LOVE IS THE MOST POWERFUL FORCE IN THE UNIVERSE

Earth does not wish to recreate the past 24 billion years of falls again. The only way off the merry-go-round therefore is to understand; and through understanding to forgive. Love is the most powerful force in the universe; love can transmute and transcend any difficult pattern or dense level of thought-form. Love however is only powerful in the act of forgiveness. Outside of a state of forgiveness, love becomes less powerful than brutality and force. Humans have long forgotten how to forgive. As a result, brutality and force reign in your civilization. Earth has also forgotten how to forgive; it is why the brutality and force of humans have desecrated her so and forced her into a downward cycle towards extinction.

105

Earth has recovered her ability to forgive; in so doing love is returning as a most powerful force again. This being so, soon all that is non-loving or abusive shall perish from earths embodiment. Ascending humans must learn to love again; they must open their hearts and learn to forgive again. The path of real forgiveness is not an easy path; one faces ones largest innermost demons and the greatest darkness of ones ancestry. As one faces ones own darkness and forgives, the dance of love extends outward again allowing love to be the reigning force rather than fear. This cannot occur if one sweeps the karma and darkness elsewhere or on to others. It can only occur if one is willing to go inward and seek; seek to understand what ones ancestry has done that is non-loving and caused pain unto others; and then to forgive. In the forgiveness, the brutality currently playing out on the world mirror can begin to fade, as love will emerge as a more powerful force than fear. How many will it take in human form to forgive the atrocities of the past in order for love to be reborn in human relations? It will take as many as needed to release all karma incurred in 50,000 years (200,000 human years) of falls in consciousness of your species. Some of the karma cannot release here upon earth as the individuals at cause were from another creation. The karma of the Anu cannot be released here; the Anu consciousness and all karma associated is being bundled up at this time, and those related will return with it to the Pleiades to settle the original cause. One can only settle the karma upon earth if it occurred upon earth. Although the original cause of human violence cannot be settled upon earth, all the times that these patterns repeated in three other eras can be released. This is what the map carvers of ascension are working upon; releasing the karma for three eras of violence, one of which occurred in Ancient Egypt 18,000 years ago in the era of the Pharaohs (72,000 human years); another which occurred in Atlantis 10,000 years ago (40,000 human years); along with the current era of violence underway. These are the key eras that set the stage to the current state of human life; as the karma for all three of these eras has been erased and transcended by a few mastering their upper initiations in this lifetime, the dream for humanity can be recast. The new human dream will be one of unity, joy, forgiveness and peace; this is the birth of the golden era that many prophets have predicted. This future dream will only manifest if enough release the karma that would create a different future otherwise.

THE GAME OF THE GURU

The belief in a savior precludes forgiveness. The savior is going to forgive for oneself and then suddenly one is free of all karmic debt. In reality, those who are gurus in present time and play this game simply transfer ones karma to someone else or to a group of others living already difficult circumstances due to taking on collective human darkness. One may then cease to live the karma from ones inheritance and create a better life; this resolves nothing as your future relations then have an even heavier bag of karma to clear than would be if one had taken responsibility for ones own karma to be cleared in this lifetime in the first place.

106

Each human is born with a bag of karma to be cleared in this life. The karma sets the stage for the circumstances one is born into. Was one born into a family of relative affluence with enough food and shelter? Then one had no poverty karma. Those born in poverty are settling poverty karma. Even if one was not impoverished, was one beaten or molested or suffered other difficulties in childhood? Then this was the karma that one was born with. Perhaps ones ancestry beat or molested children; now one creates the consequences of ones ancestors actions by experiencing the same first hand. In this life of ascension, one can now choose to forgive; forgive the one who beat or molested oneself in the greater understanding that ones ancestry perpetrated the same. Many have learned to press their birth karma on to others. This has become a big game in the metaphysical movement in particular. Let us lift your karma off of you so that you cannot settle it; and beloved you also cannot ascend without settlement of the bag of karma that you were born with this lifetime. The ascent to 3000 strands of DNA clears all karma from this lifetime and ones ancestry back to the era of Atlantis. After transcendence of 3000 strands, one begins to work upon a whole other bag of karma, and often as a result there is a whole new life that is born as a result, as the old ties are dissolved in full from this lifetime. This is the gift of ascension; however it will never be accomplished in disowning ones ancestral karma; it can only occur as one forgives the karma that one was born with and releases it in full.

THE REINSTATEMENT OF ALL BIRTH ANCESTRAL KARMA

Many would prefer the good life to the real karma that one was born with. Alas this does not serve. Earth is in the process of returning all disowned birth karma to each human. The scrambling of karma was a plot of the dark forces that desired to see ascension fail. Scrambled karma will have the affect of causing few if any to legitimately ascend, as the karma is not present to be released in the inheritance. Earth has been long aware of the karmic games of the dark and has been pressing to reinstate all birth karma for the past 3 generations of humans born. This is now coming to be so; and as a result some humans who have disowned their karma may find that life changes now due to the return of their real birth inheritance and the karma associated. For those that are ascending, and in particular those traversing beyond 1800 strands, ancestral reviews and the retrieval of lost karma and the returning of false karma is a part of the ongoing dance of ascension. This is not the first era in which karma has been scrambled. In three other eras karma was displaced upon certain inheritances; such inheritance are also often the truth bearers and the ones destined to map carve ascension. As one discovers displaced karma in the tapestry, then like occurrences in other time periods are also searched for allowing a clearing to go back hundreds if not thousands of generations. This allows the load to lighten to be only the legitimate karma that each ascending human must address in order to ascend. There is also karma that has been transferred on to humanity that is not from this creation; there have been 18 creations that are human that have displaced karma upon humanity.

107

This too is returned as it was not incurred upon earth and cannot be settled here as a result. The game of karmic scrambling is one that accompanies a split in light and dark; those entering the light become karma free and those entering the density absorb so much karma that the darkness seeks to extinguish the remaining light and life force in such regions of domain. This earth has suffered to an extreme and so she understands it greatly. So have humans suffered karmic displacement from elsewhere to an extreme; and now is the time that the great sorting out may come to fruition, in which all that does not belong here can be sent home; that which originated here can be retrieved; and through the balancing of light and dark, earth can return home to the Great Central Sun. The Great Central Sun has received many creations that had split between light and dark over time. This has caused great distortion within the Sun; perhaps as much distortion as earth understands in her current predicament of manipulative dances conducted by false gods and other dark forces. Earth therefore brings keys; keys for the Great Central Sun to understand its own distortion due to the receiving of other creations that were light only due to a false ascent of splitting light and dark. For the souls and humans that ascend through the splitting of light and dark are not harmless; as they never forgave the harm that they participated in during their ascension; they only disowned the harm pressing it upon other creations that then went extinct. Karma will act out again if it has not been forgiven in full; therefore the Great Central Sun now finds itself filled with harmful humans and harmful souls that never fully transcended harm in their ascension, and the harm is shattering the Great Central Sun from the inside out. Perhaps this speaks greatly as to why splitting light and dark in ascension does not work.

DENSITY HAS A PLACE

Most humans recall a loving and light environment where there is no karma. Perhaps this feels better than being so weighted with karma that the space between has expanded and expanded to a point that there is little light conducted down the lay lines or meridians of the etheric body, particularly for those at 2 strands of DNA. Here there is nothing but darkness. This leads to a very depressing existence, and earth has been in a depressed cycle for over 50,000 years and before humanity was seeded here. Depression comes from too much density that is not ones own and one does not have enough light or chi to transmute it all. Then the density presses and presses upon ones field and etheric body to a point of splintering it; then more density can be added into the fractured pieces that once held a complete circular energy flow. The more that one fractures, the denser one becomes; not due to ones own thought-form, but rather due to the density depressed from others and other creations. Ascension brings about a lightening up due to the return of the density that is not ones own unto its creation of origin; and the healing of the fracturing of field into wholeness again. The wholeness experienced in real ascension is not like the opposing dance where light and dark are split due to the displacing of karma elsewhere. The lightness of being from real

108

ascension and real wholeness comes from the balancing of light and dark. Darkness or the space between has a structure and a function in the third dimension and all dimensions that sustain physicality. The density carves the pathway through which the light moves to sustain life; if one loses all density, then suddenly one also loses the pathway through which the light and energy flows which creates a form of chaos. Everything has a place. Density has a place to hold the pathway for the light to flow. Karma has a place. Karma is present to teach one a spiritual lesson that ones ancestry failed to learn or understand at the time that they existed in physicality. Karma will teach each that seeks the path of ascension the lessons that it holds. As the lessons are learned, and forgiveness embraced, then the karma has no place in the life any longer. As this occurs, the karma ceases to skew the dream in an undesirable manner. Then one is free to weave a new dream to ones better liking. However, one has learned something in the experience, however difficult ones creation may have been. Those divorcing themselves from their karma reap the good life and learn no spiritual lessons along the way. The Pharaohs are the main reason that this patterning still exists to this day. The Pharaohs displaced all their density in an ongoing manner upon the large headed Mahavishnu. This caused the Mahavishnu to live very difficult traumatic lives of abuse, rejection and disease. And yet the karma for the experience of abuse, rejection or disease was not incurred by their inheritance; instead the Pharaohs and their favored displaced such karma upon the Mahavishnu. Those related to the large headed Mahavishnu continued to suffer long after the Pharaohs ceased to exist or reign in Ancient Egypt. For the patterning set in motion simply repeats each time the paths of those of Pharaoh ancestry cross with those of Mahavishnu ancestry. Mila and Oa are examples of Mahavishnu lineages that have crossed the path of many a Pharaoh lineage in their organization over time. Those of Pharaoh lineage always strip them of dream, information, moving energy systems, and return in their place disease and difficult karma. Over time, Mila and Oa have settled their karma with those of Pharaoh lineages, and now stand beyond the game. So must each of Grand Master and Mahavishnu inheritance do the same, as those of Pharaoh lineage will prevent ones ascension otherwise.

THE PERCEIVED SAVIOR

The Pharaohs were perceived as saviors by the masses at the time that they reigned. They were perceived as perfect and beyond dispute. This occurred due to the manner in which their fields split light and dark; all light remained with the Pharaoh and the light of the following was given unto them; all dark was displaced upon whomever within the following chose to take on the darkness. Those taking on the darkness generally became ill, were rejected and removed from Pharaoh Island, or found themselves in some other form of distasteful dilemma. Today and at this time of ascension, the pattern of the Pharaoh is again in full swing. There are those spiritual leaders that appear to be god like, perfect, beyond any darkness and so

109

on. The reality is that the lineages of these gurus are no different than anyone else; they have the same brutality and abusiveness in their ancestry as any other human. Such gurus only appear light because they have displaced all their karma and density upon their following who in turn have become diseased, have been rejected by the group, or found themselves in some other form of distasteful dilemma that was not the result of their karma, but rather was the karma of the guru. Those who are legitimately ascending will require pulling themselves out of the dance of the guru, or one will find oneself becoming ill or living a life of travesty instead of ascending. The reason spiritual aspirants seek the guru is out of the belief in the savior; somehow the guru is going to dissolve all the pain of the past and they will be reborn to a new tomorrow. In the truth of the matter, the guru may take ones karma, good and bad, and give it to another. Good karma is karma that one can collect to procure a good job or a beautiful place to live. Gurus like to take good karma and give it to their favored. The Guru can also take bad karma for violence or distasteful experiences in the ancestry and give it unto another; however this is the foundation of the spiritual lessons one is to learn in this lifetime. Give the bad karma away, and one cannot evolve. Therefore we invite those reading these materials to cease to seek a savior consciously or unconsciously. Saviors or those one places upon the pedestal thinking that they know more than oneself only appear so powerful as one has given away ones power unto them; they only appear so knowledgeable as one has given ones knowledge unto them now and over time in ones inheritance. Retrieve your power beloved; retrieve your knowledge; return the karma that is not your own, good and bad, and retrieve the karma that is. Then intend to settle the karma through understanding and forgiveness, for this is the only way that you, earth or anyone else can ascend.

THE DANCE OF EQUALITY AND COLLABORATION

Earth cannot save you. Earth does not wish to be substituted for the guru that one is giving up. Nor does nature or any kingdom wish to be substituted for the savior that one is consciously or unconsciously seeking. Nature cannot save you either. At best nature and earth alike can point one in the direction of understanding the spiritual lessons behind the seeming travesties one has created in the dance of life that are the result of ones birth karma. Earth and nature can provide intentions for transcendence and dream weaving so that one creates a different and more harmonious circumstance next time. In reality, earth and nature are looking for partners in the path of ascension. Earth and each kingdom have their own difficulties and struggles to ascend. As an ascending partner, then you can contribute to our ascension, and we can contribute to yours. Your contribution to us may be the clearing of human patterning that prohibits the ascent of the land in the region that you live or regions that you may visit in any calendar year. As you agree to participate in the global ascension of earth, one becomes an equal partner in the task. Equality and the dance of the savior or guru are at odds with one another. The guru or savior

110

wishes to be perceived as perfect, beautiful and all-powerful or all-knowing. Of course they appear that way as each that follows the guru gives their power, light and knowledge unto them. There is no room for equality in such a dance; for the guru is on top and all others are underneath in a pecking order or hierarchical structure. There is also no way to move into the dance of unity in such a game; for a hierarchical structure and unity are at odds with one another. Unity is much like the structure symbol in the Language of Light; there are circles within circles within circles. The structure symbol is also symbolic of holographic flow. Holographic flow precludes domination or subordination; each is a circle within the circle of holographic flow; each contributes to the flow and each benefits from the dream of the whole in equal to what is contributed. There are no lesser and no greater beings within the whole; only each that is contributing what one best offers to the sustenance of the whole. This is the flow that earth, nature and humans must master in order to be prepared for entry into the dream of the Great Central Sun. Mila and Oa have transcended into a working partnership with earth, nature and the elements of air, water fire and earth. The partnership includes translating information that the kingdoms or earth or the elements wish humans to understand as well as assisting in fostering global ascension in all that they do. This is world service in action. Humans long lost the ability to exist in world service unto earth. Now through ascension humans may master a working partnership with earth can begin to master world service again. World service translates into the greater good of the whole. Whatever Mila and Oa do serves earth and the greater good of global ascension. Any personal desires that would be in conflict with global ascension or their personal ascension are put aside or surrendered. Everything that they do, speak or contribute therefore serves. This requires an absolute surrender of ego to accomplish as well as negative ego. Ego wishes to do it my way. Negative ego wishes to sabotage and undermine causing whatever one does to fail. In a state of surrender, one neither fails nor goes ones own way; one comes to the middle ground of working in collaboration to the greater good of the whole instead. Failure is not something that Mila or Oa entertain as a possible dream in any given year. Their successes against sometimes great odds speak to this truth; in surrendering their ego, earth assures their success by providing the backdrop of support required to handle the task asked of them to be accomplish. Therefore large successes under great odds occur at Mila and Oas events each year due to the choice to collaborate in all that they do with earth as a global consciousness. For Mila and Oa, there is no other way to be any longer, and they have proven to themselves that they can count on earth if the dance gets rough or appears to be failing along the way to pull things through.

111

For those willing to work with earth, then like support shall be provided. However do not expect earth to amass one a fortune or to provide one a dream come true circumstance all of the time. Amassing a fortune is at odds with ascension; it creates more attachment and ascension requires releasing attachment. Dream come true circumstances are not always possible due to the ancestral karma one is carrying; at least until the karma is released. The karma is also the necessary backdrop for the learning of many a spiritual lesson; and so if earth caused each dream to always manifest as desired, no spiritual lessons would ever be learned. Therefore this is not an agreement that earth can make, for only agreements that support evolution and ascension will ever be made with earth. We had an initiate recently leave the school who thought that working with earth was going to amass them a fortune so that they could construct communities. Beloved, communities will form as those willing to co-create gather and hold the dream. Earth does not require some initiate to amass a fortune to fulfill upon this. Earth will support the dream for the land and the building for those willing to gather and this is how the dream will come to fruition. Such visions of amassing fortunes for earth are only illusions that the dark perpetrate to cause one to fail upon ones path of ascension.

THE ROLE OF THE SAVIOR IN EVERYDAY LIFE

Those trying to amass fortunes to make the spiritual path comfortable or easy are only trying the play the role of savior. The savior will provide for all who they save. This is the drawback of playing the role of the savior. For many, this role is very subtle. We will give you examples from Mila and Oas life. Oa was the family savior. He earned a large income so that each could have the lifestyle that they wished; the wife wanted her fur coats from New York; the children their trips to Brazil each summer. Oa worked hard to provide for the family the life style that they preferred at his own expense; for the work with computers was making Oa very ill. Had Oa not left his computer-oriented career at the time that he met Mila in 1998 and ascended beyond disease, Oa would not be alive today. Mila also was the savior of her family. For Mila, this role did not involve providing financially as much as healing everyone in the unconscious. She was forever harmonizing her out of control mother along with her out of control angry brother when they worked together in the family printing business. It became obvious after four years in the family business that Mila was going to die if she did not leave; and so she chose another career in real estate until her work in ascension took off. Mila also played the role of savior with her son; over time it became apparent that this too was going to kill her or prevent further ascension if she did not separate. And so she chose to separate and go her sovereign way. Over the years, Mila and Oa have found themselves placed into the role of savior again and again with the students that they have gathered. Those who could not transcend the codependence of hooking into their fields to pull themselves upwards in vibration without pulling their own weight have been removed again and again from the school; as they prevent the ascent of Mila and Oa and will never learn to stand sovereign otherwise. Those

112

therefore who tend to play the role of savior will find that others hook into ones field expecting one to carry them upon the ascension path, either consciously or unconsciously. On the other side of the coin, each savior will also hook into another that they perceive as their teacher or role model. Therefore the dance of codependence goes two ways, with the savior desiring to be saved as much as they desire to save others. The reality is that no one can save another. Each must do their own inner homework to understand and forgive. In the forgiveness possible through real ascension, the patterns change, the density lifts, the joy returns, and hope is reborn anew. No one can do this for another. At best perhaps much as earth and nature offer, one can shine a light upon the spiritual lessons that another is learning so that they can understand and can forgive. This is what Mila and Oa try and focus upon in any consultation; the spiritual lessons that others are learning so that they may understand and forgive and ultimately ascend.

THE SAVIOR THAT IS CRUCIFIED

The savior is also recurrently crucified. Mila and Oa have had many bouts with cancer in their personal ascensions; this can all be looked upon as a form of crucifixion from their following. If one is the savior, then one is to be crucified. If this does not play out consciously in some manner, then it plays out unconsciously as disease. How do the gurus get away with not being crucified? Most gurus displace the pattern of crucifixion upon another that is close to them; the other then takes on this pattern and ends up dead of disease or an accident. The karma for crucifixion of the savior goes back to the Mahavishnu that left Pharaoh Island in rebellion to the One God principal of Pharaoh Ra. These 72 humans were energetically sacrificed to make a point of the power of the Mahatma, who bombarded them with shattering blows until each had perished in physicality. The red nations humans did not understand what would cause all 72 large headed humans to die within a few weeks of one another; they subsequently mummified the bodies to preserve the genetics. Through the preservation of the genetics, the records were saved and how these large headed humans died could be decoded. Their deaths set in motion the pattern of crucifixion of the truth bearers and those having the ability to legitimately ascend. Christ was crucified due to the karma of the Mahavishnu; Christs ancestry went back to the large headed humans. Christ tried to stand in his truth and was destroyed for it. This pattern has played out again and again in history. If truth bearers were not destroyed in the physical dream through some travesty, they died of one disease or another over time. It is time to end the pattern of crucifixion. It is time to take Christ off the cross. The path of evolution need not lead to death; but in order for this to be so one will require releasing the karma for being the savior and how the savior is crucified.

113

INTENTIONS FOR TRANSCENDING THE PATTERN OF THE SAVIOR

These are some recommended intentions to allow one to transcend the pattern of being the savior, desiring to be saved, or ending up crucified in the dance of life. I intend to transcend the pattern of the savior now and throughout my ancestry. I intend to cease to allow others to depend upon me. I intend to allow others to carry their own weight and ascend themselves. I intend to release all patterning that causes me to allow others to depend upon me. I intend to cease to search for a savior, consciously or unconsciously. I intend my true birth inheritance. I intend to release all karma that I was born with in my ascent to whatever level I can master in this lifetime. 8. I intend to return all karma that is not my own unto its source of origins. 9. I intend to retrieve all karma that is my own. 10. I intend to return all lineages or portions of lineages that are not my own to their source of origin. 11. I intend to retrieve all lineages or portions of lineages that are my own along with the associated karma. 12. I intend to transcend the need to be crucified. 13. I intend to cease to take on the disease karma of others. 14. I intend to cease to put myself in circumstances that benefit others but destroy my physicality. 15. I intend a preoccupation and living environment that supports my choice to ascend. 16. I intend to release all karma for warfare and disease in my ancestry. 17. I intend to look at my darkness rather than attempt to disown it. 18. I intend to forgive anything that my ancestry perpetrated that harmed another. 19. I intend to forgive others that have harmed me in this lifetime in parallel to how my ancestry harmed others at other times. 20. I intend to forgive myself for harming others in this lifetime in any manner, conscious, subconscious or unconscious. 21. I intend to balance the light and dark within by dissolving the density so that I may rise in frequency. 22. I intend to allow the density to hold the space between so that there are pathways to conduct the light or chi through my etheric vessel and field. 23. I intend that the density not overrun the light snuffing it out, but rather that the density hold its proper structure and function to support my health and well being along with continued ascension. 24. I intend that the pathways of light continue to increase in size and amount of chi conducted through them in my continued ascent. 25. I intend that my ascension come fully into the physical with the biological modifications to the crystalline form occurring in all organs, glands and systems. 26. I intend to release all patterns, entities, curses, hexes and spells that get in the way of a complete biological ascension in this lifetime. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

114

SUMMARY
We invite each reading this material to intend to transcend the pattern of the savior. As each releases the ancestral savior based patterning, one can then create a working partnership with earth upon all planes of reality, conscious, subconscious and unconscious. Earth is holding he gates to real ascension open for those that can master. Earth provides healing temples that assist with the process of ascension. In order to receive of earths temples, one must be in a working partnership with earth in the ascent. Mila and Oa have created many audio meditations for the purposes of learning to create a working relationship with earth for the purposes of ones ascension and personal mastery. These meditations were created by earth for this purpose. Please avail yourself to these meditations for this purpose. (See Products for more information.) Until our next communication, Namaste The Earth Mother

115

SIMPLE TECHNIQUES TO SUPPORT ASCENSION

The Earth Mother through Karen Danrich Mila May 11, 2005

Dear Beloved Ascending Human, There are many techniques that are supportive of ascending initiates and this is what we wish to delve into today. Recently the Nut, Vegetable and Fruit Bearing Plants gave some assistance in association with nutrition to support the ascending field and form. (See From the Nut, Fruit and Vegetable Bearing Plants for more information). Nutrition is an important manner to support ascension as if the biology has not all the necessary ingredients to modify a particular part of the cellular structure, then often this region is skipped over leading to gaps and holes in the ascension through which one can then be manipulated. Therefore providing a solid nutritional foundation on an ongoing and recurrent basis is important to the goal of ascension in this lifetime.

LACK OF APPETITE
Sometimes initiates suffer from intermittent or long term lack of appetite. The underlying cause of a lack of appetite is generally a desire to cease to digest ones spiritual life lessons. For in failing to eat, one also fails to ground adequately into physicality and ceases to process the incoming information from soul down the chakras connecting one to ones source, and also ceases to release what on is no longer needing down the grounding cord for transmutation by ones larger chakras in the aurora or core of earth. Eat and one will begin to process their ascension again as well as ground soul into the physical, or so Mila and Oa have discovered. There are dark forces that prefer you to fail at your transcendence also in any field. These forces generally sit in the space between the lay lines of energy flow of the etheric body, chakras, subtle bodies and light body dreamtime self. As one intends to shatter those consciousnesses that desire ones failure in the space between, the one can begin to push out that which is interfering with ones need to provide nutrition to the ascending biology. An ascending body will always desire to eat as there are always nutrients necessary to the biological transmutation process underway each day, week or month of ascension. If one fails to feel the bodys requirement to eat, then something is interfering.

116

RELEASING DIET MACHINERY

There can be machines associated with appetitive control from a desire to be thin through dieting. If one did not diet much in this lifetime, then this type of machinery may be associated with ancestors who dieted in earlier time periods in human history that one is related unto. The thin female has been a recurrent fashion model in many eras including Atlantis and the era of the Annanuki. Innana (Venus or Aphrodite) was famous for her thin and frail looking form with rather small breasts that she believed was the most beautiful female figure upon earth. During the era of the slave civilization associated with the Anu, women desired to be thin and chose to limit their food intake to accomplish the goal of appearing like Innana. The Anu themselves of course did not require limitation of food as they held a silica based crystalline structure that much like the crystalline form ascending initiates are embodying today cannot eat enough calories to sustain itself. Innana could eat whatever she wanted and remain thin. Calories are gathered from the breath and oxygen is converted into blood sugar in the crystalline diaphragm. One therefore cannot diet and lose weight after one has ascended 80% into the crystalline structure as one will always manufacture the necessary blood sugar through the breath to sustain one's physique. Innana did not have a carbon based diaphragm as she gathered energy through electrical flow rather than the breath; this created a different type of feminine form than the Red Nations Peoples who had large diaphragms and round bellies due to hosting carbon based DNA. This is where the preference for a smaller female frame comes from, as it was the preference of the Anu. Alas even the slaves had different sized forms and many were heavier like the red nations folk; perhaps this speaks to the fact that the slave nations were drawn from 40% Native American Root Race DNA blended with Anu DNA that this is so. Therefore it may simply be ones DNA to be larger than what is popular; and for those with ancient Red Nation Root Race Inheritance that are ascending, this will most likely be so. Embrace your larger forms as they hold a higher frequency and are a reflection of your ancient red ancestry. Dieting has no affect upon a crystalline structure anyway and so one can eat as much of anything that one desires and remain the same size. So enjoy your treats and sweets too as often the body will crave the sweets out of the desire to experience the sweetness of life. As one eats sweets, one then draws a sweeter dream towards oneself in the physical beloved. Mila and Oa have gone on 3 day fruit fasts themselves for a time for the purposes of cleansing. They did not lose an ounce of weight in the process due to their ability to gather blood sugar from the air. Weight can be deceptive also as one masters their magnetic energy flow in ascension anyway; as if one is more grounded then one will weigh more; and if one is less grounded then one will weigh less upon a scale. Mila and Oa have also learned to move the center of their grounding from the first chakra in the tailbone into the heart in the chest and will lighten up by 30%. They do this if they are walking up hill in a hike so it is less strenuous upon the physical vessel. Each who has gotten larger and heavier due to the

117

ascending form can intend to do the same and enjoy physical activities such as walking or hiking in greater ease.

COMPLETE MEALS, SNACKS AND HERBAL TEAS

Dieting has no place with those of crystalline biology and one should strive to release all programming and mechanization hosting thought-form around this so that one can more clearly hear their bodys nutritional requirements each day, week, month and year of ones continued evolution. By in large ascending initiates should eat two meals per day and some snacks in between. Complete meals are one way to make sure that one receives all requirements necessary to ascend; complete meals host some proteins, carbohydrates or sugars, fats and fermented foods. Striving therefore to create complete meals once or twice per day is a useful means of assuring one is receiving all nutrients required to ascend. Supplementing with herbal teas that one muscle tests or pendulums requiring in the coming 3 months of ascension is also a useful tool in supplying small amounts of certain substances required to the continued transmutation of the biology. There are many lovely teas available of herbs in most health food stores worldwide even if some regions are eliminating the high dosage supplements from their shelves. Worry not about this as high dosage supplements are by in large overly toxic for an ascending form anyway. One can make tinctures from the teas as well and here is a simple formula for this.

MAKING EASY HERBAL TINCTURES FROM HOME

4 Teabags of Tea or 4 Tablespoons of Dried Herbs of desired remedy 1 Cup boiling purified water Soak the tea bags or herbs in the hot water for an hour. Remove the bags or strain the tea and boil down to one quarter cup remaining fluid. Fill a tincture bottle with 75% tea and 25% vodka, gin, rum or vegetable glycerin. Shake well. One can then take their tea in small dosages of 20 drops or so 3 times per day. This is useful in travel or when at work, although brewing tea in a hotel room is not so difficult. Mila and Oa take their teas on the road along with an electric hotpot and water filter so that they can heat purified water each evening.

Snacks that are useful in between meals are fruit, nuts, dried fruit, trail mix, freshly made popcorn (made in oil on the stove top and not in the microwave) or veggies that are easy to nibble upon. Mila and Oa often crave fruit in the afternoon and will cut up a pineapple or watermelon and snack upon this. The snacks allow the digestive system to continue to operate through the afternoon rather than shut down. This allows for the continued processing of physical plane spiritual lessons during the waking hours. 118

The time of fasting is left for during the night and in the dreamtime hours when the body rests and ascends in the physical. As a human withdraws consciousness from the body in sleep, the digestive system should shut down so that all the energy can be put to resurrecting the biology into the crystalline structure. It is at night that the greatest growth of new DNA also occurs in any ascending initiate.

PROBLEMS WITH SLEEPING

Many initiates have problems with sleeping. Generally speaking, if the body cannot fall asleep easily, it does not feel safe for some reason. Therefore earth invites initiates to ground the bedroom, ground the bed, ground the apartment complex, home or hotel you are staying in. And then intend to shatter and remove any entity that is within ones home or hotel that does not allow the body to feel safe. Send the remains of such entities to the aurora. The intent to shatter that which is harmful is not wrong. Another intent is to invert the destructive intention of the entity back upon itself and command it to shatter itself. Mila and Oa use this intention all of the time, particularly in travel. Often Mila and Oa also intend to return any parts of self humans have left in the airports, train stations, trains, cities or hotels that they transit through, as humans tend to leave parts of themselves and their entities behind in their journeys. One can send them to the aurora to the Temple of Ancestry. The reason for this is that humanity is fracturing at this time into greater density if they are not consciously choosing to ascend. In the fracturing, bits of self are left everywhere. This is especially occurring due to the electrical media that humanity entertains themselves with; as such media hosts a load of unconsciously destructive energies and entities that seek to strip and take any human field apart that they touch. Therefore if you have not removed the television from your home, and have difficulties sleeping, we would advise that you do so. The television will insert billions of entities into ones living room the moment that it turns on. Mila and Oa even go so far as to unplug the television in the hotel or furnished condos that they rent in the islands as even the connection is enough to press such entities into ones field and environment. It is due to all the harm that flows through the television that we guide ascending initiates not to partake in the media and to minimize such forms of entertainment if not eliminate them altogether. Instead of watching the television, go outside and enjoy the sunset, take a walk, meditate or take a candle lit bath. Put on some soothing music as music has not the same patterning associated as television (unless it is heavy metal or rock and roll). Soothing music often hosts positive forces that are non-harmful in nature and can be listened to as much as one may desire as a result. On the airplane, take a CD player with you and listen to soothing music at that time too; you will find yourself much more rested after a long flight than if you watch the movie instead. The body must relax in order to sleep. You may find it useful to work with Mila and Oas meditations or a guided meditation that one has come up with oneself that is associated

119

before retiring and intend to utilize their intentions to clear out your home as well as your field. Then the body can relax. Sometimes however there are substances that the body is detoxifying that will cause the nervous system to become agitated; sometimes the nerves even fire causing muscle spasms and pain in ascension. This can be a sign of excessive electrical flow through the field as well. Therefore intend to send all electrical flow in your field, form and environment in such moments to the aurora for transmutation. Then fill your home and field with the magnetic language of light from the aurora in its place. There are herbs that are also soothing and assist the nervous system in relaxing if there is a load of tension that prevents sleep. Angelica Root is one; Passion Flower and Valerian Root two others. One can muscle test and utilize the tinctures from such herbs as needed before bedtime in order to create more restful sleep. Generally such herbs need to be ingested four hours before sleep, so one may actually wish to take the tincture or have a cup of the associated herbal tea after dinner. The substances will also digest better with greater possibility of being absorbed through the intestinal tract when ingested along with ones meal.

WAKING UP SUDDENLY AT NIGHT

Often initiates wake up suddenly and perhaps the body has gone into fear. The heart is pounding, and perhaps one recollects a strange dream experienced while asleep. Dreamtime is a confusing experience to the consciousness of the physical form; for dreamtime is recorded in symbolic images that may have little to do with the actual patterning one is working upon in ascension. One can interpret the symbolism behind the dream and potentially understand what it means. Symbolism is different for each genetic package and this is why dream interpretation books or information may have little to do with ones own personal dreamtime. Some dreams are of parallel lives that one is working upon integrating in the ascent. Parallel life dreams may host people that one knows physically but will be experienced in different roles in the dream. If awakening from a dream of a parallel life, one can intend to retrieve all parts of self off of the associated plane of reality and integrate it. Then one may quite naturally drift off to sleep again. Violent dreams may be associated with violent dreamtime planes that ones light body has become trapped upon while attempting to return to the physical. One can intend upon awakening to roll up all confusing or violent dreamtime planes in ones region of origin or region that one is traveling through, and send them to the aurora for transmutation. For over a year, Mila and Oa worked upon the violent dreamtime in Honolulu, rolling up whatever they perceived. The year of 2000 that they lived near downtown, the city of Honolulu received the aware for the least crime of any city in all of the United States. One can therefore impact ones own regional environment in the choice to remove these types of dreamtime from earth, as they do act out in physicality as they step down. Where does violent dreamtime come from? Primarily it is from the warfare of the Anu 31,000 years ago. The warfare included dreams of rape, murder and violence perpetrated by the

120

soldiers against civilians in the cities that they conquered. This dreamtime was created by Merduk (Hades) and projected upon humanity. Over time this dream for violence shall be completely removed from all planes surrounding earth. Until such time, the dreams will continue to play out until there are enough ascending humans to weave a new dream and a new day for your civilization. As those who are consciously ascending choose to actively remove violent dreamtime planes, the pace will increase at which the new dream of unity, honor and hope can be anchored for your human brothers and sisters to then live to experience. Sometimes ones light body dreamtime self becomes shattered in the violent dreamtime; sometimes entities will try and cut the silver cord that attaches the dreamtime self to the physical body in the solar plexus region; this would cause death if the silver cord were to be completely severed. If you awaken suddenly and in fright, intend to reweave any tatters in the dreamtime light body along with the silver cord. You can call upon the angels and healing temples for ascension to assist. Once repaired, your dreamtime self will be ready to return to dreamtime and you will fall asleep again in ease. (See Tips for Retaining One's Level of Evolution for information on all healing temples available to ascending initiates.)

MASSAGING THE MAIN MERIDIAN ACCESS POINTS

pdf printing version of Hand Meridians, Feet Meridians and Head Meridians There are main points in the hands and feet that host the entry points for the kundahlini side channels and meridians that lead to major organs and glands in the biology. Massaging the hands and feet each day is a good way to stimulate the chi to run through the meridians of the form. Massaging the scalp is a manner of also a manner of stimulating those meridians that enter the field through the head. It is also a nice way to relax the body before retiring for sleep. One easy way to massage the feet is to take a 45 minute walk around the neighborhood or in a park. The meridians of the feet will be massaged as one walks and the lymph will turn its fluid through the body which is a daily requirement to support ones health and

121

continued ascent. The lymph fluid hosts nutrients and white blood cells to absorb toxins and viral agents released in ascension and so some exercise is required in order to fulfill upon this each day. A 45 minute swim will massage the hand and feet meridians due to the pressure of the water. The pressure of the water also assists in turning the lymph fluid and is another useful daily activity to support ones health and ascension. Jacuzzis and saunas are also useful, but without some physical movement for 20 to 45 minutes, the lymph does not thoroughly turn. Therefore Mila and Oa has found if they cannot swim that they must walk and this suffices to assist the body in its requirements for each day of ascension. In addition to the walk, one may also massage the hands and feet. In the last article From the Gum and Eucalyptus Trees, a recipe for hand and foot cream was offered. One can take a little of this cream or any lotion one prefers and massage it into the hands and feet before retiring for sleep. The foot cream recipe will assist in the dissolution of scar tissue in the form of bunions and calluses upon the feet as well. The massage will stimulate the side kundahlini channels and organs associated with the meridians that originate in the hands and feet. Many have heard of Reflexology. The meridian points earth offers are different from Reflexology charts. The meridian access points increase in size due to ascension into the crystalline form. However there are many minor meridians that we have not mapped as well as lay line junctures that run up the legs from the feet or down the arms from the hands to many other parts of the biology. If one massages between the toes for example, one will trigger energy up the lay lines and minor meridians into the neck and shoulders. If one massages the back of the feet leading to the ankles, one will stimulate lay lines that reach up to the shoulder blades in the back of the heart. If one massages the tops of the feet, one stimulates lay lines that reach the breasts and upper chest. If one massages between the fingers, one will stimulate lay lines that reach the teeth, jaws, eyes, ears, nose and mouth. If one massages the top of the hands one will stimulate lay lines that reach the forehead and skull.

122

Massage is a wonderful way to stimulate all the organs and glands of the biology to properly function. The problem is that often massage therapists do not always hold the language of light vibrations as they have not ascended themselves into such a state of being. As a result, the therapist may run too much electrical energy into the ascending initiates field and meridian system leaving one feeling sore and beaten up rather than rested and relaxed thereafter. Finding a therapist that is ascending may be one solution; or for initiates to give each other massages in trade. Another is to massage oneself where one can, such as hands and feet along with calves and scalp. Mila and Oa have found that a retractable hand held shower head with massage flow is also useful. One can use the pulsations of the water to massage ones back, legs, hips, chest, feet and hands. Mila and Oa do this each night before retiring if they have not a large enough bathtub to bathe in their living environment or hotel. This type of shower head also will massage the scalp before and after shampooing and conditioning the hair, stimulating the meridians that originate in the scalp each morning. One can also exchange head and face

massage with another, or massage the points of the head oneself. Most of these points develop in the ascent to 3000 strands. It is the kundahlini from the aurora that energizes the feet and hand meridian entry points; it is the fire from the solar sun that energizes the head meridians. It is for this reason that taking a 10 minute sun bath or a walk or swim in the sun is useful each day in ascension as it energizes the meridians of the upper body and brain.

123

WHAT TO DO ON BAD ASCENSION DAYS

Long ago Mila offered up a Sun Meditation to assist in energizing the entire field. We will offer this meditation up again as a solution in particular to a bad ascension day. Bad ascension days are caused by karma triggered in the ancestry and following a karmic encounter with one or more others. Sometimes the experience of a bad ascension day is one of feeling overly tired or flue-like. The development of a cold is also a reflection of a karmic shattering that has affected either the head or chest. Diarrhea or menstrual cramps and bleeding outside of ones cycles is a sign of a karmic shattering of field that has affecting the pelvis on a bad ascension day. Why is one shattered in this manner, with entities from the field of another or even within ones own field ripping a part at ones own grid work? Well this has been how humanity has fallen beloved; the dark have used one another to pull each other a part. The only solution to this dance is to ascend beyond it through intention. Ascending beyond the conflict underlying a bad ascension day occurs through intention, and in the piecing of oneself back together again. First one must intend to release the karma associated with the shattering including the original cause. If the original cause is unavailable in ones own akashic records, one can attune to the Temple of Karma and pull the cause as known from the future and then intend to release or forgive it. Then intend to retrieve whatever information was lost in present time and in the ancestry involved at all times in history that the pattern repeated. One may also need to return information taken as ones own ancestors battered another in the unconscious in parallel manner. One will also need to intend to cease to participate in the dance oneself and in the unconscious as mirrored in the experience for an absolute completion with the game into the future. As all components of the experience are released, understood and forgiven, then one transcends up in vibration releasing the ties underlying the conflict, leaving one free to continue to evolve. In the process of clearing upon a bad ascension day, taking a walk, sun bath, swim or hike in the country or by the beach is very useful. As one physically moves, one can begin to intend to piece oneself back together again. The movement will foster an increasing spin of energy field that will quicken the pace that one may retrieve whatever one lost, whether it be moving energy systems, grid work, chi or information. One may also require resurrecting ones guardians and soul or angels if these too become compromised. Working with the Temple of Soul and Temple of Guardians will be useful in this dance. (pdf of Healing Temples for printing) Taking a mud bath is also a good way to support the detoxification of the form in ascension. Sometimes the case of the flu or cold or a bad ascension day is not only due to a karmic encounter, but also the result of a load of toxins being released in the biology due to the transmutation of sick or decayed cells. Having a mud bath will pull the maximum amount of toxins possible out of the largest organ of the body known as the skin. Mila has used French green clay or white clay (bentonite) for this purpose for five years now. Invariably the symptoms of the cold or flue disappear in a day or two with one or two mud baths in a 4 hour period.

124

MUD BATH TREATMENT

1/2 Cup Clay 3/4 Cup boiling purified water Essential oils as desired

SALT SCRUB
1 Cup Epsom or Sea Salt 2 Tablespoons Massage Oil of Choice Essential oils as desired

Mix 1/2 cup clay with 3/4 cup boiling water. Add essential oils as one tests to be supportive (lavender and eucalyptus are generally helpful). Spread all over the body (except for the scalp) and allow to dry. Stand in front of a warm fire, go out into the sun (if you have a private place to do so naked) or wrap oneself up in a sheet and cover with a blanket and take a short nap. When the clay is dry, one can also climb into a hot bath for 45 minutes or so and allow the mud to release in the water. The water will pull out even more toxins. When complete with the bath, wash off the remaining mud with a washcloth in the shower and finish with a salt scrub. Take a palm sized amount of the salt and scrub the entire epidermis of the mud and then shower off.

One can also work with any of the meditation CDs that Mila and Oa have created to support the recovery from a bad ascension day. One can work with the written formats of the Synthesis Meditation and Elements Meditation or go into the sun and have a Sun Meditation. (See Products for more information on the meditation CDs.)

125

SUN MEDITATION
1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

Sit outside and facing the sun. With the eyes closed to prevent sun damage, look directly into the sun while shielding the sun with one's eyelids. Do not wear sunglasses. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. Allow the sun to enter the pineal gland in the center of one's head. Imagine the warmth of the sun filling first one's head, and then spreading down the core of one's spine. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. Then imagine the core radiating out to fill one's entire grid work from head to toe with the vibrations of the sun. Breathe slowly in and out as this is occurring. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. Move the fire of the sun through each meridian in the form, opening and cleansing each to the best of one's ability from the bottom of the feet to the top of the head and through the arms and hands. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. Blow the fire of the sun beginning with the chakras under the feet leading to the aurora in the center of Earth. Imagine an inferno raging under you as you clear out everything with the fire element that is in the grounding energy flow. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. Now move the fire through the feet knee and hips chakras, along with the three chakras that sit under the hips. Imagine that you have an inferno raging from your hips down and clear out everything that no longer resonates. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. Next move fire through the major chakra centers above the waist through the top of the head. Imagine the upper body becoming an inferno raging from your waist unto the top of your head. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. Now push the fire through the chakras above the head leading to one's source. Imagine an inferno raging above the head clearing anything or anyone interfering with your connection to your oversoul. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. Intend to increase the pace of field rotation now to spin off the density as there is enough fire to do so. Take many deep breaths inhaling and exhaling as you spin up the field. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. As you complete, intend to slow the field back down to a comfortable pace of field rotation. Now fill the field from the grounding chakras through the chakras above the head with the element of water to wash away the ashes of that which was transmuted with the fire element in working with the sun. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. Now fill the field from the grounding chakras through the chakras above the head with the element of air to blow away that which no longer resonates in your life dance. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. Now fill the field from the grounding chakras through the chakras above the head with the element of earth to

126

connect with a larger body of the consensus that you are a part of. Intend to allow the global patterning associated to be pulled off that is not ones responsibility to transmute as a single human. 13. Inhale deeply and then exhale slowly. Now intend to synthesize the field into a rainbow of tones from densest to lightest in color. This will have the affect of releasing anything remaining that is not your own to clear.

COLLAPSING THE SPACE BETWEEN

Another technique that has proved useful to those mastering Bodhisattva level evolution and in our Group Mastery Program this year has been to intend to collapse the space between. The space between is the region of domain that sits between the chakras, between the subtle bodies and etheric body, between the subtle bodies and ones dreamtime self. Often initiates have very tiny little chakras with a load of space between. This creates a fragile field that wobbles easily and therefore one is more easily shattered. The recent group at our Hawaii Intensive further discovered that if they chose to inflate the chakras to near touching and collapse the space between that it created a far more stable field that the dark could not work through to harm. This was the first absolutely harmless event SSOA has ever known, and it is now understood that the dark use the inflated space between to harm self and others. Therefore intend to puff up the chakras and subtle bodies to near touching and

127

inflate the lotuses (if you have them open) to the edges of the subtle bodies. This will create a stronger field that can ascend in greater ease. Often initiates will feel tired. The tiredness is the result of not enough chi running through the kundahlini energy system; as not enough chi runs then the chakras slow and collapse in size leading to small chakras with large gaps in between. In such moments, take four or five deep breaths and exhale slowly while intending to call back all the lost chi. Then intend to puff up the chakras to near touching and allow their rotation to reenergize your form. As you do so, you will feel better and carry on. Then you can begin to focus upon who drained all your chi away and clear the karma without requiring going to sleep in the process. Here are some intentions that shall be useful in this exercise. Mila and Oas latest meditation CD Mastering Dream Weaving has incorporated this exercise into the first meditation.

INTENTIONS TO REDUCE THE SPACE BETWEEN

Attune to the Temple of Grid Work in meditation to receive support in this goal
1. 2.

3. 4. 5.

6.

7. 8. 9. 10. 11.

12.

I intend to collapse the space between to 25% of my total energy flow in the etheric body. I intend to uncast any machinery or patterning that suspends my space between more than 25% throughout my etheric body that is non-karmic or other creational in nature. I further intend to release all karma, patterning or thought-form that causes portions of my etheric body to host space between greater than 25% in size. I intend to collapse the space between to 25% between my etheric skin or genetic grid work and ascension grid work. I intend to uncast any machinery or patterning that is non-karmic and suspends my space between more than 25% between my etheric skin or genetic grid work and ascension grid work. I further intend to release all karma, patterning or thought-form that causes portions of the space between my etheric skin or genetic grid work and ascension grid work to exceed 25% in size. I intend to collapse the space between to 25% between my small, medium and large chakras. I intend to uncast any machinery or patterning that is non-karmic and suspends my space between more than 25% between all chakras. I further intend to release all karma, patterning or thought-form that causes portions of the space between my chakras to exceed 25% in size. I intend to collapse the space between to 25% between genetic grid work and subtle bodies. I intend to uncast any machinery or patterning that is non-karmic and suspends my space between more than 25% between my ascension grid work and subtle bodies. I further intend to release all karma, patterning or thought-form that causes portions of the space between my etheric ascension grid work and subtle bodies to exceed 25% in size.

128

13. I intend to collapse the space between to 25% between the mental, emotional,

intuitive and creative bodies.

14. I intend to uncast any machinery or patterning that is non-karmic and suspends

15.

16. 17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

my space between more than 25% between my mental, emotional, intuitive and creative bodies. I further intend to release all karma, patterning or thought-form that causes portions of the space between my mental, emotional, intuitive or creative bodies to exceed 25% in size. I intend to collapse the space between to 25% between the subtle bodies and dreamtime self or light body. I intend to uncast any machinery or patterning that is non-karmic and suspends my space between more than 25% between my subtle bodies and my dreamtime self. I further intend to release all karma, patterning or thought-form that causes portions of the space between my subtle bodies and dreamtime self to exceed 25% I intend to collapse the space between to 25% between the dreamtime self and my light body body-double. I intend to uncast any machinery or patterning that is non-karmic and suspends my space between more than 25% between my dreamtime self and my light body body-double. I further intend to release all karma, patterning or thoughtform that causes portions of the space between my dreamtime self and my light body bodydouble to exceed 25%

RUNNING THE SEXUAL ENERGY 100%

In order to sustain ascension, one must sustain the field and vibration that one has mastered and then continue to build upwards in chi. Those in Group Mastery discovered as of late that it was their own tendency to fail to run the sexual energy during the day more than 40% to 60% of capacity. In reality, the sexual energy should run 100% of capacity if

129

one is going to sustain one's vibration let alone continue to ascend upwards mastering the next initiatory level. Retraining oneself to move the sexual energy 100% of capacity therefore is a good focus. First we invite those reading these materials to muscle test or pendulum what the average percentage one runs the sexual energy over the course of the day. Many may find that the sexual energy runs quite nicely at night, (one may even have the symptoms of night sweats) but while at work or out and about over the course of one's day, that one turns the sexual energy down or shuts it off altogether. By late afternoon, one will be reaching for the coffee and chocolate due to tiredness that really comes from a lack of sexual energy flow to suspend the rotation of the chakras and energize the field. When the sexual energy ceases or drops, the rotation of the chakras and subtle bodies dwindles and eventually will cease to spin. This will lead to excessive tiredness at certain times of the day as a result. Sometimes there may be no permission at work or with the family to run sexual energy; in which case one will intend to break any of such agreements with employers, workmates or family members and intend the boundaries of the New Consensus for Ascension into the workplace as well as at home. One may also require addressing patterning or machinery that shuts down the sexual flow or shunts sexual energy unto others. As one releases such patterning while intending 100% of ones sexual flow into the physical plane, then one will be able to push 100% of one's sexual energy through the field. By in large one will feel better and more energized as sexual energy runs 100% of capacity. To retrain oneself to run 100% of one's sexual flow during the day, earth recommends placing post it notes in bright pink wherever one traverses; on the mirror in the bathroom, on the computer, upon one's day timer or calendar, upon the refrigerator, and in the car. Each time one notices the bright pink post it note, one will remind oneself to turn up one's sexual energy 100%. One can also place a blue post-it note along side the pink one and each time one sees this, one can remind oneself to puff up one's chakras, subtle bodies and light body dreamtime self and collapse the space between to 25% of the overall field. As one does this, one will have more chi running through the field overall and will not only feel better, but be better prepared to ascend. There is another gift to the added sexual energy flow; one will have a stronger field overall when running the sexual energy 100% of capacity making it more difficult to have one's field shattered extensively in a karmic encounter. This will lead to minimal bad ascension days and may prevent future cases of colds or the flue. In further collapsing the space between within one's field, one will have less space for the dark forces or false gods to manipulate through. In so doing, one will reduce the voices of the false gods to a mere squeak rather than a roar as they will have less space to communicate; and one will therefore be able to easily hear the guidance coming from one's soul, oversoul and source along with earth and nature through holographic communication.

130

SUMMARY
We hope you have found the information shared in this piece useful in your continued evolutionary path of ascension. We invite those that feel strongly resonant with what we share to consider joining us at our annual Masters Conclave event this summer in the beautiful Canadian Rocky Mountain town of Jasper or upon the Garden Island of Kauai in Hawaii this fall. These events are designed to support the ascending initiate in mastering more initiations in a given year than would be possible without the group focus that the event co-creates. Come join us if you can! We also invite those who resonate and feel deeply that it is ones true purpose to map carve to Bodhisattva level evolution in this lifetime to consider joining us in our Self Study and Mastering the Living Dream Programs. We have an exciting new program to be launched for those in Self Study that has to do with map carving conscious dream weaving for the human species. For those who resonate but do not feel that one is a map carver, we have an additional program known as the Community Studies. This program is test running a 36 chapter book designed to heal patterning associated with disunity, struggle, fear, pain and non-love in the life expression. As one comes to a greater state of unity within, the life dream can then begin to emerge as a joyous dance that fosters a state of inner fulfillment. This is the purpose of these studies. Until our next communication, Namaste The Earth Mother

131

THE NATURE OF LIGHT AND DARK EARTH DREAMS

The Earth Mother through Karen Danrich Mila December 15, 2005

Dear Beloved Ascending Human, This is the last in a series of articles written from the Earth Mother consciousness to ascending humanity and shall complete this section Messages from the Earth Mother III upon our web site. From this point forward, the Earth Mother chooses to focus primarily upon the written materials associated with those in our Community Program and the production of the Complete Ascension Workbook. The Workbook is test run by those in this program and then shall be released at the end of each year. This year we have released the first seven chapters and seven worksheets of the Complete Ascension Workbook which is 700 pages long. Next year we will release an additional seven chapters after the healing planes associated have been tested by those in our many study programs. The purpose of these materials is to provide a foundation from which a complete ascension can be created by those devoted to achieving such in this lifetime. (See Complete Ascension Workbook for more information.) In essence, all that needs to be said has already been said in Messages from the Earth Mother sections I, II and III. We invite those reading our site to continue to work with these sections along with the workbook if one is so guided from within. Nature shall continue to write through the Messages from the Plant and Tree Kingdoms, Messages from the Mineral Kingdoms and Messages from the Dolphins and Whale II sections in the year ahead. Next spring, the Hawaiian Ancestors shall begin a new section Messages to the Hawaiian People and those who are Hawaiian at Heart. This information in the form of short essays on particular topics and shall be brought through by Mila who will fulfill upon her agreements to support the Hawaiian Nation in finding their way to sovereignty. The Hawaiian Ancestors have given greatly to Mila and Oa and their global purpose; and now Mila desires to give something back to the people of this beautiful land that she calls home and the people of Hawaii Nei. These essays will be simple enough also to be shared with others who may know little about ascension, and yet will focus upon key issues that all can learn and understand. Much of Mila and Oas time this year has been devoted to bringing through the Complete Ascension Workbook, and there has been less time left over for other written materials for the web site. It is perceived that there is much to study already offered nonetheless that was written in prior years, and so we invite those reading our site to re-read the earlier materials posted. Often as one achieves a new level of evolution, one will understand the information 132

one had read before from a new vantage point. Most of the materials written from 2004 to 2005 are embedded with language of light dual and tri tones vibrations. Therefore one may continue to find keys to ones own next steps in ascension in re-reading the materials already offered.

UNITY AND POD BASED ROTATION

The most beautiful change to occur amongst ascending humans this year is momentum into pod-tribe energy flow. Pod tribe energy flow is similar to what magnetic dolphins and whales move between members of their pods; and is also similar to how indigenous peoples run their energy separate from white nations peoples in present time as well as in ancient times. Long ago red nations peoples ran a rotational movement around each field that Earth has called the triple lotus flow. The triple lotus movement appears much like a flower when spinning; the core of each flower hosts a particular human and their chakras, subtle bodies and dreamtime light body self. The energy spins around the field rather than penetrating the etheric body in any manner; this in turn allows each to retain their truth and sovereign energy flow in the dance of life as well as ones health. The current energy humans run tend to be either pyramidal or box shaped geometry and often penetrates the etheric body in sticky cords of attachment that do not allow for sovereign energy flow. The box shaped energy originated upon Alpha Centauri with the Reptilians and the Pyramidal flow with the Family of Anu from the Pleiades. The sticky ties of attachment associated with box shaped or pyramidal shaped geometry also lead to aging, illness and death wherever the movement penetrates the etheric body as they deplete the body of chi over time. Pyramids and box like geometry also creates competition in all forms known to humanity at this time in history. Box like geometry tends to run amongst Eastern nations and Pyramids amongst Western nations, although in larger cities there will be both energy movements. In either system of pyramids or boxes, the one on top is the one who receives all the dreams and all the wealth. In current civilization, it is your most famous leaders and movie stars that sit on the top of the boxes and pyramids of all others in all nations. These folk strip those underneath of dreams, chi, moving energy systems and information for their own gain.

133

Stripping others for personal gain does not serve ascension, as the one stripped is then likely to experience a cease-ascension or a rollback over time. More is discussed in the Complete Ascension Workbook about group dynamics, pyramids and boxes. The information is too extensive to present in this article. Earth chooses to invite those who are interested in ascension and desire to step out of the box and into a greater level of freedom to work with this workbook. As each steps out of the dance of moving pyramids and boxes in the field, one will quite naturally ascend into pod like rotational flow. There is great liberation in pod-tribe flow as it is harmonious and also better sustains a regenerative crystalline biology. As more humans master this level of ascension, there will be greater peace and unity amongst those who are ascending. This will then pave the way by which the ascending children can be born into an energy flow that shall support and sustain them. This is the purpose of these materials.

LIGHT AND DARK EARTH DREAM

A large part of earth crossed over into the Great Central Sun Dream early this summer. This includes those regions that have mastered 15,000 strands in vibration or higher such as the oceans and mountains primarily. The inner earth has also by in large crossed into the new dream except for those kingdoms that are still carnivorous in nature or humans that have yet to master the frequency necessary to cross. This leaves roughly 28% of earth remaining in the old dream. Much of what is in the old dream includes human cities of both the inner and outer earth as well as those kingdoms that have yet to develop a vegetarian digestive system and must still consume flesh. (See From the Turquoise Blue Ocean for more information on the new dream.) It may take the coming 25 years for all remaining upon earth to ascend the biology enough to cross fully into the new dream. However as we now look at the old dream from the vantage point of the new dream, we perceive something that was not understood before. We see clearly that the old dream of earth is cut up into a checkerboard of light and dark particularly along the surface. What are light and dark earth dreams? Light dreams are supportive of those who ascend including the land and animals that live within them; there are souls, angels and false gods of the light in such dreams that strive to piece everything together again. Forces in the light earth dream look at what fell a part at another time and press for reunification and ascension as this is their underlying nature. Forces in the light earth dream also support the health and well being of all within the dream regardless of kingdom. Dark earth dreams on the other hand are filled not with souls but false gods of the dark that desire to strip and prevent evolution, not only of humans that reside in such dreams but also nature. Dark earth dreams are the result of the over-inflation of the space between along earths surface. What is the space between? Within earths grid work, there are positive lay lines that conduct energy in a particular shape or movement. There are also negative lay lines that carve the pathway through which the light or chi moves. What happens if the negative regions of

134

domain are puffed up so extensively that they are held over an entire region or mountain range or valley? The entire region ends up without chi or soul and inside of a dark earth dream; for you see soul only understands positive energy flow; it does not understand space between and therefore does not traverse such regions of domain. This is perhaps why humans have fallen and fallen in consciousness; for more humans upon the surface of the earth live in dark earth dreams than any other species; although there are often mountains and valleys within each range that also host a dark earth dream. How and why this came to be is just now becoming understood; and this we would like to share with each so one may release karma for living in a dark earth dream, and anchor a light earth dream that will better support your continued choice to ascend.

THE HISTORY OF THE PUFFED UP DARK EARTH DREAM

50,000 years ago (150,000 years in human terms) a group of larger headed humans known as the Grand Masters were seeded upon earth. These humans came from Sirius and came to manage the human dream of the red nations peoples who had lived upon earth for 25,000 years without their presence. What the red nations peoples did not understand was that their dream was held by Grand Masters upon Sirius; Sirius desired to separate from those seeded upon earth for the purposes of their own ascension, and so they seeded larger headed humans to oversee the dream of the red nations tribes so that they could dissolve their ties. (See History of the Human Dream for more information.) The smaller headed red nations humans did not accept the larger headed humans to begin with as they felt that they had self governed for so long, why did they require someone else to oversee them? Later agreements were struck between the Grand Masters and red nations peoples to ascend a small number of Tibetan and Polynesian root race tribal members. Those chosen for this role were interested enough to participate. The larger headed humans had studied many spiritual practices upon Sirius prior to arriving upon earth. These humans had mastered spiritual law and could manifest with a thought anything that they desired, as well as teleport from here to there. Over time these gifted humans went into distortion; they lost contact with Sirius and could not longer teleport home for a meeting with their own teachers or advisors. They were trying to understand why they had gone into distortion, and chose to ascend a small group of red nations peoples who showed signs of appropriate energy flow in an attempt to understand and rectify their own problem. Alas, for as much as the larger headed humans understood, they did not understand enough. They were not privy to the genetics that the red nations peoples had been seeded with on the part of Sirian scientists; nor did they understand the electrical nature of about 10% of their DNA encoding. As a result of the ascensions of a few with Polynesian and Tibetan Root Race, electrical geometry was set in motion in the space between of their fields; which subsequently expanded the space between upon the land where the larger headed humans resided. The larger headed humans inadvertently moved into a dark earth dream as

135

a result of the puffed up space between, and were then stripped to death by forces within such a region of domain that only know how to separate, divide and destroy; and not how to ascend. For you see the space between is a region of domain utilized to carve the pathway of light through the positive lay lines of energy flow. The thought-form of the space between is to separate and divide as this is what it is designed to do. Separation and division equates to destruction in a moving energy field or dream. Therefore the larger headed humans moved into a destructive dream and then were torn a part by the very forces sitting in thought-form of separation and division that is associated. Those that pulled these larger headed humans a part are the same forces that earth has called the false gods as they are not really souls, but consciousness of the space between. A few larger headed humans did not die as they left the surface of the earth and moved into the inner earth. In the inner earth, the few remaining Grand Masters moved back into a light earth dream and the souls and angels and false gods of the light therein helped them piece themselves together again. These few humans then went on to ascend to the fourth dimension within the aurora where their descendents live unto this day. The inner earth also exists within a light earth dream, and perhaps it is for this reason that humans living in this region of domain live a peaceful and unity based lifestyle, although they host the same genetic problems as those upon the surface of the earth.

THE ANU AND THE DARK EARTH DREAM

The expanded dark dream of earth called another group of humans from another creation that resonated with the electrical geometry that was running and paralleled their own sacred geometry. This is why the Pleiadian dream could attach unto earth and the Family of Anu then follow this dream, relocating unto earths surface. The Anu attached to the electrical geometry and dark earth dream launched by those who had ascended into electrical geometry from Polynesian and Tibetan Root Race under the guidance of the Grand Masters. The family of Anu then proceeded to alter earths biosphere by growing large minerals in the shape of pyramids in 18 locations upon earths surface. Through these pyramids, electrical geometry that was global was launched further increasing the dark earth dream causing it to become global. The global dark earth dream called a destructive dream unto earth and the entire cast of characters living upon her body, including the red nations peoples, grand master descendents, Anu slave nation and Anu themselves. Over time the Anu went insane and warred upon one another; in the end one of the family members chose to blow up earth in a nuclear annihilation so caustic that it took 8000 years thereafter (32,000 years as humans measure it) just for earth to straighten out her chakras and subtle bodies. All of life upon earth suffered from this incident. Much has been written about the Anu in earlier materials upon our site; a more complete history than we have ever written of their lives however along with the red nations peoples is offered in the Complete

136

Ascension Workbook. We invite those interested to work with these materials if one is so called from within.

ATLANTIS AND THE DARK EARTH DREAM

The rise and fall of Atlantis is essentially a repeat of the history of the Anu with a large twist. The twist is that the Anu family had fractured into groups of humans that rose to power as Alantean governance. Many records have been revealed as a result of Hurricane Katrina of the era of Atlantis that were previously unknown. The hurricanes that plagued the Gulf Coast this year caused records of millions of humans that had combust under a large nuclear bomb detonated in the era of Atlantis to be resurrected, reconstituted and then examined by the ascension counsels for better understanding. The records revealed many interesting facts about life in Atlantis that we wish to take a little time to explain now. Atlantis captured the dream of the Anu that remained following their own annihilation and continued to be broadcast surrounding earth through the electrical sacred geometry and dark earth dream. The Anu descendents had fractured in their own fall and Alantean leadership involved 12 leaders for every original Anu family member. There were 12 Anu family members, and so this involved a leadership of 144. These144 leaders rose to power assuming political positions over a region known as Atlantis. Most of Atlantis is now under the Gulf and Atlantic Ocean and once was a continent the size of Europe. Earth sank Atlantis to purify herself of the toxic mess this civilization had created some 8,000 years ago (24,000 human years). The 144 leaders were in power for six generations or 3000 human years. Lifespan was longer in this era and most humans lived 150 to 200 years in age before becoming ill and then dying. The dream of the Anu held a form of perfection that occurred in their own era and caught again within Alantean civilization. The dream of the Anu was for a beautiful slave civilization. In their own time, those slaves who were not beautiful, born deformed, went insane, suffered a debilitating accident or became diseased were sent off to concentration camps by the Anu and exterminated. Atlantis caught on to the same dream, but rather than exterminating their citizens in concentration camps, they simply chose to euthanize them in large hospital like complexes utilized mostly for this purpose. More humans were euthanized than were born in any calendar year allowing their populations to remain relatively small and perfect compared to current human civilization. The present time fear of killing anyone who is injured or diseased and in great pain comes from the remembrance of a time when so many were euthanized in Atlantis. Many who were euthanized were not complete with their karma; this created more karma for those who died as well as those involved in euthanizing them than one can imagine. The collective remembrance of the karma incurred has caused the opposite to manifest today where scientists and doctors are so desirous of sustaining life that they allow patients to suffer, and deny them the opportunity to die even if they desire to and feel complete. Over time and as the karma from Atlantis is released in the coming decade of continued evolution, humans will

137

come more to the middle road, allowing those who are in great pain and suffering to end their lives through euthanasia if they so choose. Because there were so many dead human bodies in the era of Atlantis, science had a lot of cadavers to experiment upon; elaborate medical equipment was devised as a result that allowed for transplants of all kinds. Lose a leg in an accident? We will attach a new one. Do you desire a different color hair or are going bald? We will attach another scalp with the hair color and texture that you desire. Desire a larger set of boobs or buttocks? It is o.k.; we will attach a new one with the desired proportions. Are you famous and wealthy but aging and have a liver or heart problem? We will give you a new liver or heart. There were so many bodies to choose from, a relatively good match could be constructed causing the one who received the part of another to embrace it without the immune reactions that occur today in liver, heart or kidney transplants. The problem with this type of dance in relation to ascension is that grid work and lineages become intertwined due to karma from those ancestors who received or gave parts of their body unto another. Mila long wondered why in the early days of her school she would lose an entire forearm or leg to another in grid work again and again; or her lineages would be swapped with another recurrently. What was the underlying cause? Milas ancestor gave a forearm or leg to anothers ancestor in Atlantis. At this time Mila released the karma although the entire story was not yet available as the records from this era had yet to surface through earths global ascension. Although one can release karma without understanding the entire game, it is far easier when one does understand. So for those who continually lose parts of ones grid work to another, or receive the grid work from another, or find oneself exchanging lineages recurrently with another, one can seek out the surgical karma from Atlantis and choose to release it; in so doing the unconscious game should cease. Losing ones entire etheric arm or leg will result in the physical loss of the arm or leg over time; so this is a good type of karma to release so that one need not experience an accident. It is for this reason that earth brings this karma to consciousness in these materials. Alantean humans were vain and much of the human current hype over beauty, fashion, appearance as well as gifts and talents also occurred in Atlantis. Alantean humans traveled the world much as today, and developed electrical as well as fossil fuel gadgetry and technology. Such technology was far more advanced than anything humans have developed to date thus far. However parallel pollution occurred to the oceans as well as the air and land during this era; hence the requirement for earth to turn her skin to clean it all up allowing for the regeneration of her global body. So this will occur again in the coming times of cleansing and over the course of the next 300 years due to parallel human pollution from current times. The humans in power over Alantean civilization were after another type of mineral that would have led to an even more advanced form of technology. Alas this mineral was in a country in the East known as Lemuria and upon the continent of what is now China in present time. Red Nations peoples were incarnate upon this land and refused to provide this mineral unto Alantean governance for any price. Lemuria had leadership that was more spiritually

138

evolved, and saw that the development of this new technology would never allow earth to return home or ascend in future times. And so the Lemurian governance chose not to dance with Alantean governance or their wishes. This caused the governance of Atlantis to invade Lemuria and begin a limited war over the desired minerals. The Lemurian governance obtained large nuclear weapons and chose to await the annual gathering of congress where all Alantean leadership would be present in a single location. Two large bombs were detonated upon the part of Lemuria over the capital of Atlantis as Congress met and all leadership was wiped out in a single blow. This ended the era of Atlantis in the same manner that the Anu reign ended; in a nuclear holocaust. Alas the nuclear bombs detonated also set in motion a fall in consciousness for all of earth; all life and DNA upon earth mutated yet again. It took earth 2000 years (8000 years as humans measure it) to turn her skin and recover from this nuclear holocaust. The holocaust occurred as earth remained in a global dark dream as launched by the Anu and the same script that had been broadcast and caught in their era repeated again in the era of Atlantis. It is now understood due to the retrieval of earths multidimensional history that this type of dream occurred also upon many dimensions that earth has resided upon over time.

EARTHS MULTIDIMENSIONAL HISTORY OF WARFARE AND NUCLEAR ANNIHILATION

Long ago and as earth left the Great Central Sun, all souls and angels retracted off of her and remained inside the Sun. Earth and all kingdoms upon her which included humans, dolphins and whales, felt abandoned and did not know how they would survive without the support of soul and the angelic realm; and so all kingdoms including the human kingdom and earth inflated body level knowing into a nonphysical force that could guide us and assist in moving our energy fields. There was a problem with this however, and that is that we forgot that we did this over time and then fell into worshipping the inflated body level consciousness as god goddess rather than a part of ourselves simply blown up to guide us and help move our energy fields. Inflated body level awareness also forgot where it came from and also believed itself god goddess; over time this consciousness became accustomed to being worshipped rather than simply a part of the dance and journey of the whole. This is how the false gods were created. It was in the exiting of the Great Central Sun that earth also split into two dreams; a light earth dream and a dark earth dream. Body level awareness also was inflated in both regions of domain creating what became false gods of the light and false gods of the dark. The false gods of the dark were small to begin with as the space between of earth was not very big, and so they were non-problematic. It was as earth began to slip from the 25th dimensional vessel that she vibrated at and in her first fall that the space between became overly inflated, not unlike earth in present time. Why did earths vibration slip? There were many forces outside of earth slowly consuming her chi and energy field leading to a downward fall in consciousness. These forces were

139

unperceived and there was no understanding of what to do in counterbalance to rectify the loss. As the space between became inflated, the false gods of the dark began to war upon the false gods of the light and through all species including humanity; the energetic war led to many problems including disease and eventually extinction upon the 25th dimension. Earth fell into an 18th dimensional vessel at this time and into greater density as a result. As earth fell into the 18th dimension, she restructured herself again into a state of balance. This took many hundreds of thousands of years. The light earth dream dominated as earth attained a state of balance and so did the false gods of the light for a very long time. The false gods of the light did a good job for a long time to sustain life. Again forces from outside of earth began to slowly consume her; these forces went unperceived and so a gradual decline in consciousness occurred again as in the dimension above. Human civilization flourished in this time period but consciousness was turning inside out due to the consumption of earths field. It is as humans are turned inside out that they begin to search outside of self for what lies within; and begin to create dreams that are associated with an internal state of being in the dance of life external to self. Humans in this time period developed technology enough to travel the stars. This dream occurs as one ceases to travel in ones own dreamtime self to the stars and as humans forget about such capabilities in the nonphysical. The dream then turns inside out and humans develop technology associated instead. In other star systems, humans met humans of other creations that had exited a different Great Central Sun of another energy flow and language. Some humans fell in love and mated producing offspring of two variant energy systems and languages. The offspring of such exchanges were often dissonant if not violent in nature, something that earth had never experienced before. The variant languages that emerged upon earth due to the intermarrying of humans of variant star systems produced energy systems that were mechanized. Over time the etheric mechanized devices became physical and humans developed the first known technical era upon the 18th dimension. The technology created another fall in consciousness for human civilization and earth at large due to the dissonance of energy flow associated; over time humans upon earth began to war with other humans in other star systems over territorial disputes and minerals required for further technological development. Large armies with space craft designed to destroy became the focus of humans upon 18th dimensional earth. All of this was under the guidance of the false gods of the dark and a dark dream that expanded due to the dissonant energy systems and technology associated. The greater the non-resonant energy flow and associated technology, the larger the dark earth dream grew. This caused a dream of annihilation to be caught upon the humans residing upon earth at the time. Earth did not know enough to intervene and redirect the human dream into another focus and away from destruction. Eventually the warfare became so acute that earth herself was attacked by humans from the 18th dimensional Orion galaxy. Earth splintered in the nuclear annihilation into three stars and fell to the 12th dimension

140

thereafter. One of these stars remains as a part of our ascending galaxy today; all were once a part of the same star that resided upon the 18th dimension. In the 12th dimension, earth had no human life remaining upon her. There were three stars that rotated around the remaining 18th dimensional sun. Human life developed upon one of the other 12th dimensional suns and repeated the entire experience that had occurred upon the 18th dimension yet again. This time earth was blown apart once again over territorial disputes. As earth fell, she became splintered into seven fifth dimensional stars rotating around a 12th dimensional sun. Two of these stars are known as Sirius A and B today. In the 5th dimension, earth again did not host human life. Once again humans upon other stars in her galaxy developed parallel technology to the dimension above. Once again warfare erupted with other humans from other galaxies over territorial disputes. Once again earth was sacrificed in the dance and blown into multiple planets sinking into the third dimension. This is how your solar system was born beloved. This dance has gone on long enough from earths point of view. It is time to bring the dance to an end and restore peace, balance and the possibility of ascension for all ascending stars, from the third to the eighteenth dimension at this time. All stars are choosing to go home into the great central sun dream and conclude with this experience. Therefore all stars are releasing karma at this time for how humans have intermixed between creational languages and become dissonant enough to catch a dark dream that leads to annihilation and extinction. Humans upon all stars that are ascending are beginning a process of genetic clearing that shall over time remove all dissonant DNA and teh associated languages and energy flolw; as all dissonant DNA is released, humans will quite naturally return to peaceful endeavors and live in honor with one another and all other kingdoms. This is what ascension makes possible. This is earths hope and dream for humanities future.

THE DARK EARTH DREAM AND PRESENT TIME CIVILIZATION

You are in another time period today where the same dark dream of the Anu and Atlantis is broadcast yet again and is catching upon human civilization. Dreams go in cycles where one becomes dominant and another recessive. There are gentler dreams that prevailed for many thousands of years leading to this current 2500 year cycle and repeat of the dream of the Anu and Atlantis. In essence, the dream from Atlantis already culminated in 1944 with the dropping of two nuclear bombs upon Hiroshima and Nagasaki and at the conclusion of WWII. Dark forces recognized that these bombs were not enough to enforce an extinction cycle upon earth, and therefore extended this cycle another 40 years. In essence the cycle of the Anu should have concluded in 1960; it has been delayed but now is coming to and end due to earths own intervention into the game. Earth has had to take charge of the human dream to foster the ending of a repeat of the Anu and Atlantis era before the dark can manifest World War III. Now humans have developed

141

enough nuclear armament to assure an extinction cycle if they were detonated when this was not so in 1944. This is what the dark have been vying for and why the human dream has moved more vastly into the development of more and more technology. The technology itself also has caused a fall in consciousness for your civilization; humans are falling in DNA from 2 to 1.5 strands due to all the radiation held in the devices that you surround yourself with. Those falling in this manner may become ill; or worse yet go insane and become violent. This is what is occurring now and one can see such behavior expressed in violent acts of terrorism wherever they occur and whomever they occur between. (See "From the Spruce Trees" for more information on technology and falling consciousness.) The recent drama in Sydney Australia where hundreds of drunk young white men violated and harmed anyone of Mediterranean appearance upon the beaches of Sydney is an example of what occurs as consciousness falls; humans become violent, vicious and abusive with one another. The only solution to this dilemma is to launch an era of ascension where humans will repair the loss of DNA and carry on allowing for an awakening to occur. This is what earth is orchestrating in the human dream at this time.

THE BIRTH OF ASCENDING CHILDREN

Already the first set of indigo children are maturing and reaching their late teenage and early 20s in age. Most of these children came in at 1024 in vibration. Many of the indigo young folk are lost as there was little guidance from their parents to foster a spiritual focus. Many have become addicted to drugs, alcohol or the media as they are in such great pain that they are trying to numb how they feel. The new dream however will cause the indigo young adults to begin to turn inward and evolve to the next level. The next wave of pale indigo children are already entering the world in small numbers. By 2008, this will increase exponentially as there will be enough ascending adults to hold the energy flow enough to assure their successful entry into the physical. Many indigo adults will give birth to pale indigo children. These children shall enter the world at 3000 strands or higher in frequency and in a rotational pod-tribe energy flow. The entire family may enter this flow as a result of the birth of a pale indigo child as parents are destined to ascend along with the incoming little ones. Those that have witnessed the pale indigos in action feel most blessed. Their rotational and magnetic vibrations have a peaceful affect upon others causing humans to relate together in greater harmony. As enough of these children enter the world, the world shall change and greater harmony shall be born. It is estimated that by 2016, humanity may have created world peace amongst all nations; and that the real trauma and focus will be upon the many plagues and diseases associated with those who are unable to ascend and are leaving physicality. As this occurs, the next cycle of Grand Master energy flow will be fully in swing and the new golden era will be born thereafter. For a time leadership ahead will be not unlike what is currently in power as those of Anu ancestry must complete their karma in full in order for the times ahead to be born. However

142

in time and following 2016, new ascending leadership will emerge and lead humanity in a new direction and towards greater harmony, unity and global sharing of remaining resources. This will come hand in hand with dwindling electrical power supplies and humans will move back into technology that was in place before at the turn of the last century. The movement away from electrical technology will have a harmonious affect upon humans who will learn to live in greater peace together as a result. Thisi s the dream of the future that earth perceives currently stepping down.

THE END OF THE GLOBAL DARK EARTH DREAM

At this time the electrical global sacred geometry that has been used in Atlantis and the era of the Anu to catch a global dream of mass destruction has been released in earths continued choice to evolve. This officially ends the possibility of WWIII and a nuclear holocaust into the future of this cycle. This shift also makes room for a light earth dream to be anchored in lieu of a dark earth dream in most regions hosting open space or ocean. Over the ocean is only light earth dream at this time that is spun concurrent with the new Great Central Sun dream. In many mountain regions there is also now a light earth dream in place under the new dream. The light earth dream is being anchored to support humans in returning to unity and harmony together in the NOW. The light earth dream appears much like the structure symbol in the language of light. There are bubbles of dreams that are of the light earth; the dark earth dream is then compressed into the space between surrounding the bubbles and is minimized. As a result of minimizing the dark earth dream, there is less conflictive types of dreams that can be broadcast; humans living under the light earth dream will quite naturally catch a different kind of dream than those living in a dark earth dream. There will be greater harmony, unity and a willingness to work together towards a common goal as this is the nature of the light earth dream. Earth has been splintered into light and dark earth dreams along her surface for a very long time. Mila and Oa have come to understand that as an ascending being, the light earth dream feels better than the dark earth dream; for the light earth dream is filled with energy movement, souls and angels along with false gods of the light that support ones own continued choice to ascend. Therefore for those who are ascending, it makes sense to anchor and sustain oneself in a light earth dream rather than a dark earth dream.

143

FALSE GODS OF THE LIGHT AND DARK

Here earth would like to explain the difference between false gods of the light and dark. False gods of the light are the result of body level consciousness of the positive energy flow inflated into a state of "god" of "goddess". False gods of the light will exist within the light earth dream. Such consciousness is really from expanded space without as it occurred long ago and after earth exited the Great Central Sun. Many of such forces are now recalling how they came to be and choosing to return to body level awareness to support biological ascension rather than remain separate and outside of form. It is in the physical that they can serve ascension best. Each reading this may intend that all false gods of the light associated with one's ancestry return to the molecular structure and grid work of the etheric body for the purposes of directing physical ascension. False gods of the light from nature or other creations need to be returned to nature or their creation of origin; earth will assist with this upon request. False gods of the dark are inflated consciousness of the space between that seeks to separate, divide and destroy as this is the underlying thought-form. Those listening to such forces will be misled into an incomplete ascension or false ascension. It is therefore best to intend to collapse one's own false gods of the dark back into the space between within ones' field and form. There the consciousness can do what it is supposed to do, separating light and dark and creating the pathway through which chi can flow through the body and meridian system. False gods of the dark from other creations or kingdoms also require returning to their source or origin and earth will assist with this upon request. As the false gods return to where they can support and sustain life, the war between the light and dark in the nonphysical will cease, and the nonphysical planes will come to a state of peace surrounding earth. Everything has a place including the false gods; as each finds a place within the whole then all will serve in the ascension of the consensus know as earth. It is only when something is out of place or does not fit and then asserts itself that creations move off track in their choice to evolve; as all resides where it should and does its proper function and job, then the conflict ceases and all shall go home.

ANCHORING THE LIGHT EARTH DREAM

Light and dark earth dreams exist wherever humans tend to reside much like a checkerboard. One may see that one can go from region to region and perceive what is in the light earth dream and what is in the dark earth dream. The intent to collapse the dark earth dream and expand the light earth dream will assist in closing down the checkerboard and bringing about the new pattern of rotational energy akin to the structure symbol of the language of light. Ascending humans do not do this; but the land in the light earth dream will expand itself to encompass a larger region of domain if one requests. This is how one as an ascending human can assist earth in expanding the light earth dream into the suburbs where it will support the incoming ascending children that are to be born therein ahead.

144

Earth invites each reading these materials to choose to anchor the light earth dream wherever one lives and as far as ones field can assist with. How does one accomplish this? First one may wish to assess regions nearby ones current residence that host a light earth dreams. Many of such regions will be in open space, national or state parks, by the ocean, in the mountains, in a valley or by the lake. Then earth invites each to go pay a visit to each region that one believes is in the light earth dream that is nearby one's region of origin. Then as one visits the land in the light earth dream, it will feel different and more supportive unto one's ascending field. Perhaps ones body will relax and then begin to feel really good. Perhaps one will also take a walk in the woods, or by the beach or along the lake in the light earth dream. Then one can request of the land in the light earth dream to expand itself into ones home and region of origin as well as anywhere else that the light earth dream can flow. In so doing, one will find that one can begin to exist in a light earth dream wherever one lives; and so will ones neighbors, and this will create a different dream that will catch upon all that will be more greatly unity based. In so doing, one can assist in molding the human dream in the direction of unity in the NOW. The light earth dream will have a tough time entering the cities beloved. Cities are held in pyramids and box shaped energy flow that Mila has called matrixes. Boxes and pyramids do not allow the rotational energy to flow that hosts a light earth dream. It is for this reason that earth suggests that humans relocate out of the cities and into the suburbs and preferably into the countryside; as these regions will hold an energy flow more supportive of ones continued choice to evolve. The light earth dream sits in rotational flow that is podtribe based in movement. There are two levels of light earth dream that earth is creating for humanity at this time; one is figure 8 based and creates a flower of life pattern in the space between and space without. The space between or dark earth is compressed into the regions surrounding the flower petal shapes so that the dark dream cannot catch as there is not enough of it available to do so. The second level of pod-tribe flow is triple lotus in nature and requires ascension beyond 3800 strands to master. Either flow however will catch upon humans that weave their dreams allowing for greater unity and harmony to be anchored upon all within the dance of life therein. How does this work? How does a rotational energy dream cause greater unity and harmony? Within the flower based dream, each human receives a petal of the dream to exist within. Each therefore has a place within the dream, and each receives what is required in order to

145

subsist. No one is left out, and no one starves. In the flower petal dream, there is no rejection and there is no subordination; no one is in charge or superior and all have a place in the dance. This is a dream that ones ancient red nation ancestors understood as it was the dream held for them by the larger headed humans upon Sirius; it is a dream of unity, equality, peace, hope and unconditional acceptance of one another. There are regions that host a flower petal dreams and there are humans that reside within the flower dream in present time. Many of such dreams are left over from the times that ancient red tribes lived upon the land long ago. Those living upon land hosting a red nation dream will live in greater unity and peace together. This can be seen in many a country town across the United States and Canada, Australia, Africa and South America/Mexico, Sweden, Norway and Europe, particularly in the Alps or along the Mediterranean sea. The red dream of unity was not really lost; it has been suppressed however in the cities and wherever many humans reside. Humans residing in the cities exist in a pyramidal or box shaped dream. In the pyramidal and box dreams, there is one on top who receives all the power, money, chi and information. Those in the upper half of the box or pyramid host an upper class life as this is the dream that they receive. Those in the lower half of the box or pyramid receive a middle to lower class life as this is the dream that they receive. Those at the bottom live in poverty and great struggle, sometimes due to lack of money or food, sometimes due to lack of enough chi to hold the body in health; they are therefore diseased. Those outside of the box or pyramid altogether suffer the greatest; these are the ones who starve or are untouchable in Eastern culture. The flower petal light earth dream does not allow for extremes; instead all have a place and all receive enough. Some may receive a little more as they have a larger petal and receive more dream; this occurs with the figure 8 petal dream in particular. As humans transition from figure 8 to triple lotus dream, the chi is more evenly distributed causing equality for all humans living in such a dream. This is the dream of the new era ahead; it is also the dream to master in the rotation of ones field, and as one does so, then one moves towards greater wholeness, unity and peace within.

146

DREAMS AND MANIFESTATION

Dreams determine the circumstance of each human. Humans are a living dream. Living dreams come in two components. One dream that one holds is for ones body, health and ascending biology. If one loses a part of ones body level dream, one may become diseased or lose a limb due to an accident. If one loses the body level dream altogether, one will starve as this is what this dream reflects, lack of food to nourish the body as there is no dream to catch it. (See Mastering the Living Dream in Messages from the Earth Mother II as well as Transcending Lack and Impoverishment in Messages from the Ancient Ancestors for more information.) There is also a dream for ones life, home, preoccupation, friends, family, travel and all interactions that occur in the dance of life. This is the life dream. If one loses a portion of the life dream, one will be limited in what one expresses or the preoccupations that one holds, money that one earns, possessions that one can afford, travel that one can take, friends that one has, or sense family that one experiences. Mila and Oa recorded a meditation CD "Mastering Dream Weaving" to support ascending humans in reweaving their dream daily. Many reading this article may find this CD useful in one's choice to consciously manage one's dream. It is the position within the pyramidal or box shaped flow in the cities and dense regions populated heavily by humanity that determines ones dream. The one on top has access to all dreams and appears to live the fullest and happiest of lives; and then divides up body level and life dreams to those underneath founded upon pecking order and power. Power is held due to ancestry; those who are Anu related generally exist on the upper half of the pyramid or box; those who are slave nation or red nation in origin live in the bottom or lower half and often end up outside altogether living a life of great suffering. Nations around the world are also set up in a pecking order founded upon global power. The most dream is received by the most powerful nations which includes England and the UK, Sweden, Norway, France, Germany, Austria, China, Japan and the United States. Middle class dreams are offered to countries of lesser power such as Canada, Australia, Italy, Greece, Poland, Slovenia, Slovakia, Russia, Thailand, Singapore and India. The countries of

147

the least power include those in South America, Mexico and Africa. The countries that are outside of the global pyramid is the Middle East at this time. Those countries at the top and who are the most powerful receive more body level and life dream for all that inhabit such regions of domain. One can see the excessive body level dream in those who are becoming obese in the US and Europe. Obesity is a reflection of some carrying many body level dreams. For each who has excessive body level dreams, there are many who do not manifest enough to eat and starve; or who become diseased as they do not have enough body level chi to sustain their health. Excessive life dream equates to many who become upper middle class and amass a certain level of fortune over the course of the life. Those in wealthier countries can often have the life dreams of many who end up in great lack and without any dream to manifest anything in counterbalance. Those in the countries in the middle power range receive adequate body level and life dream for each inhabitant. As such, one will find only one to two life dreams and one to two body dreams for each for those countries that are in the middle range of power. Those countries in the lower range of power tend to not have enough body level dream or life dream for each inhabitant. Therefore some have enough and most may starve or struggle greatly as a result in the dance of life. It is those countries outside of the global power pyramid that receive the worse dreams of all including dreams for warfare and bloodshed as well as starvation. For a long time large parts of Africa were held in this position. Recently the polarity has shifted and now the Middle East is in this position and Africa is finding its way back into the bottom of the pyramid where they will still struggle with less than enough dream for each human inhabitant of their continent. For the Middle East, there is now great lack and strife and the warfare and other problems therein are a reflection of this shift in present time. One may think; ah, but the recent films on the news about Hurricane Katrina showed us that there were those greatly impoverished in the US as well. What about these? Each nation splinters into affluent and less affluent regions of domain within it. In the US, the North East and West are at the top of the pyramid and receives more dream of both a body level and life than those in the South and Midwest. Those in the South and Midwest therefore may have more of greater poverty and even hunger. Each region will also have regions that are outside of the pyramid or box altogether; in the US inner cities are examples of regions outside of the box that may look like a war zone not unlike the Middle East in present time. Some countries do not have anyone living outside of the box or pyramid. The US was once such a country; however in recent shifts to the energy flow therein, there are now those outside of the pyramid and this has occurred since the early1940s. In many other countries such as England, Switzerland, Sweden, Norway, and Denmark along with Australia, everyone is held within the pyramid throughout the nation. In so doing, there is less homelessness as each receives the bare minimum to exist of housing and food, even if they are unemployed. In other countries there is now parts of the energy system pressed outside of the box or pyramid; this leads to those who are not taken care of adequately and may rebel over time as a result.

148

The recent uprising in France where many of Arab descent rose up and caused a lot of turmoil and destroyed a load of property is an example of what can occur with those outside of the box or pyramid; sometimes they become violent out of feeling outside of the system and rise up as in this circumstance. France now realizes it has a legitimate problem and may restructure their energy flow to include those of this nature into the future, leading to greater equality of work and living environment for all. For a long time in the United States, the African Americans sat at the bottom of the pyramid; this also still occurs in the South. In many other regions however the African American has moved into the lower or upper half of the pyramid and is creating a better life for themselves. Who has moved to the outside of the US pyramid at this time? Those of Arab descent have moved into this position and are now the ones discriminated against since 9-11. And so it goes around and around with some becoming the outcasts and others who may have been outcast now becoming a part of the in-group and acceptable; who then receive enough dream to create a good life for themselves. How does one get out of the box or pyramid and into a new patterning that does not cause extreme imbalances in the life dance? The figure 8 and triple lotus dream will allow for a re-patterning of dreams for all humans as it takes hold. Earth is holding this new dream for all to attune to now and in time it will become the dominant dream. How does the flower petal dream work? Each has a position within the dream; each receives enough dream to sustain the life dance including friends, family, preoccupation, housing, food, travel and work. Each receives enough body level dream to assure nonstarvation or disease and the possibility of ascension. No one is excluded and therefore no one is rejected or an outcast; nor is anyone left out or behind; nor is anyone on top of the whole creating extreme wealth or fame in counterbalance to extreme poverty. There are two kinds of wealth inside the current human dream; one is of money and possessions which equate to many life dreams for manifestation gravitating to a single individual. For each that is worth millions to billions of dollars, there are millions to billions of dreams that millions to billions of humans cannot manifest as these individuals hoard dreams to an excess. The more money in the bank, the more dreams the individual is hoarding. Most of such great wealth cannot manifest that much dream in a single life; therefore the

149

dreams go simply un-manifested leaving others in counterbalance staving or in great poverty due to a lack of dream to manifest anything. There is another type of wealth which has to do with hoarding body level dreams. Those with excessive body level dreams taken from many others will become obese or over weight over time. This is not to be confused by those who expand due to the ascension of the human vessel. Those who are obese may hoard millions of body level dreams; for each body level dream hoarded, millions of others starve or become diseased. One can see this occurring in the increasing obesity of the US and other Western based cultures; this is occurring as the West is stripping body level dreams from countries on the bottom of the global power structure. As the flower petal dream becomes the dominant dream in human civilization, the pyramids of power between nations will be released and a new dream take hold. This new dream will allow for equality amongst all nations as well as each within each nation. This is how your ancient red ancestors existed with one another beloved; we are re-anchoring a dream from ancient times for humanity to ascend into . This will be the birth of the golden era ahead. As this new dream catches and dominates, all of human civilization will restructure itself accordingly. This is also the hope and the dream that earth holds now for mankind.

HOW THE LIGHT EARTH DREAM WILL FOSTER UNITY

When Mila and Oa lived upon the Big Island, they witnessed a region that was figure 8 based in dream. The Big Island hosted a certain level of equality as a result. Figure 8 dream can still inflate one petal over another, and so there may be some with more and some with less, but everyone has enough. This was Mila and Oas experience of life upon the Big Island. Businesses would claim that they never made a fortune, but had been in business 30 years, and always made enough. This is how the flower petal dream works. There are those who are struggling upon the Big Island; there was a food bank that appeared to assist in making sure all had enough to eat. There were some homeless; many of the homeless would find their way to regions and receive support so that they could move out of this state of being. The cause of the homelessness is really pyramidal dreams that flow in some regions, but not others. Resorts associated with large hotel chains upon the Big Island will run pyramids regardless of what the rest of the region spins; this will attract greater affluence as well as homelessness in counterbalance. One day as all the resorts close as tourism gives way to other global problems such as disease, pyramidal flow will disappear and so will the wealth and extreme poverty associated upon the Big Island. The Big Island was a good example of mostly figure 8 dream with some pyramidal dream interspersed. This is what earth perceives as the first shift ahead for humanity at large; that more of humanity than not will move back into the figure 8 dream in the coming 25 years. The pyramidal dreams shall be abandoned over time as cities become toxic places of disease and plagues; and those who are healthy will move out of the city and into the country as a result. In the country the figure 8 dream will dominate leading to humans who live in

150

unity and harmony with one another. In time humanity at large shall move increasingly towards unity based relations due to the dominant figure 8 dream. It is the dream that drives the dance. At this time a dark dream resides over cities and places of large human populations such as cities and urban areas. Shopping malls also tend to sit in dark earth dreams as consumption or consumerism is not a part of the figure 8 dream of unity. Consumerism denotes some devouring much of the worlds resources; in a unity based dream, everything is evenly distributed unto each; with each receiving enough as a result. The current dance of consumerism in the West is really the result of western nations taking most of the dreams for technology and products for themselves leaving the nations with less power with fewer products or the latest gadgets. As the dream is rewoven, Western nations will receive less and other more impoverished nations will receive more. Consumerism however does not fit into the figure 8 dream that is unity based. Consumerism occurs due to many on the very bottom of the pyramids or boxes working for slave wages or little at all and producing large amounts of objects at discounted prices that are sold to wealthier nations. In the new dream, no one will work for little money and each will be paid a fair wage for their efforts. Therefore each will have enough and few will feel enslaved or impoverished; and those who thrive off the enslaved efforts of others will also cease to reap the rewards or gains that are associated; allowing extreme wealth to likewise disappear. Australia may be a relatively good example of the unity based dream as a nation in present time. There are pyramids downunder but most of these occur only in the large cities. There is a vast countryside in Australia where many live that hosts a figure 8 dream left over from the Aboriginals who once resided upon the land. Mila and Oa have noticed that Australia hosts a minimum wage that is higher than the US; everyone appears to be paid enough to afford housing; and often the government will subsidize housing for those that are less than fortunate. There are few homeless outside of drug users who are too fractured to function; and even these find a place and are supported in the social services over time. This is an example of the flower based dream turned national in a region that hosts primarily a figure 8 dream throughout the land. Taxes are higher than in many other nations; however everyone is looked after. The taxation causes those that might achieve greater wealth to distribute their funds more evenly throughout the Aussie populations. A dominant flower petal dream leads towards a socialistic type of government where everyone is looked after with a democratic form of elected officials. This may be the type of dream that catches upon all nations over the coming 100 years of continued global ascension and as the figure 8 dream dominates. The unity based dream will bring about a sharing of resources. Those who have acquired too much may give away what they really do not require to those who do; those who have too little will acquire what they need from those who have too much. In unity, each gives and receives in balance; therefore those working for another or for a community will be given unto fairly in the exchange. As such, each will receive enough to sustain themselves; but not so much that there is excessive hoarding of dream to such a degree that there is not enough for others.

151

The unity based dream may bring about a resurgence of hand made goods that are valued and enjoyed due to their unique beauty rather than many machine made duplicates that are inexpensive. Humans may learn to value the things that they acquire and take care of what they have, as perhaps purchasing new will be less possible in the era ahead. This will eliminate the large piles of trash and dump grounds causing humans to recycle what was thrown away at another time. Recycling is a unity based dream; in the dance of real recycling, nothing is ever thrown away. All parts of anything are broken down and have a use; if all parts are used as they could be, then there is no waste. In the unity dream, there is no waste as everything has a place; and as such has a part to play in the dream ahead. So this is so for objects or possessions along with land and each human living upon the land, or each kingdom sharing the land with you beloved; each has a place in the whole.

THE NATURAL WORLD AND THE UNITY BASED DREAM

Each kingdom has a place in the natural dream of earth. Each kingdom does something that sustains the natural world. Vegetarian animals trim the grass and plant growth and then provide fertilizer in their wastes. Energetically each kingdom creates a particular energy flow upon the land that sustains life. It is only humans that do not fit into the natural world at this time, except for a few living an indigenous lifestyle. At another time and in the ancient red nations tribes, this was not so. The red nations peoples had a place within the natural world dream; and as such existed in collaboration and unity with all other kingdoms. The unity based dream will restore humanity's place within the natural world dream. The Pleiadian Anu never belonged unto earth or the natural world dream. All therefore related to the Anu including their slave nations and technology do not belong; they are of foreign energy flow, dissonant and therefore pollute and harm earth and the natural world. If the Anu and their technology was of the earth, it would resonate and therefore would not pollute. As humans learn to construct resonant technology unto the magnetic flow of earth, humans will also cease to pollute. Pollution harms all life forms including humanity at large; and so must come to an end. Pollution is really the result of something that does not belong, does not have a place, and does not resonate. As all that does not resonate ceases to exist, then pollution shall also cease. The pollution is really within the DNA of all kingdoms. There is foreign DNA within most species that has come from other creations; and if not upon this dimension, then from the dimensions above. As each strives to modify the DNA through ascension to be only of sources that originated from this Great Central Sun that we are returning unto, then all will belong and all will fit in and all will have a place in the natural world dream. Foreign DNA creates waste within ones own body; as the waste builds up it leads to discord and dysfunction within the biology; this is experienced as disease or chronic ailments in present time. Disease and chronic ailments will disappear as the biology comes to be of a

152

single source of DNA that is resonant and ceases to pollute itself. The greatest level of pollution upon earth comes from the use of fossil fuels and electricity which are both from the Silica based Pleiadian DNA. The greatest level of internal pollution of one's own biology comes from Pleiadian Anu or slave DNA within ones genealogy. As the DNA from Anu and slave lineages is completed upon and removed from incoming childrens gene source, internal pollution shall cease; it is only as internal pollution ceases that human behavior will modify itself also to cease to pollute. As all of humanity's genetics are of a resonant creational source, there will be resonance amongst humans, both personally and collectively. As this occurs, peace upon earth and peace between kingdoms shall be born. We leave you with these thoughts. We invite those interested to work with our Complete Ascension Workbook. We invite those who feel resonant with our information to also join us at our Masters Conclave events in 2006. During these events we will be focused upon anchoring the figure 8 dream for more of ascending humanity to attune unto; as well as anchoring soul into the dream. Soul cannot reside in the dark earth dream. Only false gods and dark lords exist therein. As a figure 8 dream is anchored, there is the right rotation of energy to host soul again; as the enough attune to this dream, soul will begin to enter the human dance and redirect the life for evolution and ascension home. This is our goal for the year ahead. Please join us if you can. Namaste The Earth Mother

153

WINTER SOLSTICE BLESSINGS 2005 WORLD MIRROR IN REVIEW

The Tao and Earth Mother through Karen Danrich Mila December 26, 2005 pdf of Intentions and Meditation

Blessings and Meditation for Returning to the Light Earth Dream

Dear Beloved Ascending Human, It is time again for the review of the World Mirror so that ascending initiates can choose to release their karma that is reflected back in the world events. What is the world mirror? The world and the regional, national and international news is a mirror of ones own ancestral karma. As ascending humans choose to release the karma offered in the world mirror through conscious intention, the mirror changes and world events may be altered or skewed into a more positive direction, potentially leading to a greater awakening of the human species. The winter solstice is a special time of inward turning and introspection for all species upon earth. Of course the winter solstice occurs in the northern hemisphere in December while the summer solstice is experienced in the southern hemisphere. In living in the northern hemisphere Mila and Oa tend to anchor their blessings associated with their own seasons. So for those in the southern hemisphere, it is summer solstice where the time is at a peak for outer experiences and expressions. It is for this reason that we host our annual events in the height of the summer and fall solstices in the northern hemisphere as this is when energy is peak for such endeavors and global healing work. (See Masters Conclave Events for more information.) This year we offer many blessings to those devoted to studying with us in any one of our programs, or those devoted to studying the web site to bring to consciousness the information necessary to foster ones continued personal evolution. The blessings are for a return of the light earth dream unto each ascending human upon earth. What is the light earth dream? The Earth Mother just wrote an entire essay upon this subject; see The Nature of Light and Dark Earth Dreams for more information.

ABOUT THE LIGHT AND DARK EARTH DREAMS

Long ago Terra split into two regions of domain as she exited the Great Central Sun. Inside the sun there was not a split between light and dark as the two opposing series of vibrations were amalgamated or united into a single rainbow of synthesis. Outside of the great central

154

sun dream, earth lost the amalgamation and the lighter tones split into one rainbow and the darker tones into another. This occurred as Terras field was turned completely inside out as she exited the dream. One might think of the split in light and dark as one rainbow of pastel colors that are lighter in vibration and another of primary colors that are denser in vibration. As Terra split into light and dark, so did the dreams surrounding her. This was complicated by the fact that no soul inside the great central sun chose to exit the dream with Terra. As a result, she was left altered but without a host of nonphysical forces to explain what had occurred or rectify the circumstance. Perhaps if all that is known today about the great central sun dream was known at the time, Terra would have never exited but rather simply extended the dream that she was in until a return cycle was manifest. Alas this was not understood at the time, and Terra did exit, as have a host of other creations from this sun and many others throughout time and space and form. Terra turned to the blueprint of her own hologram and created a series of nonphysical forces to manage her field to replace the souls that were no longer with her. These forces come in the form of creator souls, angel souls as well as serpents that weave the fabric of the physical and nonphysical vessel. These nonphysical forces were constructed after Terra had already split into light and dark in exiting the great central sun dream. As a result of this, the nonphysical forces created were also in a light and dark form; or in other terms, there were those forces that were positive in nature and constructed from thought-form of the positive lay lines of moving energy systems; these forces desired to keep Terras field moving. There were also forces constructed from negative consciousness or the space between due to the manner in which Terra had split into light and dark. The space between hosts consciousness that separates and divides; it is the nature of the space between to carve the pathway through which the energy flows in the chakras, subtle bodies and etheric grid work. The negative or space between hosts an opposing thoughtform to the space without. If the space without seeks to create and live, then the space between shall seek to destroy and die. This only occurs when the two are split into separate forces that oppose one another. Inside the great central sun in comparison, there is space between and space without but it is not of variant vibrations. There is a golden vibration that rotates in one direction and a silver vibration that rotates in the opposite direction. The two rotations occur in each chakra or subtle body and create enough movement to sustain the energy of the physical without the requirement to ingest anything; those inside the great central sun subsist from the breath only and do not consume anything as a result. As Terra left the great central sun dream, gold and silver separated into two systems. No longer did the space between rotate in the opposing direction as the space without as it moved into a separate force outside of earth. Earth had split into two energetic fields although only one body remained. The space without or light earth dream dominated and the space between was cast off as a shadow. This caused Terra for a time to not have enough density to balance her field as she pressed up and up and up in vibration, spinning herself in excess. This occurred as the light earth dream forces supported only ascension. Over time

155

and in utter exhaustion, the opposite occurred and now Terra slowed and slowed and slowed until she dropped in frequency beneath where she exited the dream of the sun. This occurred gradually and over a very long time period. As she dropped in vibration, the dark earth dream became dominant along with the thought form of destruction; and the light earth dream moved outside of earth. Terra then continued to drop in frequency in equal to how far up she had spun herself unto at an earlier time. This led to the first fall into the dimension beneath causing Terra to fracture even more greatly into light and dark. This information is from the analysis of the Tao that has received records from Terras early transition out of the great central sun dream. Terra is releasing karma now for how this occurred so that she can return home and ultimately unto the Tao again, where all life originates from. It is as Terra split into light and dark that light and dark dreams were anchored upon her. Light earth dreams can be associated with those forces that wish to piece everything together and return home or evolve. Dark earth dreams can be associated with those forces that desire to separate and divide, and out of this become caught in other endeavors that instead of allowing for a return journey home perpetuate the same dance unto extinction. There have been many forces dancing in light and dark earth dreams over time; and Terra is coming to understand the entire dance so that she can forgive absolute. For Terra now understands that it is her own dark dream and consciousness therein that has caused her falls in consciousness. It has been in each cycle as the dark dream has dominated that earth has fallen to the next dimension beneath. However the dark dream is still her dream, although it splintered off long ago and as she exited the great central sun. Perhaps this speaks to how one is really destroyed by oneself; and that it is not outside of oneself therefore to cease to be destroyed and ascend home. At this time Terra is reverse polarizing the light earth dream back upon earth in lieu of the dark earth dream for all regions of domain that have yet to amalgamate enough to enter the great central sun dream. The light earth dream serves ascension as it strives to piece together all that has fallen a part over time. Therefore in anchoring the light earth dream, Terra will best support each kingdom and species that chooses to ascend at this time in history. Over time and in the human species, the light earth dream will dominate again. As this occurs, humans will quite naturally awaken and ascend in larger numbers than today. This shift into the light earth dream begins now; Terra is vying to press all of earth into the light earth dream in the coming 2 years. As such the dance shall change. The dark shall retract from earth as there will no longer be a dream to sustain their existence. In time those who are destructive in nature in human form will settle their karma through restitution; humans en mass shall begin to be redirected into pursuits that better support the evolutionary times ahead. It is the light earth dream that shall foster a greater awakening of humanity as a result.

156

ABOUT ABSOLUTE FORGIVENESS

What is absolute forgiveness? Absolute forgiveness allows for a release of karma and patterning that has occurred upon any dimensions that Terra has resided upon. (See From the Rose Quartz Minerals for more information on absolute forgiveness and the pink ray of love.) At this time, Terra is learning to forgive absolute and dissolve all patterning that can be perceived upon any dimension of origin outside of the great central sun. This allows Terra to begin to complete with this creational experience outside of the sun and to cross over into the great central sun dream again. This shift includes an amalgamation of light and dark again in earths field. It is the amalgamation of light and dark tones that has been the primary maneuver that has allowed for entrance into the great central sun dream; this occurred around May-June timeframe of this year. Suddenly Mila and Terra recalled how light and dark were united prior to leaving the great central sun dream long ago; and in the reunion of the two sets of frequencies into a single rainbow of tones, suddenly a large part of earth bypassed 30 star gates and entered the great central sun dream. This shift was not only unexpected, but has vastly influenced the possibility of Terra becoming extinct, and now the dream for extinction is literally a dream of the past. This is grand news and assures that all species shall return home with Terra over time through ascension, including the human, dolphin and whale species. (See From the Granite Mountains for more information on crossing into the great central sun dream.) Terra is uniting her own dark dream that had separated off long ago and upon dimension 25. Now in the greater understanding that the dark forces vying for global extinction are really a part of earths own lost consciousness, all is being retrieved, all is being reunited, and all shall go home; and the darkness that desires to destroy earth concludes within in the amalgamation of light and dark.

PASSING MULTIPLE STAR GATES AT A TIME

The remaining part of Terras field that is still split into light and dark factions is also rapidly shifting. In the past six months, the rest of Terra has passed through 10 star gates, when she was averaging only 2 to 3 star gates per year in times past and since the first star gate was entered in the year 2000. This has doubled the pace of ascension as well as global warming, and shall continue to do so due to the recovery of information that had been lost inside of the great central sun long ago. Terra is going home beloved; and so is each who is ascending at this end of cycle timeframe. Although the world mirror may appear very difficult and painful in your human dream, changes are coming due to Terras own evolution that shall make the era of awakening not only possible, but the ride into the future and the birth of a new era ahead less of a struggle. This also is due to absolute forgiveness of the fully conscious species that this has become so; Terra has forgiven all acts of harm of the human, dolphin and whale species in the greater understanding of the original cause. She understands now that each kingdom was only responding to a dark dream that she herself was encapsulated within; and so no 157

other possibility could have really ever occurred. It is her own dark dream ultimately that is responsible for all falls upon earth. Therefore the Tao invites those reading this information to open your hearts and receive the blessings of absolute forgiveness. As you allow the forgiveness from Terra to penetrate your field, you shall move into a light earth dream again. As a light earth dream surrounds you and all willing to receive this blessing, a light earth dream can then be anchored for all of humanity and earth alike. In the light earth dream, all shall vie to weave the dream together to foster an evolutionary cycle ahead. Terra is complete with the dark earth dream and how it came to be through the splintering of her own consciousness as she exited the great central sun. For a time, those regions that have not crossed into the new dream through amalgamation will sit in a light earth dream until enough ascension can be fostered to allow for a crossing into the great central sun dream. Earth chooses to give this to all kingdoms including the human kingdom as her gift and also out of the greater understanding that the darkness that has plagued her is not anyone elses cause other than her own. The above understanding is deep and vast spiritual lessons learned from the point of the Tao that have incredible consequences. For you see as each takes full responsibility for the truth that the darkness outside of self is really ones own lost darkness, and chooses to retrieve it, forgive it and reunite it into an amalgamated thought-form where light and dark become one, then the dance of extinction not only comes to an end, but peace, unity, honor and unconditional love can be born as a new foundation. First this occurs within each willing to forgive and then embraces the love within; then as enough humans forgive and embrace the love within, a new dream that shall restore love unto the human species can also be woven. This cannot occur without your participation; and it is for this reason that the map carvers of ascension in human form are so important unto Terra. It is also why Terra loves and honors each of you, regardless of role, and regardless of level of contribution. You are necessary unto the whole beloved. Terra has learned this year past that she really loves human consciousness. For a long time forces guiding Terra blamed humans so much for her own strife that it was hard not to dislike humanity. Perhaps this too is a mirror for many reading these materials; for whom do you blame as problematic unto yourself not unlike Terra has blamed humans? As the greater picture has been come to be understood and human cause has been reduced to a mere fraction of what once was perceived to be, Terra has had time to reassess. In the reassessment, and in the dance with those who are ascending and becoming an asset to her evolutionary choice, Terra has come to appreciate and enjoy the human species. Loving all parts of oneself is what Terra is accomplishing; humans are a part of life upon earth. Indeed humans have done many things that have caused strife for Terra; but the dark dream that was Terras own splintered consciousness caused the humans to create her strife. So Terra is taking responsibility for her own dark dreams and how they were called unto her field annihilation recurrently throughout the cycles outside of the great central sun. Perhaps had this been understood long ago, Terra would have taken charge and then it

158

would have been a very different outcome. However form the Taos point of view, it matters not when the spiritual lessons are learned; it is in the learning to love again what one thought one hated that everything changes; for what one hated then no longer has power over oneself in any way; and then ceases to direct ones life in a manner that one would not prefer life to go. This is perhaps the single largest spiritual lesson for Terra and all fully conscious species upon earth at this time; that what one hates controls oneself until one forgives absolute. As one forgives absolute, there is no power in the one that one has blamed for a long time for ones own state of being. It is only in seeing a partial picture of all the cause that one blames; as one sees the entire picture, and then it is easier to forgive. We will use Mila as an example. Mila has long been pummeled and shattered recurrently both by former students as well as famous gurus around the world. In recent weeks, she accessed records where she could see that her own ancestry was just like the gurus that were troublesome to her, but on the 5th and 18th dimension. On the 5th and 18th dimension, her ancestry played the role of the famous guru and pulls apart others for self gain; upon the 3rd and 12th dimension, the polarity is opposite and Mila is pulled apart by the gurus. Now that Mila confronted that she had played the role of the famous gurus used by the dark to assure earths extinction upon other dimensions, she could forgive the present day gurus absolute. As this occurred, the game is over, as Mila has transcended the power that the gurus had over her to determine her own fate. So this is so for each human as well as Terra. All lies within. There is no role you have not played beloved. Looking at the world mirror and considering your multidimensional ancestry, understand that there is not one role exhibited here that you yourself have not played in your own inheritance. Therefore one can forgive those in the world mirror and erase the need to create such a role in human dance again into the future. This is the purpose really and truly of examining the world mirror; to forgive; and now that it is possible, to forgive absolute so that the multidimensional karma is also released that is associated within ones own inheritance.

HURRICANES AND TSUNAMIS

This was a year of natural disasters that were focused upon in the news. Beginning with the Tsunami in Asia in late 2004 where over 200,000 lost their lives, karma with the sea began to be settled with the human species. Those who died in this experience were from many other parts of the world on holiday at the time. Those that passed settled karma for the consumption of the sea. Those that survived learned something about the power of nature that will probably create life altering circumstances that may foster many personal awakenings. Humans have vast karma for over consumption and pollution of the sea. Humans have raped the sea by over fishing to a point that there is not enough for other species to feed off

159

of. Many reefs have been fished to a point of extinction. Mila has long pondered the over fishing which has also occurred in Hawaii, not on the part of the Hawaiians as much as other cultures that immigrated to work the plantations several hundred years ago now. In over consuming the sea, sooner or later the sea will then consume ones own ancestry. One cannot cause something and then not live to experience it as this is the nature of cause and effect or karma. What is confusing to most humans is cause or karma. Cause is not limited to ones life. Most who died in the tsunami or hurricanes this year may not have had anything to do with the sea in this lifetime. And yet they held karmic cause in their current and past ancestry for the consumption of the sea. In being consumed and dying in the floods of the tsunamis or hurricanes, the karma is settled with the sea. Cause is confusing in particular if one sees no relationship between the current life and the preset time disastrous circumstance one has made manifest. Those who are ascending will understand that humans today are settling karma for the past 10,000 years of existence and from the era of Atlantis and Lemuria. Millions of ancestors are related to any one human in present time; out of millions of ancestral lives, one will have a particular theme of karma that one has brought forward into this life to settle. Such agreements to settle karma are made at birth and generally well known by the souls and consciousness of the child incarnating before entering the world. Few humans if any recall the karma that they agreed to settle upon birth or the dream for ones life ahead; however all of this is known at birth and generally fades by age 2 and as each child begins to speak. If humans were more aware of their pre-birth agreements, there would be less shock at the travesties that each manifests in the life experience. There are many ways of examining ones pre-birth agreements; one is the use of hypnosis where one can regress oneself to prior to birth and recall what one knew. Another is simply to read the Akashic Records in ones field where the agreements are stored. Many reading these materials may choose to bring to consciousness ones pre-birth agreements to understand what one is working upon, spiritually speaking, in this lifetime. There is another option to living a particular experience to clear the karmic cause in ones ancestry. One can choose to forgive. The consciousness of the Salt Kingdom and Sea wrote a beautiful essay this year about human karma with the ocean; within this essay are many intentions that may be useful in releasing karma for the many natural disasters involving water that occurred in the world mirror this year. (See From the Turquoise Blue Ocean for more information.) Most of the animal kingdoms were not destroyed in the Tsunami that hit Asia. There were reports of animals in large game parks that fronted the coast who retreated uphill and beyond the scope of the waves that hit shore drowning so many people. One man who had a elephant that had lived chained to a post for its entire life break the chain the day before the Tsunami and take itself uphill. Later he happily found his elephant who returned home with him. Why is it that nature understands the impending disaster and humans do not? Humans are out of touch with the land or the dream of the ocean and natural world. Humans have so

160

fallen in consciousness that they lack the information to attune to the natural world dream and make life choices that will protect them from natural disasters. From the Tao's point of view, ascension restores human knowledge that was lost long ago and was holographic in nature. Long ago one's ancient ancestors lived upon the land and hologrpahically attuned to nature's dream. Through this attunement, these humans knew where food source was for gathering; they knew where the land would sustain a good place to live with natural shelters of protection; they knew when to leave if a disaster was about to strike due to earth movement or difficult weather patterns. As humans ascend, they will open to this knowledge again and know where to be and when so that one is always safe.

MOVING STICKY ENERGY THROUGH HURRICANES

The hurricanes over the Gulf of Mexico and the Southern United States were particularly caustic this year, flooding New Orleans unexpectedly along with other regions in Mexico and South America. The flood also killed thousands of humans who also settled karma for consumption of the sea in their inheritance. The reason that these hurricanes were so powerful was the sticky radioactive energy left over from two nuclear bombs detonated within the grids of this land at the end of the era of Atlantis. The sticky energy was preventing the ascent of the region and so the hurricanes increased in magnitude to allow for the clearing necessary to foster continued evolution of earth. The hurricanes successfully moved this energy and also resurrected unknown ancestral records of billions of humans who died in the nuclear holocaust of Atlantis. Earth has written a little about some of these records from Atlantis in her recent article The Light and Dark Earth Dream. Had there been more ascending humans in the region, the magnitude of the hurricanes would have been far less and might have not been so devastating to those living in the region. The most difficult part of the experience was how the energy movement of the hurricanes shattered the human dream over New Orleans following the floods. If there is no dream to direct authorities to assist, then there will be no assistance brought forth. It saddened Mila to read about those trapped in the stadium without food or water for five days and to a point of near insanity for many. She was also saddened to see the lack of response of the national government; and when they did arrive, they shot at people seemingly to restore law and order rather than assisting them with food and water or in leaving the flooded region. It was as if the dream for the region was a war zone rather than natural disaster and this was what played out in the dance. Indeed there were many war dreams activated in New Orleans as the hurricanes released the records from Atlantis. Following the detonation of two nuclear bombs over the capital of Atlantis, the surrounding regions that were related to New Orleans in present time were also affected but not blown to bits. Humans in these regions began to go rapidly insane due to the radiation released and how it causes DNA to fray; the end result was lawlessness and looting in the regions surrounding the capital of Atlantis. Remaining authorities entered the scenes and shot at people much as the US National Guard shot at people in New Orleans in an attempt to restore order.

161

DISASTROUS DREAMS
Understand that humans live the dream that is broadcast from the solar sun. At this time of ascension, dreams can also come up from the land as they once had occurred long ago due to the ascent of earth. Humans upon the land that the dreams are arising upon due to the increasing vibration of the region may find themselves caught in a parallel dream from long ago. In not understanding that this is what is occurring, humans then have no say in what they experience, and are simply subject to whatever is projected upon them. The Tao perceives the drama in New Orleans to be a reflection of this; the humans inside of the flood experience were reliving the lawlessness that occurred as Atlantis was bombed 10,000 years ago (40,000 human years) and the outlying regions went into great turbulence and looting as a result. As all the records were gathered by the Earth Mother, the dream of lawlessness ceased to be broadcast and those in New Orleans then came back to order again, and were finally provided food and water and transported to other regions of safety. We will give you another example of this. Mila and Oa have a student living in Trinidad. Trinidad has been plagued with murders and robberies on the part of terrorists for over a year now. The terrorist acts are all associated with black hole dreams. Black hole dreams create violence wherever they appear upon earth and in the human dream. The black hole dreams were arising from a time in the era of the Anu where Merduk and Innana were at war with one another, and their slave nations became increasingly brutal towards one another depending upon which god they were aligned with. This caused those in alignment with Merduk in particular to terrorize those slaves aligned with Innana. Merduk bred a group of humans in his laboratory specifically for terrorism; these humans were unfeeling and rebellious in nature and enjoyed destroying and frightening others. As the terrorist slaves matured, they moved into Innanas slave cities and began to terrorize those who supported Innana in parallel to how those that have been terrorizing others in Trinidad. The black hole dreams arising upon the land of Trinidad were from the era of the Anu. As the land in Trinidad and surrounding ocean ascends, the ancient dreams of terrorism became active again and caught upon those with associated ancestry. Those terrorizing citizens in Trinidad today hold the same genealogy as those bred for terrorism on the part of Merduk in the era of the Anu; as the dream arose, those with the associated ancestry simply acted out in the same manner as their ancient ancestors had behaved in another time period. More recently, the land in Trinidad is moving beyond the vibration that was held 36,000 years ago (144,000 human years) during the terrorism of the Anu war. As such, the records from this time period have been released and gathered and fewer black hole dreams are appearing in this region. Mila has heard from her student that the murders and terrorism had suddenly subsided. This too is an example of how as the dream changes, human behavior changes in parallel.

162

This year there has also been terrorist suicide bombers in London and Bali along with other regions around the globe. Bali also hosts records from the era of the Anu for terrorists that invaded Innanas slave civilization and became caustic towards those living peaceful lives. This dream also has played out now in several incidents where Australian citizens primarily have been targeted on the part of terrorists. Those targeted as well as those terrorizing were simply catching a dream from the era of the Anu that was emerging from the land as the records from a particular time period are released through global ascension. If humans were more conscious, they could choose to assist in releasing the records rather than recreating past experiences in the now. The intent to release the records in collaboration with earth will erase the caustic dreams of the past and then the associated dance need not play out again in present time. Those ascending and conscious of this can choose to participate in the gathering of human records wherever one lives or travels; in so doing, one will assist in releasing dreams that might play out again otherwise and consciously support the ascent of ones species in so doing. In London, suicide bombers also appeared destroying the transportation system. London also is beginning to ascend; however the dreams appearing in the land records of London are more from Alantean time periods and not the era of the Anu. England sits in grids that once were over the north coast of Atlantis. The north coast of Atlantis was not turned to dust in the nuclear annihilation at the end of this era; but instead those in this region lived through severe depression and then the insanity that follows a rapid decline of DNA due to exposure to radioactive dust. These humans experienced the aftereffects of a large scale nuclear bomb, and as a result the remaining civilization went into chaos. In the chaos, humans looted and killed other humans, or blew themselves up, or committed suicide. The dream that caused the suicide bombers of the London transportation system were all reliving a black hole dream that was arising due to global ascension that projected a dream of insanity of a post-nuclear holocaust in Atlantis. As the records were gathered by earth, the dream subsided and there have not been any parallel incidents since.

THE DENSITY OF CITIES AND BLACK HOLE DREAMS

Ascending humans can learn to release black hole dreams before they manifest a terrorist travesty in ones region of origin. Earth works through ascending humans to modify any black hole dreams that she can perceive any given week or month of her continued ascent; sometimes in the density of the cities, the black hole dreams go unnoticed until travesty strikes. This is also what occurred in Paris just recently where many young men of Arab descent suddenly arose into great violence and destroyed the personal property, cars and buildings in an insane staging of violence that carried on for many weeks. Once again the violence was a series of black hole dreams that had risen due to the ascent of earth; these dreams occurred in the grids of Paris following the nuclear annihilation of Atlantis. Paris is in what was the east coast of the continent of Atlantis. This region suffered a state of chaos due to a rapid fall of consciousness due to fraying of human DNA following

163

the Alantean nuclear holocaust, much like those in the north coast associated with London in present time. Humans became lawless and insane and acted out in violent ways in this time period much as the young Arab men of Paris as of late. As earth gathered up these records, the violence subsided as there were no additional black hole dreams to call more terrorism into the region since. Recently, a group of young Australian white men chose to gather and beat up others of Mediterranean or Arab descent in a famous beach area near Sydney. This too is a black hole dream rising from another time of warfare in this region. Sydney is in a region that was once known as Lemuria. Lemuria and Atlantis were at odds with each other over a particular mineral that Alantean scientists wanted to develop further technology. Lemuria refused to sell the minerals for any price. Alantean leadership chose to invade Lemuria and simply take what they wanted. This invasion occurred off the coast of Sydney some 10,250 years ago as earth measure time (41,000 years ago in human terms). This dream also has been called to the surface of the earth due to the ascent of the land and sea. A portion of this dream caught causing the young white men to violate those of Mediterranean origins much as the Alantean soldiers had violated Lemurian citizens.. Lemuria was once a continent of purely red nations peoples. Atlantis was a continent of mostly white nations peoples. Lemuria became a favored vacationland for those of Atlantis in the height of their era. Much like the Polynesian islands or many other island chains today that offer a beautiful place to take respite from dirty cities and a hard work schedule, Atlanteans flocked by the millions to Lemuria to be pampered and enjoy their time off. Lemurian people were not prepared for an invasion any more than the Mediterranean humans that were attacked were prepared for the angry young white men that confronted them recently on a beach near Sydney. As earth gathered the erased the records, the conflict subsided. Ascending humans can watch the world mirror and assist the regions near where one lives by helping earth to gather human records from other time periods. The more rapidly the records are gathered and erased, the less likely that the travesty associated needs to play out amongst the humans that live nearby. Earth is learning to become increasingly gifted at erasing emerging human records so that less of the related caustic dreams catch. She needs humans however to assist with this, and one can volunteer in dreamtime for this world service role and it will be most appreciated. In so doing, one can contribute greatly to the ascent of ones species.

BIRD FLU AND OTHER DISEASES

Bird flu is really the result of a virus that has become activated again due to the increasing vibration of the land. Birds that are not equipped to ascend and have a poor immune system may catch this virus through polluted waterways or food source; and the body will then die. Other birds in their own flocks that are ascending also are exposed to the same virus, but having a healthier immune system simply defeat the virus through their own immune function. This is a time of cleansing and as a result, those birds or other animals that cannot

164

ascend may rapidly pass. In any flock of birds or herd of animals there will always be those that are ascending and will survive. This is evolution beloved and nothing to be feared. Caged birds or farm animals may be subject to the same viruses as those that exist in the wild. The viruses do not originate in the wild birds or animals but in the polluted waterways or food source due to human dumping. The same viruses can come through the polluted water that farmers feed their own chickens, turkeys or farm animals; however most farmers exist in regions that may have water purification systems that then prevent their animals from the same exposure to toxins as those in the wild. Over time and as global warning continues, viruses will become active in potentially less polluted water systems that humans and farmers alike rely upon. These viruses will only affect those who are non-ascending in nature. Those who are ascending will develop strong immune systems that nullify most viruses. These viruses existed once long ago and when earth was parallel in vibration and temperature. As the temperature increases, the viruses that were dormant or frozen will activate and then potentially affect many people or kingdoms. This is the main cause of plagues that earth perceives stepping down the dreamtime planes towards humanity in the coming 10 year cycle viruses being reactivated from more ancient times due to global warming. All creatures in the wild are ascending unless they are choosing retraction from physicality at this time. A year ago or so, many gorillas suddenly died of a caustic form of bacteria. This bacterium is also from ancient times and was reactivated in the global warming of the rainforests that the gorillas lived within. The gorillas are not ascending as they do not have genetics to allow for it; gorillas were the result of another experiment of the Anu who incubated a half ape and half human form. The resultant species was too docile to work for the Anu or wait upon them, and so they chose to incubate a humanoid shape in their next experiments. Gorillas were freed and have lived up until this time in their original form. Over time they will all go extinct however as they have not genetics for ascension. The same is true for some of any flock of birds or herd of animals; some will ascend and some will not; those that cannot ascend will become sick and die but often after giving birth to those that can ascend. So this is also so for the human species, many of which will become sick and die in the times of cleansing ahead. However many other humans are choosing to enter the world ascending, and these little ones will carry on along with the ascending adult populations to create a new era of unity and joy ahead. Recently Mila read a report that the Japanese people have had 10% more deaths than births in this year of 2005. This is a sign that the cleansing has begun in Japan. The Japanese peoples have fallen in many cases to 1.5 strands of DNA due to the nuclear bombs dropped upon Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Those at 1.5 strands are rapidly leaving physicality at this time, often due to a case of the flu that then escalates into hospitalization followed by death (per the BBC news). In the times ahead, larger numbers of deaths than births upon each continent will also occur as those at 2 strands and who can ascend no further also leave physicality.

165

We wish to remind each reading these materials that consciousness does not end in death; consciousness carries forward to understand, evolve and ultimately go home in the ascension journey ahead. Each human that passes becomes an ancestor; each ancestor carries on following death to contribute to the ascent of the entire human species. So this is also true for each nature kingdom choosing partial extinction to full extinction at this end of cycle time period upon earth; the consciousness of nature also carries forward beyond death.

ABOUT FARM ANIMALS AND PETS

Farm animals and birds raised as food will also go extinct as earth is not choosing to ascend any kingdom held in captivity as human food source, including those animals in human zoos or theme parks. All will go extinct in the coming times of cleansing ahead. There are 24 viruses that will become prevalent in farm animals and birds, some of which have already become activated. This will not be so in eggs or milk; and so dairy farms and chickens raised for eggs will not be affected to begin with. Humans will need sources of food that hosts cholesterol as this is the basis of the crystalline genetic structure; and so earth is weaving a dream to allow dairy cows and chickens raised for eggs to ascend. The buffalo kingdom now ensouls all dairy cows, particularly those in organic farms. Eagle ensouls chickens that are free range, vegetarian and raised for eggs. No soul is ensouling any other farm animal raised for flesh and any kingdom without soul will cease to exist in the times ahead, as it is soul that directs the field and biology for ascension. Many humans in the future will trace the viruses that have killed their parents, family or friends to have come through the meat or flesh that they have eaten. However this is not really the cause of death; the cause of death was a failure to ascend and develop a stronger immune system that would have simply cleared the virus out of the body without becoming drastically ill. The Tao recommends that ascending humans cease to eat farm animals to avoid being exposed to potentially caustic viruses and turn to a mostly vegetarian diet at this time, supplementing ones food source with wild fish from time to time when one requires a little more protein. Wild fish have agreements to feed humans up through 2050. Farm raised fish may go extinct also from viruses not unlike the farm animals, chickens and turkeys into the future, and also expose humans to a parallel disease. This is why wild fish is recommended. The problem with farm raised fish is that the fish do not feed upon a wild food source. Farm raised fish are fed a man made diet that lacks the nutrients for evolution. Mila recently red that farm raised salmon are fed a pink dye to make their flesh pink for the grocery store. Why is this so? Wild salmon turns to a diet of flies and other insects in the spring and summer and this causes their flesh to turn pink. Humans have a hard time selling salmon that is not pink and so they dye the flesh for the appropriate appearance. The farm raised fish however lack the nutrients that are supplied in a diet of wild salmon and also host other caustic substances such as dyes that are not healthy for ascending humans.

166

Many human pets may also fail to ascend for parallel reasons to the farm raised fish. If you desire to have your pets ascend, then place them upon a diet that serves this purpose. Cats may be better off fed inexpensive fresh fish than cat food, and dogs fresh meat. You can supplement both diets with a little eggs and milk along with whole grain cereals such as raw oats. This type of diet will provide nutrients that pets can better ascend with. Mila longs to raise a couple of cats and dogs on a purely vegetarian diet with the intent that they be born with a vegetarian digestive system. Vegetarian digestive systems have many pockets and each secretes more digestive enzymes than the next to assure adequate breakdown of all foods and the ability to absorb proteins from vegetable sources. This is the blueprint for the crystalline digestive system not only for all humans, but also for all animal kingdoms. As the animal kingdoms are born vegetarian, they will consume grass and berries in lieu of one another. Vegetarian cats and dogs can be fed fruit, nuts, vegetables, eggs, and milk just as vegetarian humans subsist upon. Nature perceives that many humans derive pleasure from their relationship to their cats and dogs or other pets. There are many ways to open the heart; sometimes humans open their hearts to their pets more easily than to other humans or nature. There is much that is required to do in order to press humanity into a cycle where love is the foundation of all relations. Anything that opens the heart and teaches humans about love is useful therefore from Terras point of view, including pets. Humans who raise pets or farm animals for the wool, feathers, milk or eggs can choose to work with the earth mother to provide an ascension blueprint for these species. Understand that one cannot consume the flesh of these animals or one will break all agreements for the nature kingdoms to ascend their biology. Therefore one will need to honor this agreement and bury the dead body as it concludes the life in old age or through disease.

KARMA WITH THE ANIMAL KINGDOMS

We have an interesting story to share about a student of Mila and Oas students who raises sheep in Europe. This individual had 9 out of 10 ewes die this year following birth. When seeking to understand why, it was pointed out that they did not love their sheep or the ewes, and without love, all kingdoms will die into the future. In exploring why this initiate could not love the sheep, it was discovered that they had deeply loved their animals in early childhood as they had been raised upon a farm. It was as they matured and understood that the sheep or cow that they loved so dearly was upon the dinner plate that their heart shattered. In the shattering, they chose never to love any animal raised for food again, including the sheep. Here is the spiritual lesson in the dance of raising food for consumption. It is love that creates life and allows for health and a joyful dream. A lack of love leads to death. How can one love what one is going to slaughter for food? Humans do not love what they slaughter whether it is food source or the enemy upon the battlefield. Hatred kills whether it is of the animal kingdom or other humans. Hatred ultimately leads to extinction. The 10 dead ewes went extinct out of a lack of love. As this initiate releases the original cause of why the ewes

167

died, now they will love their sheep. It will be interesting to see how many ewes survive next year as a result. Also they are choosing only to raise the sheep for wool and not consumption. Humans have many hard lessons ahead surrounding slaughter and their karma with the animal kingdoms. The experience in the Astrodome in Louisiana following the hurricane is an example of animal karma. Humans sat in their own excrement and seated tightly next to one another along with other dead bodies, without enough food or water; this is a reflection of the karma for how humans raise animal kingdoms for food beloved. Many animal kingdoms are stored in barns or cages and not allowed to walk outdoors or move; many live in their own wastes. One cannot do this to another kingdom without experiencing it oneself as this is the karma one has caused as a species. We point this out so that those that are awakening and are farmers can choose another way of treating their animals that is more honorable. Perhaps one will cease to raise livestock for food and choose to create a dairy instead; or choose to raise free range chickens for eggs. In so doing, one will honor the kingdoms that are providing human food and settle this type of karma in ones inheritance.

ABOUT EARTHQUAKES
The earthquake in Pakistan that rendered so many homeless as well as dead was another example of humans settling karma with the land. Those dying in earthquakes settle karma for trauma to the land at human hands. Human trauma to the land has to do with how humans build large cities without agreements with the nature kingdoms; or how humans deforest the trees to a point where they cannot sustain themselves any longer. This type of karma is also extensive and goes back to two time periods; one in the era of the Anu whos massive numbers of slaves created large cities over 30,000 years ago (120,000 years as humans measure it). The slave cities were constructed from large forests that were cut down without agreements with earth or nature. The violation of the land will cause the land to violate those who hold this type of karma in return. Once again it may be confusing as those violated may not have been at all involved in the housing or lumber industry in present time; however many of the millions of ancestors of their inheritance were involved and are carrying karma of this nature into this lifetime. The death due to natural disaster settles this type of karma with the land. It was interesting to note how many thousands of Pakistanis have sat for months now awaiting assistance for their predicament; once their ancient ancestors created these towns in the mountains by gathering rocks or other natural resources to build their shelters. Those devastated by this earthquake have lost so much information and become so dependent upon current human systems that they lack enough knowledge to simply forage again to rebuild their dwellings. Instead they await help from outside sources. This is not the Pakistanis fault and Terra holds no blame; however it points out a great truth

168

and that is that humans have fallen into such a great loss of consciousness that they no longer know how to forage for themselves and get by in the natural world. In perceiving this to be so, Terra is striving now to reinstate knowledge of how to forage for oneself as ones ancient red ancestors understood long ago. In the times ahead, there may be so many natural disasters occurring all at once that support from the outside may not be possible; the survivors will have to learn to take care of themselves as their ancestors once understood in collaboration with nature.

NEW FORMS OF GOVERNANCE

Venezuela has been an interesting country to watch this year in particular. The Prime Minister Caesar Chavez chose to take the land that was unused back from wealthy foreigners or citizens and give it to the poor to be farmed and to create a livelihood from. He also chose to overtake closed businesses and reopen them to put his impoverished people back to work. Coffee and chocolate plantations as well as steel mills have been some of the businesses reconfigured under Chavezs guidance. It is interesting to note in one BBC report, the management in the reopened steel mill was elected by the workers. Chavez is encouraging employees to work with management to assist in improving production. His point was that often the workers know how to improve output but either does not share or are not listened to by management. The steel mill has already increased production by 12% as a result of this style of management. From the Taos point of view, this is an example of unity in action. In unity, all must serve the whole. If there is unused land or businesses that are not running, they can begin to serve the whole and provide for all concerned. Venezuela is a nation where over 80% of the people live in poverty. Chavez is turning his nation around by finding ways to create businesses that will ultimately turn the country into a middle class lifestyle. This is an example of an impoverished nation finding its way to a recovery through catching a dream of unity. This is how the Earth Mother anticipates all third world countries to ultimately find their own solutions to their own dilemmas; they will catch a dream that allows for unity. Northern Africa is another region that is ascending and beginning to take charge of their own land again. Many black leaders are taking away land from the white land barons and giving it back to their own people again. This settles a long time debt where white slave nations peoples of the Anu overran African or North American Indian peoples off their own land. Now the land reverts back to those of indigenous origins; more and more of this type of restitution will occur ahead as the karma is settled from more ancient times in this evolutionary era ahead. Canada this year has given back to indigenous First Nations people much land including one region with a known diamond mine upon it. Canada has also offered a large settlement to each first nations person due to how the government removed their children forcing them for generations to attend white run boarding schools. The damage done to the traditions of their nation and the children are now being acknowledged and restitution along with apologies

169

offered. This type of restitution may occur in many regions where indigenous peoples were mistreated under white governance in times past. Red nations peoples lived in a dream of unity long ago. In a dream for unity, there is no ownership of the land. Each may have personal property such as clothing, jewelry or personal wears and a personal space that one dwells; the land belongs unto earth. Humans reside upon the land because there are agreements with earth; as such all are welcome but no one possesses the land. In non-possession, one does not use or pollute the land as this would not be a unity based action. One would also not use or harm another, as this also would not be an act of unity. The red nations peoples did not understand the ownership of the land that the white nations peoples participated in. This is all the result of Anu based karma. The Anu came and bred a large race of white slave nations peoples that numbered into the billions towards the end of their era. The slaves did not hold agreements with Terra to exist. The slaves lived upon the land as the Anu did, in ownership. Out of ownership, they possessed the land; in the possession they could treat the land however that they would like including harming the forests and polluting the waterways, and constructing dwellings that were non-resonant with earth. This dance repeated in the era of Atlantis and is repeating again in current human civilization. In time humans will resort again to a unity based dream. Communities of those gathering to work the land and share in the responsibilities of guardianship may gather together at first and become the first known humans to live in unity again. Over time humanity shall move from a technologically based civilization to an agrarian civilization again, where working the land is the foundation of human endeavors, sharing and celebrations. This will come to be so due to the loss of electricity and the failure to develop magnetic forms of technology in this era. Ahead and possibly in 2100, humans may develop magnetic technology, but this will be at a time that due to greater consciousness through evolution that humans will not misuse the technology to pollute or cause harm. This too is a part of the human dream ahead. Countries over time and in the coming 100 years may evolve to be more social party in nature, where no one human or group of humans own the land; all may share in all responsibilities of sustaining the needs of the region or various communities. All may pull together to help one another out as well as celebrate together. This too is a part of the dream earth is weaving for humanity ahead. Many such as Chavez and Venezuela are beginning to catch portion of this dream in the now.

CURRENT WESTERN POLITICS

President Bush who moved greatly into the polarity of power in the winning of his election in the United States in 2004 is now moving into the opposing polarity of struggle. The struggle is due to the polarity shifts upon earth that are pressing each into the opposing dance. Bush runs out of karma for his position as President in June of 2006. The dream could flow in many directions and is determined by the collective consciousness of humanity. One

170

direction is that if enough support his role of presidency, he will fulfill his term. If not enough support his role, then he will fulfill his term in great struggle. If very few support his role, then he will potentially end his term in impeachment. It is not earth that determines the dream that becomes physical, but the mass collective consciousness of the human species, and in particular the collective consciousness of those in the United States. Polls indicate that Bush has fallen in favorability; but often he also seems capable of pulling himself into greater favorability. The Taos perception is that as long as bush is favored by 50% and un-favored by 50%, he will complete his term but struggle with those who disagree with his policies. If the non-favor increases excessively, Bush may be impeached for reasons that are unknown at this time. Interestingly enough, as Nixon was impeached, those in favor fell to roughly 25% in the assessment of earth of the 1970s history. Bush is a reflection of a mentality of control that is not unlike those who governed in Nixons era. Humans awakened in Nixons era and essentially chose to cease to allow national elected officials to do business however they pleased, without minding the law of the constitution or court system. One can see how Bushs administration along with Bush himself also tends to run the presidential office founded upon personal beliefs and rules that others in the United States might not agree unto. This may find Bush in a parallel predicament unto Nixon in the year ahead.

EXTREME POLARITY AND NATIONAL ORDER

The economic union or the United States of Europe is moving towards increasing power as a world force. To the degree that Europe unites into a group status, to such a degree the United States may fall apart. Why is this so? Extreme polarity. In extreme polarity, there can only be one united states. If Europe chooses to become a united states, extreme polarity will force the US to break apart into many countries. This is a dream that the Hawaiian Ancestors as well as Native American ancestors have been aware of for some time. The Hawaiian ancestors perceive that a the US breaks a part, the West will become a separate nation that will include Hawaii. This will allow Hawaii greater participation in its own nation, as Hawaii is more or less ignored in present time in Congress, as it is not deemed powerful enough to pay attention unto. This would please the Hawaiian ancestors very much, and would be the first step towards Hawaiian sovereignty. The US could split into three countries from a potential future dream that is now stepping down. One reason that the US might consider this is to get out from under a vast national debt that is impossible to pay the interest upon let alone settle. If the US suddenly became three separate nations, who would the international bankers collect from? There would be no nation remaining if the constitution was dissolved. The Southern US would find its freedom at long last for the civil war raged almost 150 years ago now; and the Eastern seaboard as well as Midwest would be able to conduct business as they prefer without all the Westerners pressing for a greener nation.

171

Canada may also spit into two or three nations; with the famous French Montreal finally finding their French independence. The momentum of Europe to unite will press other countries such as Canada and the US to split apart. This appears not to affect Australia however at this time. If this occurs, it may cause a very variant financial structure, as most of the wealth is held in the East or West in the US. This will leave the East and West as the wealthier nations and the South as a poorer nation potentially falling to lower class status such as Mexico or South America. The dreams for any nation moves in cycles; for a cycle, the United States was pulled together as a single force as was Canada. The dream for the union held through the civil war within the US. It also held through many attempts to separate Montreal from the rest of Canada. As the polarity shuffles, the dream will cease to continue to pull together regions that may prefer to exist under separate governance and constitutions. The Tao perceives this dream stepping down sometime around 2015. In parallel to the United Europe, South America may also choose to unite more, potentially creating a constitution for all countries therein much like the EU. As South American unites, they will be able to enforce new taxes and levies upon their exports that will cause them collectively to rise from an impoverished region to one that is middle class. Parts of the former US and Canada may fall into impoverishment in counterbalance. This is the nature of extreme polarity and the cycles that direct the human dream.

EARTH INTERVENTION OF THE HUMAN DREAM

Earth is weaving another possible dream for humanity upon all nations at this time. The dream is for momentum into unity. To the degree that more ascending children are born, as well as more adults who awaken and ascend in the decade ahead, the dream that is caught may shift more rapidly than originally thought. The dream that Venezuela is catching is a part of the intervention of earth to propel human relations towards greater equality and unity. This is a sign that the new dream is actually beginning to take hold. In time the dream for unity will become global, but this requires far more ascension into magnetic rotation of field on the part of the human species to accomplish. South America and Africa are two regions that host a tremendous magnetic dream upon most of the land, outside of the cities that have developed. Many regions in Africa of once greater affluence and pyramidal energy flow such as the Ivory Coast has given way to a magnetic rotation again. Although great dissonance and warfare has been the result of the tug of war between the two systems, in the end the magnetic dream of greater equality for all has won. This too is a sign of the reverse polarization of the Anu era back into a Red Nation era of greater unity that is beginning to occur.

172

TERRORISM AND CONFLICT

This has again been a year of conflict and turmoil in the Middle East in particular. The Middle East is plagued with black hole dreams that are from the nuclear annihilation of the Anu. As the land ascends, more and more of this type of dream continue to catch upon those living upon this land. Black hole dreams creates terrorism and chaos wherever they appear. The land however is now in present time whereas a few years ago this was not so. Therefore there is much change along with the turmoil and in time the region will settle down and find its way to peace again. The fraying DNA that had been set in motion with limited nuclear weaponry used on the part of the US in Iraq has ceased. Now there is an opportunity for ascending children to come in at 1024 strands of DNA and assist in repairing the adult population that are their relations. This is not a short term prospect; and many adults much as in Hiroshima and Nagasaki have frayed to 1.5 strands of DNA in Iraq. Those of this nature are rapidly leaving the physical plane and will become ancestors that will support the next wave of incoming ascending children. Many passing this way will return right away into bodies that will enter the world at 1024 to allow for a rapid rise out of the discord and back into a greater level of peace again. This may take the better part of a decade to see through; but this is the dream that earth is fostering for the Middle East and in particular Iraq and Afghanistan along with Palestine and Israel. Prime Minister Arafat passed this year ending the long term polarity of struggle between Palestine and Prime Minister Sharon of Israel. Sharon also appears to be close to passing in the coming year or so and this will end the struggle between two ancestries that have warred upon one another for eons of time. What is the karma between Arafat and Sharon? It is the karma between Innana and Merduk. Although Arafat is Arab he holds lineage to Innana and Sharon to Merduk. Merduk fell into great hatred of Innana after she revealed to his wife Persephone how he was using their eldest child as a source of blood to extend his life, and was bleeding him to death. This was more than Persephone could handle and she committed suicide at this point; throwing herself off of a cliff and into an active volcano. Merduk loved Persephone in a strange way and never forgave Innana for revealing the truth. Over time the hatred for what Innana had done built and built inside Merduk; to a point that he was filled with violent and vile thoughts towards her. This led Merduk into obtaining large amounts of uranium to construct his own nuclear bombs as well as incubate a race of human terrorists to war upon Innana. The war raged between the two slave nations, one that supported Merduk and one that supported Innana for 2000 human years. In the end Innana discovered that Merduk had entered a particular pyramid, and locked him inside. She was ongoing to let him starve to death, but other Anu family members convinced her to release him. Merduk went on to detonate the two largest nuclear bombs ever released upon earth; it took earth 8000 years just to recover her chakras. All of life fell in consciousness and went into a nuclear winter; and Merduk won the war but lost all else.

173

Merduk committed suicide by running his space craft into the face of Mars; Innana returned to the Pleiades and committed euthanasia as she had become too ill to carry on. All other family members were blown to bits along with the slave nations in a region now associated with the Middle East (Sahara and Gobi Deserts). This is the karma that was playing out in the hatred of Bush (Innana inheritance) and Saddam Hussein (Merduk inheritance). Innana (Bush) won in lieu of Merduk (Saddam Hussein) and this was the beginning of the settlement of some ancient karma from the Anu era where Merduk originally won. Arafat in an odd way won now as Israel is pressured into creating a Palestinian state and backing out of their settlement endeavors. As Sharon passes, the polarity that has left Israel and Palestine pitted against one another for so very long and due to the karma of Innana and Merduk in their leadership will also pass; this will allow for another dream to begin taking hold allowing for peace to return to the region. The original cause of the karma of the Anu cannot be settled upon earth as they were from another creation of origin (the Pleiades). The karma that Sharon and Arafat or Bush and Saddam Hussein settled is really those war dances that repeated in other time periods between others of parallel inheritance. Those of Anu inheritance shall retract off earth following death and return to the Pleiades as they do not have DNA that can ascend with earth. Earth perceives that the karma that has repeated from the original Merduk and Innana war has been settled; and now the drama and trauma associated shall fade into a past memory and gradually, peace and honor shall be restored to the Middle East. This will take time, perhaps as much as 15 or 20 years, and ascension shall make this possible at potentially at an even more rapid pace.

THE FEMINIST MOVEMENT IN THE EAST

There is a feminist movement that is underway in Saudi Arabia, China and Japan. In China and Japan, the movement is not new and the feminine force has found their way to high paying jobs and often single lifestyles in the many prosperous cities in these countries. For the Middle East, the manner in which the land was sitting in time 30,000 years ago made it difficult for any progress to be made in association with the repression of women. The land was pulled into present time in 2003 fostering many changes that are beginning to unfold as a result. Regions such as Greece have come more into 21st century perspectives of the power of women, and women are a large working force that have relatively equal rights to men. This is less so in Turkey, but coming to be so more and more due to their drive to unite with the EU. In the Middle East, there is also a movement underway to restore womens rights, particularly in Saudi Arabia. Mila recalls reading a Time Magazine article about the current queen of Saudi Arabia who is famous and popular, but is also pressing for many changes in her country that will create greater womens rights. Recently another BBC article exposed that there had been a minority of right wing Muslims that had pressured the government to restrain womens rights that have faded from office or influence; now certain rights such as the right for a woman to drive ones own car are up to be passed through as national law. It

174

may be hard to imagine in the west not being able to drive ones own car as a women, but it certainly is one way to keep women subordinate unto their partners or fathers. The issue of covering ones head with a headscarf is also an interesting one. France chose to eliminate all head scarves in their school system regardless of religious beliefs. This was met with resistance and some students who demonstrated, one who shaved off their hair to gain international attention. In reality the original karma for entire dance of wearing a head scarf occurred in the slave nations of the Anu, particularly in the early era an when there was not too many slaves. Zeus in particular along with his business buddies was keen on having sex with the slave women. Often they would go out in their craft of the time and hunt for those slaves with beautiful flowing hair that they wanted to have sex with. Slave women did not like this and they learned to wear head scarves so that Zeus could not tell from above if they were male or female and then would leave them alone. This is the karma underlying the wearing of head scarves, although it has come to mean something far different in present day Muslim religious traditions. Later Zeus simply set up sex worker slaves for his clients and no longer required hunting women down for this purpose. As this occurred, women ceased to wear head scarves in the slave civilization of the Anu. Slaves were kept as chattel except for a small number that waited upon the Anu. Men keep women as chattel in some Middle Eastern Countries in parallel to this day due to this karma. As the karma for how humans of any sex, religion or sexual preference are defined as unequal to another or subordinated is released, this too shall shift with women finding their way to their own voice and power again throughout the world. The Netherlands may become the first country to consider banning Imam costumes, a sheath that covers a women from head to toe including the face. The Netherlands views this type of wardrobe very abusive of women and it is out of their own beliefs in equality that they are considering banning this type of dress in their own country. Perhaps this also comes at a time in which those of Arab descent have fallen greatly out of favor due to the experiences of 9-11 and other terrorist acts. However it is also a sign of change and the truth that in time women will find their way to equality in the Middle East. This may not occur over night but within the coming 20 years of continued planetary evolution.

PRISONS AND THE DREAM OF TORTURE

A dream for torture has emerged in the West and in particular in the US management of suspected terrorists, such as those held in Guatanamo Bay Prison. One will see that these regions such as Guatanamo Bay sit under very dark dreams that are not black hole, but close in nature. Other nations are beginning to question the US position on torture as well as kidnapping those that they feel are threats from other nations land without appropriate court orders or legal procedures. Other countries are also questioning the holding of prisoners for many years without legal aid or trial in Guatanamo Bay.

175

The US governance has also fallen into a dark dream in their approach to handling terrorism. The dark dream causes those participating to work outside the law to fulfill upon what they are wishing to manifest, which is to prevent another 9-11 from recurring. Lawlessness is a pattern that is a part of the human dream in most regions. Lawlessness occurs in many ways in many regions; sometimes it occurs as covert corruption of the leadership; sometimes in places such as brothels and sex joints where what occurs is considered illegal, but the law participates in the dance and so does not really uphold the law. Sometimes lawlessness occurs within the legal system under the guise of upholding the law. The conflict between law and lawlessness is going to sort itself out in the coming 20 years of continued global evolution within the human dream. Earth has entered a period of extreme law where true spiritual law is the law. True spiritual law is not law as humans have defined it; true spiritual law upholds karma. If there is karma for this or that, then one either forgives or experiences the karma. If there is karma to be a sex worker, then one is actually inside true spiritual law to participate in the dance until the karma is settled or forgiven. If one has karma to be a corrupt politician, then one is within true spiritual law to participate in the dance as well. This is most likely very confusing to humans who desire to believe in absolute right and wrong. Alas there is no absolute right or wrong; there is the experience and then there is the spiritual lesson gained from the experience. Perhaps the sex worker will forgive themselves following death for having to make a living in this manner and feeling unable to catch any other dream. Perhaps the corrupt politician will forgive himself in the greater understanding of how his ancestry had upheld the law in other times and wrongfully imprisoned folk that were not guilty. There are many lessons. Lessons are very personal to each life dance. All humans that pass from physicality enter a long period of bardo where they review their lives with the possibility of understanding the spiritual lessons that they were learning in the experience. This offers humanity a broader perspective of the dance of life other than extreme right and wrong and the possibility of forgiveness to be born. Extreme right and wrong is what pits one against the other to a point of warfare. It is extreme right or wrong that causes humans to lash out between races or gender or sexual preference rather than unconditionally accepting all others in their particular karmic dance. Extreme right and wrong are the result of dogmatic tones of creation that humans at 1.5 to 2 strands sit within. As most remaining humans come to exist at 1024 strands of DNA in vibration or higher through ascension, dogma will be left behind and a new era begin to be born. Earth perceives that humans are on tract to meet this goal by 2025, after which the golden era will be entered.

INTENTIONS TO MAKE IN RELATION TO THE WORLD MIRROR

There are many intentions that one can make associated with the world mirror of 2005. Intentions made by many ascending initiates have impact upon the world dream. Intentions also will have the affect of clearing karma in ones ancestry that may have participated in parallel patterns in ones own inheritance. In clearing the karma, the world mirror can change

176

as there will not be the past calling to be reenacted in present time. This is the gift of karmic release, it allows for change. Karma is like a broken record that continues to play the same tune again and again. As karma is erased, there is a possibility of creating a new tune and new song that leads to greater harmony and peace amongst all humans. So this is so for ones personal life; so this is also so for the world at large. As enough ascending children enter the world and release the karma for humanity, the human dream shall drastically change. Earth is vying to create a replacement dream that humans can ascend into that is of greater equality, unity and peace. This is our hope and dream of tomorrow beloved. I intend to release all karma in my ancestry for consumption or pollution of the land and sea and forgive absolute. I forgive those ancestors who over farmed, over fished or deforested to a point that the region could not regenerate. I forgive those ancestors who raised animals for slaughter in horrific conditions in which they were not free to move about and lived in their own waste. I forgive those ancestors who treated other humans in horrific circumstances akin to how animals are raised. I forgive those ancestors who built housing in non-conscious manners without agreements with earth or the forests. I intend to honor the land and the sea. I intend to consume only those species hosting agreements to sustain my physical form, including fish and fruits, nuts and vegetables I intend that a new form of construction emerges that honors the land. I intend that human cease to pollute the land or sea. I intend that humans cease to deforest and reforest those regions that have been deforested. I intend to open my heart enough to be able to love and bless again. I intend to bless the farm lands as well as my garden and the kingdoms of the sea with each meal, allowing for an ongoing exchange of love that shall foster their continued existence. I intend to bless the forests for providing wood for human shelter and for their job of providing oxygen and holding the void of earth. I intend to release karma for the hatred or non-love of all kingdoms retained for slaughter and consumption. I intend to learn to love all kingdoms, plant, animal, mineral, dolphin, whale and human along with all of earth. I intend that farmers learn to love and honor their animals as well as the land and kingdoms that they farm. I intend to ascend and develop a strong immune system that will be resistant to viruses that are emerging due to global warming. I intend that all relations associated with my tapestry of ancestry ascend to the degree that they can and also build a strong immune system.

177

I intend that the ascending children related to my inheritance enter the world with a strong immune system as well as with a dream for greater peace and unity. I intend that enough humans ascend in every region so that natural disasters that are very caustic are less necessary for earth to create to move the energy enough to ascend. I intend to do my part in world service in the region that I live or any region that I travel each year, assisting in moving the energy and gathering human records from the land. I intend to assist with clearing black hole dreams in my region of origin or any other region that I visit so that the dark dream associated need not be recreated in present time. I intend a restoration of human knowing so that I or future ascending ancestors will know how to fend for themselves in the wild if a natural disaster strikes. I intend to be at the right place at the right time and to listen to the land as to where I should move and live to avoid a natural disaster. I intend to be fluid enough to move as I foresee a natural disaster ahead. I intend the completion with karma for war and torture within the human dream. I intend to forgive those ancestors associated with the wars of Innana and Merduk along with their slave nations. I intend to forgive those ancestors who hated so greatly that they would kill or maim another human. I intend to forgive those ancestors who sided with one leader over another rather than seeking the middle road of peace. I intend to forgive those ancestors who participated in torture in any manner. I intend to forgive those ancestors who were tortured or imprisoned and restrained without legal assistance. I forgive those ancestors who were terrorists and destroyed others out of extreme beliefs in right and wrong and self righteousness. I forgive those ancestors who were leaders and took law into their own hands, breaking the law out of fear of terrorism. I forgive those ancestors who took away the land that other humans lived upon without compensation and for self gain. I forgive those ancestors who left the land that other humans overran them from. I forgive those ancestors who took a stand to defend their land and either lost or were imprisoned. I intend the equality of all humans with one another regardless of gender, race or sexual preference or social status. I intend that women or humans that are repressed to an extreme regardless of cause find their way to their power and freedom again. I forgive those ancestors who were racist or bigots and believed in extreme right or wrong.

178

I forgive those ancestors who repressed others founded upon gender or who were repressed by others founded upon gender. I forgive those ancestors who repressed others founded upon religion or who were repressed by others founded upon religion. I forgive those ancestors who repressed others founded upon race or who were repressed by others founded upon race. I forgive those ancestors who repressed others founded upon sexual preference or who were repressed by others founded upon sexual preference. I intend to unconditionally accept myself and all others in the dance of life. I intend that humanity move into unconditional acceptance of all others through ascension into the new dream of unity that earth is holding. I intend to learn to live upon the land in non-ownership an in community with other humans as well as nature. I intend that humans learn to live together in non-ownership of the land and in community with one another. I intend the restoration of a unity based dream for myself in this lifetime. I intend the restoration of a unity based dream for all of humanity. I intend to enter the light earth dream that supports my choice to ascend. I intend to anchor the light earth dream in my region of origin and wherever I travel. I intend that all of earth including the human dream move into the light earth dream so that all will be supported in the coming times of change and ascension ahead. I intend to forgive my ancestry for feeling responsible for the falls of earth. I intend to forgive myself for feeling guilty about past history and the cause of my own inheritance. I intend to embrace the love of earth into my body and field. I intend to enter the light earth dream through Terras absolute forgiveness of mankind. I intend absolute forgiveness of my ancestry upon all dimensions that they have resided. .

179

MEDITATION FOR THE LIGHT EARTH DREAM

This meditation is offered by the Earth Mother in collaboration with the Tao to anchor a light earth dream into ones field and region of origin. One will be connecting to those regions within a 200-400 mile radius that host a light earth dream and expanding this dream to ones home, office, neighborhood and the open space surrounding oneself. This time has come to move out of the dark dream of destruction and into the light dream of peace, honor and love. In the light dream will be angels and other nonphysical forces that will support ones choice to ascend. This is the purpose of this meditation. The light earth dream appears much as a structure symbol and involves a new system of flow that is related to pod based energy. In the pod, all are welcome, all are a part of the whole, all are honored, no one is excluded, no one is less than, all are equal and all are loved. This is the new dream for the human species to be anchored this year and into the years ahead of continued global evolution.

180

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

Put on some quiet music; dim the lights. Light some candles or incense. Blow a little lit sage into each of the four corners of the room with the intent to open sacred space. Intend that your ancestors, the nature kingdoms that guide you as well as the earth mother consciousness to be present for this meditation. Take a seat in a comfortable chair with feet flat on the floor and uncrossed. Close your eyes. Take a deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now intend that Terras angels surround you along with your ancestors and nature guides. We are going to begin to grounding deeply unto the aurora of earth, creating a large tree trunk with roots deep into earths core. Imagine the roots stretching out for hundreds of miles around oneself and connecting to those regions and open space that foster a light earth dream. Imaging the top of your field becoming like a large tree that extends its branches up past the moon and unto the solar sun. Now through ones branches one is going to bring in a host of new souls and angels to support ones field and ascension. The souls are a gift of Terra and the light earth dream. Take a deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now you are going to allow the angels to begin to rotate your field in a way that is most conducive to your own peace as well as continued evolution. The angels may anchor new tones of creation or vibrations in your field to attune you unto the light earth dream. Embrace these vibrations. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Embrace the vibrations of the light earth dream. Allow these vibrations to penetrate throughout ones field including the meridians of the etheric body. Notice the new vibrations moving slowly under ones feet, up through the legs, hips and pelvis, solar plexus and diaphragm, breasts and chest, hands arms and shoulders, neck and head. Allow all parts of the etheric body to be bathed in the vibrations of the light earth dream. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Allow the vibrations of the light earth dream to begin to nurture the etheric body. If there is grid work or meridians that are twisted or shut down or smaller than they should be to sustain life, allow these regions to untwist and the meridians to open again so that chi may move throughout the etheric body. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now allow the vibrations to come up into the etheric skin and into the regeneration chakras that sit just above the skin as well as the ascension grid work beyond this. Allow the vibrations of the light earth dream to assist in creating adequate regeneration chakras as well as allow them to move freely and as they should to pull chi through the etheric body. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now allow the vibrations of the light earth dream to penetrate your 12-chakra system beginning with the chakras under the feet, the first chakra at the base of

181

10.

11.

12.

13.

14.

the spine (grounding chakra), the second chakra in the pelvis (sexual chakra), the third chakra in the solar plexus (power chakra), the fourth chakra in the diaphragm (breath of life chakra), the fifth or heart chakra in the chest (love chakra), the sixth and seventh chakra in the neck (cocreation and dream catcher chakras), the sixth and seventh and eighth chakras in the head (pineal, pituitary and visionary chakras), the ninth chakra in the crown (spiritual knowledge chakra), the 10th chakra above the head and all chakras leading to ones over soul (connection to source chakras), and the 11th and 12th chakras on either side of the head (male and female chakras). Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Intend to redistribute all chi throughout the field evenly and along with the vibrations of the light earth dream; the vibrations will assist with this. Intend that chakras to spin to the right if you are female and left if you are male in gender and syncopated in rhythm and timing unto earths field rotation. Intend that each chakra balances out to the same size and intensity as the new light earth dream energies bathe you from top to bottom. Allow any chakras that are twisted or missing or too small or too large to be healed and come to balance, syncopating to the timing of the whole of your field. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Allow the vibrations of the light earth dream to dissolve ties of attachment to others in your life dance. Intend now to burn off all ties of attachment in the space within or without and reunite broken circuitry, pressing together that which is of the front with the back, the left with the right, and the masculine or feminine within and into sovereignty of energy flow. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now allow the energies of the light earth dream to bathe your subtle bodies, first the mental body, then the emotional, now the intuitive and last the creative body. Allow any part of the subtle bodies that is twisted to untwist and separate from any other that one is intertwined with. Allow the subtle bodies to become the same size as one another and begin to rotate in the same direction as your chakras. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now allow the vibrations of the light earth dream to penetrate your dreamtime self that sits outside of your subtle bodies. Allow this dreamtime body double to be healed and nurtured in the light earth dream. Intend that your dreamtime self visit the healing temples for ascension tonight and every night to receive the support and nurturing that Terra is offering to each ascending human. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now let us anchor the healing temples for ascension and light earth dream into your home. Allow your home to be filled with the vibrations of the light earth dream from the foundation and land underneath to the ceiling above and throughout. If you are in an apartment, then fill the entire apartment building with the vibrations of the light earth dream.

182

15. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now

16.

17.

18.

19.

20.

21.

extend the light earth dream throughout your region of origin and as far as will go, anchoring this new dream into the fields, rivers, streams, mountains and oceans or open space as well as into all trees and land that fosters the nature kingdoms presence. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now press the light earth dream into all human lives in the region of ones origin that are ready to receive this dream as a blessing of love from the earth mother. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Intend to receive the love of Terra into your heart now. Imagine the pale pink vibration of the love of earth flowing into every cell of your body beloved, and every part of your field. You are beloved unto earth; you are a child of Terra. You are welcome here as this is your home. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now extend the love of Terra to all other humans in the light earth dream in your region of origin. May those who can receive this blessing do so now. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now imagine many hundreds of people focused upon this meditation surrounding earth. Let us imagine the light earth dreams begin to interconnect into a global web due to each focused upon this anchoring at this time. You are the ascending map carver. Long ago your ancestry caused the dark earth dream to inflate; now through intention you as a map carver shall restore the light earth dream by deflating the dark earth to smaller and smaller proportions until the light earth dream is all that exists for all humans and all kingdoms to dance within. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Sit with this vision for a time. The new era is about to be born. You are heralding this era through conscious intention. This is the gift of fully conscious species; they were designed to direct energy through conscious intention. Take another deep breath inhaling slowly and exhaling slowly. Now receive the special blessings of the Tao for assisting with this global shift this year of 2005-2006. When you feel complete, stretch up and down and open your eyes.

183

SUMMARY
We hope you have enjoyed our analysis of the world mirror of 2005. The intentions made by many through the articles upon our site have begun to redirect the human dream. This is the gift of the map carvers that work with our materials. We honor you as such for your contribution to the goal of ascension of mankind as well as our beloved Terra. Stay tuned for additional articles to be brought through from the plants and trees, minerals as well as dolphins and whales in 2006. We wish you a very happy winter solstice. May you have learned the spiritual lessons that you have created for yourself to experience in this year behind; and may you create a more joyful life dance ahead through the release of karma that would cause otherwise. We invite you to consider joining us at our annual Masters Conclave events in 2006 to support earth in her continued journey home to the great central sun dream. For those that feel that one is a map carver of ascension, we invite you to consider any one of our study programs. See Group Mastery for more information. Until our next communication, Namaste The Tao The Earth Mother

184

THE MESSAGES FROM THE EARTH MOTHER III Copyright 2006, Karen Danrich all rights reserved Spiritual School of Ascension Karen Danrich Mila and Thomas Weber Oa Directors 3-2600 Kaumualii Hwy. Suite B18 PMB 340 Lihue, HI 96766-1695 USA Email ascendpress@attglobal.net Website www.ascendpress.org

185